JOHN GASPER SPURZHEIM. 
FRANCIS JOSEPH GALL 
GEORGE COMBE. BRAIN AND MIND; 
OR, 
MENTAL SCIENCE CONSIDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
THE PRINCIPLES OF PHRENOLOGY, 
AND IN 
RELATION TO MODERN PHYSIOLOGY; 
BY 
Henry s. Drayton, A.M., and James McNeill. 
ILLUSTRA TED. 
“The gieatest friend to Truth is Time, her greatest enemy is Prejudice, and 
her constant companion is Humility.”—Colton, Lacon. 
“ Phrenology is establishing itself wherever its immense value has been rightly 
understood.”—Sir G. Mackenzie, F.R.L.S. 
NEW YORK: 
S. R. WELLS & CO., PUBLISHERS, 
737 BROADWAY. 
1880. Copyright, 1879, by 
S. R. WELLS & COMPANY. 
Edward O. Jenkins, 
Printer, 20 N. William St., New York. TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
Preface ........ 5 
Introduction—A Survey of Ancient and Modern Philosophy . 9 
CHAPTER I. 
General Principles—Size and Intelligence—Brain Develop- 
ment and Mentality—Effect of Morbid Conditions—The 
Brain a Congeries of Organs—Organ and Function Special 
—Mental Faculties Successively Indicated—Genius and Tal- 
ent Partial—Idiocy and Insanity Special—Injuries to Brain 
—Dreaming—Faculties at Rest and in Exercise—Variety of 
Occupation—Size and Mental Power . . .20 
CHAPTER II. 
Of the Temperaments, Spurzheim’s Classification—The Lym- 
phatic Temperament—-The Sanguine Temperament—The 
Bilious Temperament—The Nervous Temperament—Later 
Classification — The Motive, or Mechanical System — The 
Vital, or Nutritive System—The Mental, or Nervous System 
—Characteristics of the Temperaments—The Motive Tem- 
perament— The Vital Temperament — The Mental Tem- 
perament— Combinations — Sanitary Influence—Effects of 
Exercise ....... 36 
CHAPTER III. 
The Structure of the Brain and Skull—Cerebrum and Cere- 
bellum—Hemispheres—Lobes and Membranes—Bones of 
the Skull—Organic Development Truly Estimated—Frontal 
Sinus ........ 48 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
4 
CHAPTER IV. 
Classification of the Faculties—The Domestic Propensities— 
The Selfish Propensities — The Selfish Sentiments — The 
Moral Sentiments — The Semi-intellectual Sentiments — 
Intermediate—The Intellectual Faculties—The Perceptive, 
or Observing Faculties—The Semi-perceptive, or Literary 
Faculties—The Reflective, or Reasoning Faculties—Organs 
and Faculties ....... 62 
CHAPTER V. 
The Physico-Preservative or Selfish Organs—Alimentiveness 
—Vitativeness—Combativeness—Destructiveness or Execu- 
tiveness—Secretiveness—Acquisitiveness . . .69 
CHAPTER VI. 
Of the Intellect—Individuality—Form—Size—Weight—Color 
—Order—Calculation, or Number—Locality—Adaptation of 
Nature—The Semi-perceptive, or Literary Organs—Eventu- 
ality—Time—Tune—Language—The Reflective or Reason- 
ing Faculties—Comparison—Causality . . .86 
CHAPTER VII. 
The Semi-intellectual Faculties—Constructiveness—Ideality— 
Imitation—Mirthfulness ..... 125 
CHAPTER VIII. 
The Organs of the Social Functions—Amativeness—Philopro- 
genitiveness—Inhabitiveness—Adhesiveness, or Friendship 
—“ Concentrativeness ” . . . . . 139 
CHAPTER IX. 
The Selfish Sentiments — Cautiousness — Approbativeness— 
Self-esteem—Firmness.. . . .. .. .155 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
5 
CHAPTER X. 
The Moral and Religipus Sentiments—Conscientiousness— 
Hope—Marvelousness, or Spirituality—Veneration—Be- 
nevolence—Organs Recently Discovered and Probable— 
Human Nature—Agreeableness—Sublimity—Conjugality. 170 
CHAPTER XI. 
How to Examine Heads—An Illustration—Quality, its Nat- 
ure and Influence—Regional Development—Determination 
of Special Organic Influence ..... 200 
CHAPTER XII. 
How Character is Manifested—The Combination of Organs 
and Faculties—Organization and Pursuit—Practical Im- 
portance of the Propensities—Relative Importance of the 
Faculties ....... 221 
CHAPTER XIII. 
The Action of the Faculties—Province of the Intellect . 235 
CHAPTER XIV. 
The Relation of Phrenology to Metaphysics and Education— 
Mind Dependent upon Body—Applied in the Education of 
Children—The Criminal Class—Their Treatment . . 248 
CHAPTER XV. 
Value of Phrenology as an Art—Some Illustrations . . 266 
CHAPTER XVI. 
Phrenology and Physiology—The Objections of Sir William 
Hamilton—Disclosures of Galvanism—The Speech Center— 
Dr. Charcot’s Testimony—Note : The Color Sense . . 274 6 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
CHAPTER XVII. 
The Physiologists and the Cerebellum—Some General Objec- 
tions Considered ...... 296 
CHAPTER XVIII. 
Phrenology in General Literature .... 307 
List of Illustrations . ... . . 321 
Index ... . . ... 327 PREFACE. 
The various systems of Metaphysics, old and new, may 
serve the learned for discussion, criticism, and speculation; 
but a system of mental philosophy suited to the masses must 
be explicit and clear in its definitions and thoroughly prac- 
tical. The value of a science consists mainly in its subservi- 
ence to general application in the common affairs of life; 
and though it is possible for some branch of knowledge to 
be of eminent importance to the world, yet as long as its 
principles are so formulated that they can not be understood 
by the common mind, it must exert little influence in the 
world’s behalf. All the old schemes of mental philosophy 
labor under the weight of inutility. While dealing with the 
highest properties of man, his relations as a social, moral, 
and intellectual being, their methods have been diverse, in- 
tricate, and obscure, and, consequently, the man of ordinary 
intelligence could not grasp their meaning. 
Phrenology, however, has the advantage of a physical 
basis; is simple and natural in its interpretations, and avail- 
able as a means of usefulness to man in every condition. It 
has from the first won attention and wide acceptance from 
the people on account of its clear exposition of facts known 
to the experience of all, in terms which may be understood 
and verified by all. 
In preparing this volume it has been the aim of the au- 
7 8 
PREFACE. 
thors to meet an existing want, viz : that of a treatise which 
not only gives the reader a complete view of the system of 
mental science known as Phrenology, but also exhibits its 
relation to anatomy and physiology as those sciences are 
represented to-day by standard authority. The literature of 
Phrenology is not by any means lacking in fresh contribu- 
tions from the pens of competent observers in Europe and 
this country, but none have given more than a passing glance 
at the bearing which recent experiment and observation by 
leading physiologists have upon our subject, notwithstand- 
ing the fact that certain of the results which the experiment- 
ers have announced are “confirmations strong” of old phren- 
ological principles. 
Appreciating the immense importance to society of a cor- 
rect system of mental philosophy, and being in a thousand 
ways cognizant of the great value of sound phrenological 
teaching to each member of society, the authors present this 
volume to the reader, asking only that it be perused in a 
spirit of candor, and with due respect for truth. 
New York, December, 1879. INTRODUCTION. 
A Survey of Ancient and Modern Philosophy. 
Phrenology, then, stands exactly like the other sciences of observation upon 
the basis of phenomena and their observed correspondence with a theory which is 
deduced from them.—Silliman. 
OR more than two thousand years the 
study of mind has engaged the attention 
of the best intellects of every generation. 
What is the substance or essence of mind ? 
Is it material or immaterial, mortal or immor- 
tal ? How is it connected with the body ? 
Has it a special seat in any particular organ ? 
If so, in part of the body does it 
reside? Or is it equally diffused through 
every part ? Is it an entity which exists 
separate from the body, and entirely inde- 
pendent of physical organs in its manifesta- 
tion ? or has it a habitation within the body, 
and particular parts of the body, for particular modes of 
manifestation ? How many, and what are its faculties 1 
Are these innate in the mental constitution ? or is the mind 
a blank at birth ? And are its various faculties developed 
by education and other adventitious circumstances ? These 
F 10 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
are some of the leading questions which have excited dis- 
cussion among the learned since the days of the early 
Greek philosophers; and every distinctive theory compre- 
hended within them has had its earnest advocates. 
Pythagoras, five hundred years before Christ, enthroned 
the thinking principle in the head. Democritus enter- 
tained a like opinion. Plato, whose lofty soul furnished 
the inspiration which illumined the speculations of suc- 
ceeding philosophers, even until the present century, 
placed the rational power in the head, while he assigned 
the passions to the bowels. Aristotle, the first true physi- 
ologist of wrhom history has preserved a record, set the 
mind in the brain, and was the exponent of a system per- 
haps invented by him, perhaps recognized by his contem- 
poraries, which is analogous to that of Phrenology. In 
Aristotle’s scheme, the brain is divided into three parts, 
corresponding with his view of the location of its interior 
openings or ventricles. Common-sense, a faculty which 
he supposed had relation to the five senses, he placed in 
the first ventricle, believing it to be situated in the anterior 
part of the brain. Imagination, judgment, and reflection 
he assigned to an opening in the center of the encephalon. 
In the posterior part he set memory. This conception and 
distribution of the mental powers were followed closely by 
the medicists and metaphysicians who lived and flourished 
from the day of the great Stagyrite almost down to the 
time of Dr. Gall. Galen, Albert Magnus, Thomas Aquinas, 
Bernard Gordon, Ludovico Dolce, Jean-Baptiste Porta, and 
Thomas Willis, may be cited as illustrious examples of the 
mediaeval learning which recognized the Aristotelian teach- 
ing. 
But other views of the seat of life and thought had emi- 
nent authority to sanction them. Stahl taught that the INTRODUCTION. 
11 
soul occupied the whole body as its habitation. Von Hel- 
mont assigned the stomach as the special seat of the mind, 
and Drelincourt located it in the cerebellum. 
Nearly all the learned anatomists of the seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries entertained the opinion of the distribu- 
tion of the brain into parts subserving distinct functions, 
although Aristotle’s scheme seemed, to their advanced en- 
lightenment, little more than shrewd conjecture. Near the 
time of Gall’s publication of his discovery, Charles Bon- 
net, Herder, Tissot, Haller, Von Swieten, Prochaska, and 
Cabanis had declared a belief of that nature. Cabanis 
supported a doctrine concerning the production of thought 
which had its analogue in antiquity, and is recorded by 
Galen. This doctrine relegated mental phenomena to the 
blood, of which they were said to be a vapor or spirit, 
highly subtilized and refined by the membranes of the 
brain. Cabanis’ attitude among metaphysicians is that of 
a materialist. In his writings he avows principles with re- 
gard to the nature of thought similar to those entertained 
by conspicuous authors of the present day. For instance, 
he says in one place : “ The active principle of life and 
movement in animated bodies, which Stahl calls the soul, 
is one, but it acts diversely in the organs according to dif- 
ferences of structure and function. It digests in the stom- 
ach, secretes bile in the liver, and thinks in the brain.” 
Professor Flint, in his late treatise on “ The Physiology ( f 
Man,” says : “ The brain is not, strictly speaking, the organ 
of the mind ; for this statement would imply that the mind 
exists as a force independently of the brain ; but the mind 
is produced by the brain substance ; and intellectual force, 
if we may term the intellect a force, can be produced only 
by the transmutation of a certain amount of matter.” 
It would be impossible to present within the space of a 12 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
single volume, to say nothing of a single chapter, a com- 
plete analysis of the theories of the many metaphysical sys- 
tems which have been propounded; and indeed this is not 
our province. We will, however, glance at some of the 
more prominent authors before proceeding to the expo- 
sition of our proper subject. 
Whoever has scanned the field of ancient and modern 
philosophy knows that it is characterized by disagreement, 
contradiction, and inconsistency with respect to the facul- 
ties and powers of the mind, and he has, doubtless, found 
himself “ in wandering mazes lost,” ready to exclaim with 
the great poet: 
“ Vain wisdom all and false philosophy.” 
Before the days of anatomy and physiology, man seems 
to have regarded his moral faculties as owing their peculiar 
qualities or phases to external impressions, or according to 
his will and inclinations. He divided, therefore, his intelli- 
gence into two parts—the understanding and the will. The 
first comprised the power of perceiving ideas, associating 
them, and judging and reasoning, etc.; the second was 
understood to be a faculty by or through which man was 
affected in an agreeable or disagreeable manner, and so 
prompted to like or dislike, and to act in accordance with 
such feeling. In process of time further distinctions were 
made. Differences of impressions made by the same thing 
upon the minds of different men were recognized, and 
faculties were designated, one after another, in accordance 
with the differences existing between intellectual ideas. 
With Plato we have the appearance of systematic doctrine. 
“ Ideas,” said he, “ are everything. They form the uni- 
verse, are derived from the Supreme Being, or constituted 
by Him, and form the aggregate of creation.” Thus arose INTRODUCTION. 
13 
the doctrine of innate ideas. Aristotle, though a disciple 
of Plato, differed from him with regard to the nature of 
ideas. A careful anatomist, and regarding mainly the mate- 
rial aspect of things, he denied that ideas are innate. In 
accordance with his distribution of the brain into parts, he 
claimed that ideas are impressions received through the 
senses, the understanding being likened to a smooth, waxen 
tablet, or a sheet of blank paper. For many hundreds of 
years a conflict was waged between the followers of these 
two great champions; and their doctrines have found ear- 
nest friends even in the schools of our own century. 
Helvetius, in the early part of the eighteenth century, 
taught that the mind, in both man and animals, is a blank 
at birth, and that all its powers are acquired by instruction. 
Ignoring the fact of “ instinct,” he said that the beaver, for 
instance, has no innate mental power which prompts it to 
build its dam ; but its wonderful constructive ability is ac- 
quired by instruction from its parents. The bee is not in- 
stinctively impelled to build or to gather honey, but learns 
by instruction how to build its cells with the greatest econo- 
my of space and material, and how to select its flowers 
and gather its honey. The fox hunts because it has learned 
hknting from its parents. The bird sings and builds its 
nest in consequence of instruction; and man becomes man 
by education. 
The Scotch writers, whose vigor and brilliancy con- 
tributed to make the last century an era which will be ever 
memorable in the history of intellectual philosophy, en- 
deavored to found their systems upon common-sense, and 
so pass in review the qualities and suggestions natural to 
man—as love, hatred, the sentiments of justice, veneration, 
admiration, the feelings of fear, courage, etc., and admit 
them to be primitive faculties or impulses of the mind. The 14 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Edinburgh school comprised such men as John Hutch- 
inson, Thomas Reid, Dugald Stewart, Lord Kames, and 
Thomas Brown, who contended against the skeptical views 
of the German writers of the period. Kant, deemed by 
many the most notable of these, in his “ Critique of Pure 
Reason,” says: “All our knowledge begins with sense, 
proceeds thence to understanding, and ends with reason, 
beyond which nothing higher can be discovered in the hu- 
man mind for elaborating the matter of intuition and sub- 
jecting it to the highest unity of thought.” The Hegelian 
philosophy is a jumble of speculation, in which belief in 
intellectual intuition is rejected. What is regarded as the 
German school of metaphysics owed its origin mainly to 
the teachings of the famous Descartes, whose inquiries in- 
to the nature of self-conscjousness produced a revolution 
in scholastic philosophy, and yet merely changed the cur- 
rent of speculation. 
“ From the days of Aristotle to the present time,” says 
Mr. George Combe, “ the most powerful intellects have 
been directed with the most persevering industry to this 
department of science; and system after system has flour- 
ished, fallen, and been forgotten in rapid and melancholy 
succession. To confine ourselves to modern times, Dr. 
Reid overturned the philosophy of Locke and Hume. Mr. 
Stewart, while he illustrated Reid, yet differed from him in 
many important particulars; and recently Dr. Thomas 
Brown has attacked, with powerful eloquence and philo- 
sophical profundity, the fabric of Stewart, which already 
totters to its fall. The very existence of the most common 
and familiar faculties of the mind is debated among these 
philosophers. Mr. Stewart maintains Attention to be a 
faculty; but this is denied by Dr. Brown. Others, again, 
state Imagination to be a primitive power of mind; while INTRODUCTION. 
15 
Mr. Stewart informs us that ‘ what we call the power of 
Imagination, is not the gift of nature, but the result of ac- 
quired habits aided by favorable circumstances.’ Common 
observation informs us that a taste for music, and a genius 
for poetry and painting, are gifts of nature bestowed only 
on a few; but Mr. Stewart, by dint of his philosophy, has 
discovered that these powers, and also a genius for mathe- 
matics, ‘ are gradually formed by particular habits of study 
or business.’ On the other hand, he treats of Perception, 
Conception, and Memory as original powers; while Dr. 
Thomas Brown denies their title to that appellation. Rejd, 
Stewart, and Brown admit the existence of moral emotions; 
but Hobbes, Mandeville, Paley, and many others resolve 
the sentiment of right and wrong into a regard to our own 
good, perception of utility, and obedience to the Divine 
command.” 
Thus, after the lapse and labor of more than two thou- 
sand years, philosophers are not yet agreed concerning the 
existence of many of the most important principles affect- 
ing the intellectual powers of man. 
If we inquire into the causes of these conflicting theories, 
and the barren" results which have attended the study of 
mind in the past, we shall find its explanation in the meth- 
ods of investigation which have hitherto been employed. 
Anatomists and physiologists have dissected the human 
body, analyzed its various systems, and discovered the 
functions of nearly all its parts. The knowledge which 
they have obtained of the physical system by material ap- 
pliances is precise and definite; so that there is now a gen- 
eral agreement in regard to the fundamental principles of 
physiology. But the mind is not subject to such methods 
of investigation. They who taught that the brain is the 
seat of three general faculties of the internal sense, were 16 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
never able to discover by dissection either common-sense, 
or phantasy, or memory slumbering within its ventricles. 
Nor were those who taught that the passions had their seat 
in the thoracic and abdominal viscera ever able by dissec- 
tion to find any traces of courage in the heart or anger in 
the liver. No anatomist, by the most skillful use of the 
scalpel and the microscope, has been able to discover the 
function of an organ from an examination of its substance. 
Lay before an anatomist the nerves of the five senses, and 
by nothing in their structure or substance would he be 
able to determine which was the nerve of taste, which of 
hearing, which of smelling, which of sight, or which of feel- 
ing. He might, indeed, after having learned the purposes 
which the eye, the ear, the heart, or the stomach subserved 
in the animal economy, be able to trace out in its form and 
structure its complete adaptation for its purpose, but never 
would he be able to discover its function from a mere ex- 
amination of its material parts. How utterly impossible, 
then, must it appear to discover the nature and powers of 
a subtile, intangible principle, a thought, an emotion, from 
an examination of the cerebral tissue ! 
Philosophers have pursued the study of mind by different 
methods, but generally have endeavored to shut out the 
material world, and to shut the mind in upon itself, and 
thus make its personal phenomena a study. By reflection 
on consciousness, they have attempted to analyze the mind 
and resolve it into its elements. But reflection on con- 
sciousness can not reveal the function of an organ, the pro- 
cesses by which thought and feeling are elaborated, or the 
means by which the internal operations of the body are 
performed. Consciousness does, indeed, localize the mind 
in the brain, but it gives us no idea of the functions of its 
different parts. We will to move an arm, but we are not IN TROD UC TION. 
17 
conscious of the nervous influence being transmitted to 
and from the brain along the nerves of feeling and motion. 
We see, we taste, we smell, we hear, but consciousness 
gives us no knowledge of the location or the condition of 
the nerves of the senses, nor does it reveal the changes 
which they undergo in the performance of their functions. 
If we ignore the influence of organization in the mental 
manifestations altogether, and undertake to resolve the 
mind into its elements by reflection on consciousness, the 
imperfections of the individual mind of each philosopher 
would naturally appear in his system. 
This is actually the case; most of the writers on mental 
philosophy have given to the world systems or doctrines 
which are little more than reflections of their individual 
modes of thought and feeling; hence the great diversity 
of opinions which characterize their works. 
Whatever may be the original powers of mind, or their 
means or mode of manifestation, it is evident that men 
differ widely in disposition and capability. Some are self- 
ish, others are generous; some are penurious, others are 
liberal; some are passionate, others are mild and pacific ; 
some are ambitious, others are deficient in aspiration; some 
have a delicate sense of truth and justice, and others are 
influenced by these sentiments in only a feeble degree. 
We observe also that one individual has a peculiar talent 
for mathematics, another for music, and another for draw- 
ing and penmanship. One is able to express his ideas with 
great fluency, and another passes for a dullard in society 
because of his inability to give his thoughts expression. 
The style of one is concise, harmonious, and abounding in 
well-chosen illustrations; that of another is dry, diffuse, ob- 
scure, and lacking in grace and beauty. One loves to re- 
flect upon the deep and hidden things of nature, and to 18 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
trace phenomena back to the causes in which they origi- 
nate ; another readily discerns the mechanical adaptation 
of things, and shows peculiar skill in the employment of 
tools and machinery. It would be natural that those char- 
acteristics which are strongly manifested in the mind of 
any individual would appear to him to be the direct result 
of innate and original powers, while those sentiments which 
he experienced in a feeble degree would appear to him un- 
important or scarcely existing in the mind at all. This is 
another explanation of the diversity of opinion among phi- 
losophers in regard to the original powers and faculties of 
the mind. 
If it is said that the common consciousness of mankind 
must be the criterion in all disputed points, the question 
occurs, What is the common consciousness of mankind ? 
If, after the lapse and labor of more than two thousand 
years, there is yet no unanimity among philosophers con- 
cerning the most important principles affecting human ac- 
tion, how futile must be the attempt to reconcile conflict- 
ing opinions in regard to the principles of mind by an ap- 
peal to universal consciousness. So long as men differ in 
mental constitution, there can be no universal criterion in 
regard to the primitive faculties of the mind derived from 
reflection on consciousness; and hence the impossibility 
of building up a science of mind which shall be univer- 
sally accepted by such a method of investigation. 
In the construction of the system commonly termed 
Phrenology, the study of mind has been pursued in a man- 
ner very different from any which had been hitherto em- 
ployed. Its deductions rest on a foundation similar to 
those of the purely physical sciences. No one previously 
to experience would be able to predicate the qualities 
which the oak or the pine possessed- But after many ob- INTRODUCTION. 
19 
servations, the conviction would be irresistibly forced upon 
him that there is a law inherent in the constitution of each 
which determined its peculiar qualities, and ever afterward 
he would be able to predicate those qualities of the pine 
and oak with confidence. By this method.of observation 
and induction, the sciences of botany, chemistry, geology, 
astronomy, etc., have been evolved; and we claim that this 
method of studying mind is the only one which can give a 
proper basis for a system of mental philosophy. 
In regard to the questions which have been raised con- 
cerning the substance or essence of mind—whether it is 
material or immaterial, or how the spirit and the body are 
united—our philosophy is silent. We study mind only as 
it makes itself manifest through the physical organization. 
Observation shows that there is a concomitance between 
the vigorous manifestation of certain traits of character 
and a large development of certain parts of the brain. And 
wherever we find a large development of a cerebral part, 
we infer that there must be a correspondingly vigorous 
manifestation of the mental characteristic peculiar to it; 
and wherever we find the trait of character strongly mani- 
fested, we infer that there is a large development of the 
cerebral part. But back of this reciprocal relationship be- 
tween the mind, the vital entity or influence, and its ma- 
terial organ, we do not, can not go. We have perceptive 
faculties which enable us to observe facts, and reasoning 
faculties which enable us to trace out their relations ; but 
we have no powers, thus far discovered, by which we may 
study mind as a spiritual existence; and should we attempt 
to answer the questions concerning the essence of mind 
and the nature of its connection with the body, we would 
be likely to contribute only to the great mass of indefinite 
and unsatisfactory speculation already existing. CHAPTER I. 
GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
Phrenology—composed of two Greek words, (pprjv, 
signifying mind, or the reasoning faculty, and Aoyof, dis- 
course—is a system of mental philosophy founded upon 
the physiology of the brain. It assumes as its funda- 
mental principle that the brain is the organ of mind just 
as the eye is the organ of vision, the stomach of digestion, 
or the heart of circulation. 
It was long a disputed point among physiologists what 
function the brain performed in the animal economy. 
Hippocrates and Astruc thought the brain was a sponge; 
Aristotle considered it a bloodless mass which tempered 
the heat of the heart; Praxagoras, Plistonicus, Philotinus, 
and others regarded it as a mere excrescence of the spinal 
marrow ; Misticelli called it an inorganic mass ; Malpighi 
thought it was a collection of confused intestines ; Sabatier 
and Boyer considered it a secretory organ; Galen and many 
others imagined that it secreted vital spirits, and distrib- 
uted them through the arteries of the body; and Bichat 
thought it an envelope to protect the parts beneath. It is 
now generally conceded by the leading physiologists that 
the brain is the organ of mind. As, however, there are 
those who are disposed to dispute the correctness of this 
opinion, it may be well for us to bring forward some of the 
proofs by which the truth of this proposition is established. 
20 GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
21 
i. Size and Intelligence.—A low degree of mental 
power invariably accompanies a marked deficiency of brain. 
In the lowest class of idiots the horizontal circumference 
of the head, above the ears, measures from 12 to 13 inches ; 
in a full-sized head the circumference is 22 inches. In such 
idiots the distance from the root of the nose, measured 
over the top of the head to the occipital spine, is but 8 or 
9 inches; in a full-sized head it is 14. The heads of bar- 
barous or savage races are smaller than those of the civil- 
ized; the negro skull has a brain capacity averaging 82 
Fig. 1.—Low Type, Idiot Skull. 
Fig. 2.—Well Developed Skull. 
cubic inches ; the higher tribes of American Indians, ac- 
cording to Prof. S. G. Morton, like the Seminoles and 
Oneidans, have a brain-measurement of about 90 inches; 
while the measurement of the English and German enceph- 
alon internally is placed by the best authorities at over 
100 cubic inches. In a table derived from 405 autopsies 
of white and negro brains, recorded by Prof. Austin Flint, 
of New York, the average weight of the white brain is given 
at 52 ounces, and that of the negro at 46.9; these negro 
specimens, however, were of men who had been associated 22 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
with whites almost from birth. Whenever the head does 
not exceed 13 or 14 inches in horizontal circumference, 
idiocy is the invariable consequence. 
2. Brain Development and Mentality.—Throughout 
the whole animal kingdom the brain is found to be larger 
and more complicated in proportion to the strength and 
number of the mental faculties manifested. “ We find,” 
says Prof. Graves, of Dublin, “ that exactly in proportion 
as the encephalic portion of the nervous system is devel- 
oped in the vertebrated animals, we can trace the appear- 
ance of new faculties, which, few and obscure in the lower 
species, become, as we ascend, more numerous and more 
distinct until we arrive at man, in whom the brain attains 
a degree of preeminence sufficient to place him far above 
all other species of mammalia .... But man does not 
only differ from other animals in the configuration of his 
brain and the capacity of his mind, but also exhibits the 
singular fact of a great difference in these respects between 
individuals of the same species: it being an obvious fact 
that different men exhibit as much disparity in their intel- 
lectual powers as if they were animals of a different genus. 
In all such cases, where the difference between the intel- 
lectual powers is extreme, there also we invariably find a 
striking difference between the form and size of their skulls, 
the most highly-gifted always presenting a greater relative 
proportion of brain.” On this point modern physiologists 
are generally agreed. Prof. Flint, in his late work on Phys- 
iology, cautiously writes : “ It may be stated as a general 
proposition that, in the different races of men, the cerebrum 
is developed in proportion to their intellectual power; and 
in different individuals of the same race, the same general 
rule obtains.” Cromwell, Cuvier, Abercrombie, Dupuytren, 
Chalmers, Napoleon Bonaparte, Daniel Webster, Spurzheim, GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
23 
and other men of conspicuous eminence possessed heads 
much larger than the average. 
3. Effect of Morbid Conditions.—In disease of or 
injury to the brain the mind is always affected. Dr. 
Stokes, in his lectures on the practice of medicine, relates 
a case in which a tumor was removed from the interior 
surface of a man’s skull; whereupon the patient was imme- 
diately, and for the first time, attacked with loss of conscious- 
ness, and convulsions of the trunk and extremities. The 
surgeon, thinking that the removal of the pressure from 
the brain, to which it had gradually accommodated itself 
during the growth of the tumor, was the cause of these 
symptoms, made a gentle pressure on the exposed surface, 
and the convulsions immediately ceased and consciousness 
returned. 
Another authority, Prof. Chapman, relates a case in which 
the brain was exposed by the loss of a portion of the skull. 
In this instance consciousness could be suspended at pleas- 
ure by merely pressing on the exposed surface with the 
finger, and restored by removing the pressure. Sir William 
C. Ellis reports, in his “Treatise on Insanity,” that out of 
221 cases of dissection, he found that 207 showed decided 
marks of brain disease ; four of the remainder being con- 
genital idiots must be excluded from the list, thus leaving 
only ten cases in which he could not detect organic disease 
of the brain; and of these ten, seven were recent cases, 
being only about a month ill. 
4. In Swooning, the blood being rapidly withdrawn 
from the brain, consciousness is suspended. 
5. Movement.—Where the brain has been exposed by 
the removal of a portion of the skull, it has been observed 
that it is agitated in proportion to the degree of mental 
excitement. A young man was brought to Sir Astley Cooper 24 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
who had lost a portion of his skull just above the eyebrow. 
“ On examining the head,” Sir Astley says, “ I distinctly 
saw the pulsation of the brain. It was regular and slow; 
but at this time he was agitated by some opposition to 
his wishes, and directly the blood was sent with increased 
force to the brain, and the pulsations became frequent and 
violent. If, therefore,” he continues, “ you omit to keep 
the mind free from agitation, your other means (in the 
treatment of injuries of the brain) will be unavailing.” 
Dr. Pierquin reports the case of a woman who had lost 
a large portion of her scalp, skull, and dura-mater. When 
in a dreamless sleep, her brain was motionless, and lay 
within the cranium. When agitated by dreams, her brain 
moved, and protruded outside the cranium. In vivid 
dreams the protrusion was considerable ; and when she 
was perfectly awake, especially if engaged in active thought 
or sprightly conversation, it was still greater. 
These are but a few in the vast multitude of cases which 
might be brought forward in support of the principle that 
the brain is the organ of mind. 
A second principle of Phrenology is, the brain is made 
up of as many individual organs as there are distinct men- 
tal faculties. This is a proposition which is not admitted 
by all of those who readily concede that the brain is the 
organ of mind, yet it is supported by an array of proof fully 
as convincing as that. It is in point to remark here that 
the necessity of considering the brain a compound organ 
had presented itself to the minds of many earnest inquirers 
of ancient and mediaeval times, from Aristotle down, in 
order to account for the great diversity of mental charac- 
teristics which they observed among men. 
THE BRAIN A CONGERIES OF ORGANS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
25 
Aristotle, as has been stated in the Introduction, divided 
the brain into parts, and designated them as the seats re- 
spectively of common sense, imagination, judgment, reflec- 
tion, and memory. This distribution was accepted or fol- 
lowed in the main by leading philosophers from Aristotle 
to the time of Dr. Gall’s discoveries. Such authorities as 
Galen, Albert Magnus, Bernard Gordan, Huarte the Span- 
iard, Porta of Naples, Ludovico Dolce, Thomas Willis, a 
professor in Oxford University, are noteworthy. Of Prof. 
Willis a recent author, Dr. B. W. Richardson, says that it 
was “ he who gave the world of science the first true light 
on the function of the different parts of the brain.” A work 
on the “ Anatomy of the Brain ” was published by Willis 
in 1644, in which he sets forth his doctrine that the brain is 
a congeries of organs, and the seat of moral and intellectual 
action. 
Foedere, a zealous opponent of Phrenology, is compelled 
to admit, when speaking of a plurality of organs in the 
brain, that “ this kind of reasoning has been employed by 
the greater number of anatomists, from the time of Galen 
down to our own day, and even by the great Haller, who 
experienced a necessity for assigning a function to each de- 
partment of the brain.” 
Cuvier says, in his “ Anatomie Comparee,” vol. ii., that 
“certain parts of the brain in all classes of animals are large 
or small, according to certain qualities of the animal.” 
Bonnetus asserts that “the brain is a very complicated 
organ, or, rather, an assemblage of different organs.” Tissot 
also asserts that every perception has different fibers; while 
Van Swieten and Prochaska entertained the opinion that 
the internal senses occupy in the brain organs as distinct 
as the nerves of the external senses. But it was reserved 
for Dr. Gall to give a substantial basis to the theory that 26 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
the brain is a compound organ, by discovering the respect- 
ive places in it of different mental faculties. The weight 
of authority supplied by the authors we have named is 
great, but aside from them we think that the brain is dem- 
onstrated to be a compound organ by the following argu- 
ments : 
1. Orff an and Function Special. — Every distinct 
physical function has a special organ. Sight, hearing, taste, 
digestion, circulation, etc., has each its appropriate organ, 
which is capable of performing only its peculiar function. 
And whenever any organ has a compound function, it is 
found to be possessed of a complex nervous apparatus. 
The tongue, for instance, which exercises the function of 
taste, possesses also those of feeling and motion, and 
accordingly it has three sets of nerves corresponding with 
its triple function. From analogy, therefore, it is reason- 
able to suppose that such different mental operations as 
loving, hating, fearing, hoping, etc., should have different 
cerebral organs. 
2. Mental Faculties Successively Indicated.—The 
different mental faculties do not all appear at the earliest 
period of the individual’s existence. Almost the only fac- 
ulty manifested by the new-born babe is the desire for 
food, but soon it comes to observe things which exist 
around it, and to love, dislike, and manifest anger and 
stubbornness; while its capacity to reason, and its sense of 
duty and responsibility, do not appear until a much later 
period. Were the brain a single organ it would manifest 
at any time one faculty as readily as another. 
3. Genius or Talent Partial.—The fact that genius 
is almost always partial is plainly contradictory to the 
organic unity of the brain. For, if a mental faculty be only 
a particular mode of mental manifestation, and if the whole GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
27 
brain be concerned in every operation of the mind, there 
is no reason why an individual who possesses a remarkable 
talent for mathematics should not be equally gifted in music, 
painting, poetry, or in any other special talent. It is to be 
observed that remarkable talents often appear at such 
an early age that the old metaphysical theory that they are 
“ the result of acquired habits, aided by favorable circum- 
stances ” is entirely precluded. Allan Cunningham, in his 
“ British Painters,” says of Richard Wilson : “ His love of 
art appeared early. How this came upon him in a place 
where there were no paintings to awaken his emotions we 
are not informed, but a slight cause will arouse a strong 
natural spirit.” Of Benjamin West he says that at the 
age of seten he drew an accurate likeness of his little sister 
with red and black ink, and this is the more remarkable 
as “ there were neither professors, paintings, nor prints 
among the primitives of Pennsylvania.” Pope says of 
himself that he “ lisped in numbers, for the numbers came.” 
And George Bidder astonished the world with his mathe- 
matical calculations at the age of twelve. Within a year 
past Mr. Smiles’ interesting biography of Thos. Edwards, 
the Scottish naturalist, has been published, which furnishes 
additional testimony, if any be needed, to the variations 
of mental organization and partial genius. Mr. Smiles, 
in striking terms, shows how the innate qualities of this 
eminent subject displayed themselves in childhood : “ When 
only four months old he leaped from his mother’s arms to 
catch some flies buzzing in the window;” and when a boy 
he persisted in collecting and studying the habits of beetles, 
frogs, crabs, lizards, rats, mice, etc., in spite of threats and 
whippings. 
4. Idiocy and Insanity Special.—Partial idiocy and 
partial insanity are explicable only on the supposition 
that the mind operates through a plurality of organs. 28 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
There are individuals who possess a remarkable talent for 
music, drawing, rhyming, calculation, or mechanics, but who 
in all other respects are practically idiotic. 
Foeder£, in speaking of the Alpine Cretins, says : “ It 
is remarkable that, by an inexplicable singularity, some of 
these individuals, endowed with so weak minds, are born 
with a particular talent for copying paintings, for rhyming, 
or for music. I have known several who have taught them- 
selves to play tolerably on the organ and harpsichord : 
others who understood, without ever having had a master, 
the repairing of watches and the construction of some pieces 
of mechanism.” These powers, he says, could not be 
attributed to intellect, “ for these individuals not only 
could not read the books which treated of the principles of 
mechanics, but were confounded if spoken to on the sub- 
ject, and never improved themselves.” 
The reader is probably familiar with that remarkable 
American musical prodigy, “ Blind Tom,” who has been so 
extensively exhibited. This negro youth, although a won- 
der to all who hear his musical performances, is an im- 
becile in most other respects. 
Were the brain a single organ, these phenomena could 
not occur; for whatever power it possessed it would be 
equally capable of manifesting that on every subject, and 
it would be just as unreasonable to suppose that such power 
could be exercised on music, drawing, mechanics, or 
mathematics, and be utterly deficient in every other respect, 
as to suppose that.the eye which is capable of seeing a 
horse, a cow, a tree, or a house might be blind to every 
other object in nature. 
In monomania and partial insanity, again, the phenomena 
of the mind indicate derangement in one or several facul- 
ties, while all the rest appear perfectly sound. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
29 
“ Hospitals for the insane,” says Pinel, “ are never without 
some examples of mania marked by acts of extravagance, 
or even of fury, with a kind of judgment preserved in all 
its integrity, if we judge of it by the conversation; the 
lunatic gives the most just and precise answers to the 
questions of the curious; no incoherence of ideas is dis- 
cernible ; he reads and writes letters as if his understanding 
were perfectly sound; and yet, by a singular contrast, he 
tears in pieces his clothes and bed-covers, and always finds 
some plausible reason to justify his wandering and his fury. 
This sort of mania is so far from rare that the vulgar name 
of folie raisonnante has been given to it.” 
Sir George Mackenzie mentions the case of a man who 
was able to converse rationally on every subject but the 
moon. On hearing the moon mentioned he became greatly 
excited, as he believed himself secretary to the moon. Dr. 
Gall speaks of a lunatic who was confined in the hospital 
at Bicetre, who succeeded so well in persuading a magistrate 
who visited the asylum that he was the victim of the cupidity 
and cruelty of his relatives, that the magistrate thought 
seriously of examining into his case with a view to setting 
him at liberty. But as he was about taking his departure, 
promising to return shortly with good tidings, the madman 
remarked: “ Your excellency will always be welcome except 
on Saturday ; for on that day the Holy Virgin makes me 
a visit.” 
These cases of partial insanity, like those of partial idiocy, 
are utterly incompatible with the idea that the mind has 
but a single organic apparatus; but they are clearly and 
rationally explained on the supposition that the brain is 
composed of a number of organs. For then, in cases of 
partial idiocy, it is perfectly rational to suppose that the 
organs of those faculties which are strongly manifested are 30 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
well-developed, while the other mental organs are in such a 
rudimentary condition as to be incapable of the proper 
manifestation of mind; and all cases of partial insanity 
are rationally explained by the theory that one or more 
mental organs are diseased, and thus give forth a per- 
verted manifestation, while all the others are sound, and 
capable of performing their normal function. This, indeed, 
has been proved in a vast number of instances by actual 
demonstration. 
5. Injuries to parts of the brain tend, in like manner, 
to confirm the notion of its compound character, as well 
as the correctness of the location of its organs. A boy in 
Washington was once struck on the head at the place 
where the organ of Tune is situated, and a sliver of the 
inner plate of the skull was driven into the brain at that 
part. He immediately began to manifest a powerful dis- 
position to whistle; he whistled constantly; would even 
whistle between his mouthfuls of food, but when the por- 
tion of bone which had been driven into his brain was with- 
drawn by a surgeon, he whistled less and less, until the 
wound had healed, when his impulse to whistle was en- 
tirely removed. 
A man received a blow upon the organ of Mirthfulness, 
and soon after exhibited such a disposition to make fun of 
everything he saw, that his friends had him confined as 
a lunatic. But on the application of treatment to reduce 
the inflammation of the injured part of the brain, he was 
entirely cured in a few hours of his disposition to laugh. 
A farmer in Massachusetts, while yoking oxen, received a 
blow from the horn of one of them on the back part of his 
head. Though formerly an affectionate husband and a kind 
neighbor, he soon came to treat his wife very harshly, and 
would order his former friends and neighbors out of the GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
31 
house when they came to visit him, while with strangers 
he was courteous and sociable. A post-mortein exami- 
nation revealed the fact that the organ of Friendship 
was the portion of brain which had received the blow 
from the ox, and it and adjoining organs were extensively 
diseased. 
Avery recent case, appropriately mentioned in this con- 
nection, is that of Byron Wright, who died at Waterloo, 
Iowa, in July, 1875, from the effects of a pistol shot received 
over two years previously. The ball entered the back of 
his head in the upper part of the region allotted to Philo- 
progenitiveness, in the left hemisphere, and near the fal- 
ciform process, taking a course slightly inclined to the 
left and upward and penetrating to an extent of 3I inches. 
Contrary to all expectation, Wright rallied under careful 
treatment, and so far recovered as to be able to go about; 
but his disposition assumed phases unknown in him before. 
He was a teacher by profession, but now he lost all his 
love of children and home, and became extravagantly con- 
ceited, aiming at notoriety, and showing an unscrupulous 
regard to the moral nature of the means for obtaining it. 
He became a wanderer, took one school after another, 
and treated his pupils with great cruelty, whereas before 
the injury he had been a kind and considerate instructor. 
As the inflammation or disintegration of the brain pro- 
ceeded, Wright’s social nature became more and .more 
disordered and his moral eccentricities more pronounced, 
until he was declared insane by the Commissioner of In- 
sanity. Nevertheless his intellectual powers were but 
slightly impaired. His brain after his death was examined 
by several physicians, in pursuance to his own request, and 
it was found that the posterior lobe, a considerable part 
of the middle lobe, and a small part of the anterior lobe 32 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of the left cerebral hemisphere had become diseased. The 
indications were that the inflammation had spread grad- 
ually from the region of the wound, the portions in its 
neighborhood being, of course, most affected, and these 
were such as are allotted in the phrenological order to 
Inhabitiveness, Philoprogenitiveness, Self-esteem, Firmness, 
Approbativeness, Adhesiveness, Conjugal Love, Combat- 
iveness, and Destructiveness; and Wright’s derangement 
of mind involved, according to the testimony of Dr. D. W. 
Crouse, of Waterloo, and others who knew him intimately, 
phenomena indicating special disorder of the defined 
functions of these organs. 
6. Dreaming.—The phenomena of dreaming are ex- 
plicable only on the supposition that the mind is manifested 
through a plurality of organs. It is presumable that it is 
the repose of the material instrument of the mind which 
is the cause of sleep, and if that instrument were a single 
organ, it would be difficult to conceive how it could be 
partially awake and partially asleep at the same time. But 
if we consider the brain as made up of a plurality of organs, 
the phenomena of dreaming are capable of rational ex- 
planation; for then it will be seen that some of the mental 
organs may be completely under the influence of sleep, 
while others are in a state of wakefulness, and thus able to 
form pictures either coherent or absurd which may be 
recalled as dreams when we awake. 
7. Faculties at rest and in exercise. — The fact that 
when wearied by the exercise of one class of faculties we 
may turn to a subject which will call other faculties into 
play, and experience a feeling of restfulness, is explicable 
only on the theory that the mind has many instruments, 
each of which may in turn be called into activity, and 
in turn allowed repose. Related to this is— GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
33 
8. Variety of occupation.—Referring to our daily ex- 
perience we may satisfy ourselves that the mind operates 
through a plurality of organs, since we often manifest sev- 
eral different faculties at the same instant. We may feel 
angry because of an outrage committed on some inno- 
cent subject, while we have pity for the suffering of the 
victim. We may experience the sentiments of love, hope, 
and fear all at the same instant. We may smile, yet “ mur- 
der while we smile.” If the mind had but a single organ, 
this could not be, for then every feeling or emotion which 
we experienced must necessarily follow one another in 
succession. 
SIZE AND MENTAL POWER. 
One of the arguments which we have brought forward 
in proof that the brain is the organ of mind is that a de- 
ficiency of brain is always attended by a low degree of 
mental power, and that men of commanding mental capacity 
have invariably had heads of unusual size. Now, what is 
true of the brain as a whole, is true also of its individual 
organs. The greater the size of an organ, the greater will 
be its power of manifesting its faculty; and, on the other 
hand, the smaller an organ, the weaker will be the manifesta- 
tion of its faculty. In other words, the size of an organ 
is the measure of its power. The principle that size is the 
measure of power holds true universally wherever objects 
are compared which possess the same qualities. A large 
bone or muscle possesses greater strength than a small one; 
and the function of respiration will be vigorous or feeble 
in proportion to the size of its organ, the lungs. Some, 
indeed, have asserted that this law does not hold true of 
the brain, but only of those organs whose exercise is con- 
nected with mechanical force, as in muscular contraction. 
The perfection of vision, it is said, does not bear the least 34 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
proportion to the size of the eye, either when considered 
with respect to different species of animals, or with respect 
to different animals of the same species. But though the 
power of vision is not measured by the size of the eye, it 
is incontrovertible that it is measured by the size of the optic 
nerve, which is in reality the medium of vision. According 
to Desmoulins, in the screech-owl, the sight of which is de- 
fective, the parts from which the optic nerves arise are not 
more than one-twentieth part of the brain; while in the 
eagle, which is proverbial for keenness of vision, the same 
parts are about one-third of the brain. The optic nerves 
in these two classes of animals are in the same proportion. 
This same author says that in order to increase the surface 
of the retina, which is the expansion of the optic nerve, it 
is thrown into folds in eagles, vultures, and falcons,.so that 
the folds hang loose in the eye; but in animals of ordinary 
sight these folds do not occur. The compound eye of 
insects like the fly and bee is associated with an optic 
brain-center of conspicuous dimension. The Schneiderian 
membrane in the nose of man is spread over a surface of 
only twenty square inches, while in the seal it covers one 
hundred and twenty square inches; and so great is the 
power of smelling in the seal that hunters are obliged to 
approach him directly against the wind, else he would recog- 
nize them by their smell. 
These cases tend to prove that in nervous matter, as 
well as in those cases where the exercise of an organ is con- 
nected with mechanical force, size is the measure of power. 
In laying down this principle.with reference to the mental 
organs, however, we are always careful to put in the quali- 
fying clause, other things being equal. If we were to compare 
a pine stick with an oak stick, or an oak stick with an iron 
bar, it is obvious that the law of size being the measure GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 
35 
of power would not hold good, because of the different 
properties of these different materials. In estimating the 
power of a mental organ from its size, in like manner, 
there are influences which enter in as modifying conditions, 
and which it is of the highest importance to take into 
account. CHAPTER II. 
OF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
There are great differences among men in the sub- 
stance and quality of their organizations. Some, like the 
wood of the palmetto tree, are porous, spongy, and weak; 
while others, like the oak, are dense, firm, and strong. 
There are small horses which will outwork large ones; 
and a small man very frequently displays greater physical 
strength and endurance than one of a much larger size. 
These differences are referable to what is termed the 
quality of the organization. It pervades the whole body, 
imparting its influence to the brain and nerves, as well 
as to the muscles; and thus, through the material instru- 
ment of the mind, affecting mental' manifestation. This 
quality is so intimately related to the physical organism 
that a knowledge of the temperaments which enter into its 
constitution is most important in the study of mind. 
Temperament may be described as a certain state or 
condition of the body depending upon the relative energy 
of its different functions. According to the ancient doc- 
trine as promulgated by Hippocrates, the “ father of medi- 
cine,” there are four temperaments depending upon what 
he considered the four primary components of the body: 
the blood, the phlegm, the yellow bile, and the black bije. 
According to the preponderance of any one of these, the 
individual was known as, respectively, of the sanguine, the 
phlegmatic, the choleric, or the melancholic temperament. 
36 OF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
37 
In this classification, the brain is not considered as exert- 
ing any special influence, although its function is now con- 
ceded to be the most important in the animal economy. 
The attention of Drs. Gall and Spurzheim was directed 
to this fact, and they perceived the necessity of consider- 
ing the brain as the basis of a special temperamental con- 
dition. 
Spurzheim’s Classification.—According to the clas- 
sification adopted by the first teachers of phrenology, there 
are four temperaments, the Lymphatic, the Sanguine, the 
Bilious, and the Nervous, each depending upon the pre- 
dominating influence of the stomach, the lungs, the liver, 
and the brain respectively. These different temperaments 
are indicated by external signs which are open to obser- 
vation. 
The Lymphatic Temperament, depending upon the 
predominance of the stomach, is characterized by a pale 
skin, fair hair, roundness of form, and repletion of cellular 
tissue. The vital action is languid, the flesh is soft or 
plastic, and the circulation feeble and slow. The brain, 
partaking of the general systemic condition, is slow and 
feeble in its action, and the mental manifestations are pro- 
portionately weak. 
The Sanguine Temperament, in which the lungs, the 
heart, and the blood-vessels are constitutionally predom- 
inant, is indicated by moderate plumpness of parts, toler- 
ably firm flesh, light or chestnut hair, blue eyes, fair com- 
plexion, and ruddiness of countenance. There is great 
activity of the arterial system, fondness for exercise, and 
an animated countenance. The brain, in correspondence 
with the general state, is active. 
The Bilious Temperament, having the liver for its 
basis, is marked by black hair, a dark-yellow or brown skin, 38 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
black eyes, moderately full, but firm muscles and strongly- 
expressed physical outlines. All the bodily functions are 
characterized by great energy of action, which extends 
to the brain; and the countenance, in consequence, has 
decided and strongly-marked features. 
The Nervous Temperament, depending upon the pre- 
dominant influence of the brain and nervous system, has, 
Fig. 3.—Motive Temperament. Gov. W. 
as its external signs, firm and rather thin hair, thin skin, 
paleness of countenance, small muscles, and often delicate 
health. I he sensations are lively, and the muscular actions 
rapid. I he whole nervous system, including the brain, is 
extremely active, and the mental manifestations are pro- 
portionally vivacious. OF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
39 
The Later Classification.—The classification of the 
temperaments used by early phrenologists, although correct 
and valuable in a pathological point of view, is not founded 
entirely upon a healthy state of the constitution, two of 
the temperaments—the lymphatic and the nervous—being 
traceable to abnormal conditions of the bodily organs. 
We therefore prefer a later classification, which can claim 
a physiological basis, and is also more simple and com- 
prehensive. 
Fig. 4.—Motive Temperament. Miss H. 
The human body is made up of three grand systems of 
organs, each of which has a distinctive general function in 
the physical economy. They are known as the Motive or 
Mechanical System, the Vital or Nutritive System, and the 
Mental or Nervous System. 
The Motive or Mechanical System, composed of the 
bones, the ligaments, and the muscles, forms, by the com- 
bination of these three sets of organs, an apparatus of levers 
through which all the mechanical movements of the body 40 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
are effected. The predominance of this system of organs 
in any individual gives rise to the special expression in the 
organization of what we call the Motive Temperament. 
The Vital or Nutritive System, in like manner consists 
of three classes of organs—the Lymphatics, the Blood- 
Vessels, and the Glands—which, through their functions 
of absorption, circulation, and secretion, are the instruments 
of the body’s nourishment and purification. Where this 
Fig. 5.—Vital Temperament. Dumas. 
system of organs is predominantly active, a physiological 
condition is induced which is known in the new classifica- 
tion as the Vital Temperament. 
The Mental or Nervous System, forming the medium 
of connection between the soul, or psychic principle, and 
the external world, and through which thought and Yeeling 
are manifested, is likewise made up of three classes of 
organs—the organs of Sense, the Brain, and the Nerves. 
A preponderance of these three sets of organs gives rise 
to the Mental Temperament. OE THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
41 
We have, then, under this classification three temper- 
aments, each of which is indicated by external signs in the 
physical organization, and exerts a specific influence in the 
manifestation of mind. 
The Motive Temperament, depending upon a superior 
development of the osseous and muscular systems, is mark- 
CHARACTERTSTTCS OF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
Fig. 6.—Vital Temperament. Queen of Spain. 
ed by a figure tall and striking, and tending to angularity. 
The bones are large, and generally long rather than broad ; 
the face is oblong, the cheek-bones high, the neck rather 
long, the shoulders broad, the chest moderate, and the 
limbs long and well jointed. The muscles are hard and 
firm, the complexion and eyes are generally dark, and the 
hair dark, somewhat coarse, and abundant. The features 42 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
are strongly marked, and their expression is striking. 
This temperament gives great bodily strength, energy, and 
love of physical exercise; and its possessors have strongly- 
marked characters, and are inclined to take the lead in pur- 
suits which employ largely the bodily forces. They are ob- 
servers rather than thinkers, are firm, self-reliant, execu- 
tive, and persevering. They are not easily turned aside 
from their purposes, and often pursue their ends with a 
reckless disregard of their own physical welfare or that of 
Fig. 7.—Mental Temperament. F. A. C. 
others. In this temperament the mental organs of Firm- 
ness, Combativeness, and Destructiveness are usually large 
or specially active, and the perceptives generally well de- 
veloped. (See Figs. 3 and 4). 
The Vital Temperament, depending upon the pre- 
dominance of the organs of nutrition and assimilation, is 
necessarily marked by breadth and thickness of body, 
rather than by length. Rotundity is its prevailing char- 
acteristic. The shoulders are broad, the chest full; the OF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
43 
abdomen well developed ; the limbs are plump and taper- 
ing, and the hands and feet are relatively small. The neck 
is short and thick, and the head and face incline to 
roundness. The eyes are generally blue, the hair light or 
auburn, the complexion florid, and the expression of the 
countenance pleasant and often mirthful. Mentally, per- 
sons of this temperament are characterized by activity, 
ardor, impulsiveness, enthusiasm, and often by vacillation. 
They possess more versatility than firmness, more diligence 
than persistence, and more brilliancy than depth. They 
often give way to passion, but are as easily calmed as 
aroused, and are generally possessed of a cheerful and 
genial disposition. They are usually fond of good living 
and jovial company, and through these are often led away 
into excessive indulgence in stimulants and the pleasures 
of the table. (See Figs. 5 and 6). 
Fig. 8.—Mental Temperament. Msss W. 44 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
The Mental Temperament, depending upon the pre- 
dominance of the brain and nervous system, is character- 
ized by a frame relatively slight, and a head relatively 
large, an oval or pyriform face, a high and pale forehead; 
bright eyes and expressive countenance, and delicately- 
chiseled features. The hair is soft and fine, the skin 
delicate in texture, the voice flexible and somewhat high- 
keyed, and the expression of the countenance animated 
and full of intelligence. Persons of this temperament are 
Fig. 9.—Combination of Temperaments. Lord Derby, 
refined and sensitive in feeling, possess excellent taste, 
great love of the beautiful in nature and art, and are vivid 
and intense in their conceptions and emotions. The mind 
is active and acute and disposed to literary and artistic 
pursuits. (See Figs. 7 and 8). 
Combinations.—These primary temperaments, uniting 
with each other in different proportions, form combina- 
tions almost as numerous as the individuals of the human CF THE TEMPERAMENTS. 
45 
race. A purely motive or vital or mental temperament 
can not be found ; and in accordance with its predominance 
there is necessarily a departure from symmetry of develop- 
ment. The best temperamental condition is,that in which 
these three primary elements are harmoniously blended. 
In this we have perfection of physical constitution, and 
the best condition for harmony in the mental manifesta- 
tions. (See Figs. 9 and 10). To estimate correctly the rela- 
tive proportion in which these temperaments combine in 
Fig. 10.—Combination of Temperaments. Mrs. Mott. 
any individual, requires considerable observation and prac- 
tice; and their influence is so powerful in the mental char- 
acter that they must be taken into account by the student 
who would obtain correct views of the relation of the phys- 
ical organism to mental expression. 
Sanitary Influence. — Another important influence 
which modifies the effect of size is health. Every bodily 
organ is liable to diseases, peculiar to itself or otherwise, 46 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
which impair the integrity of its function. The brain, as 
an organized part of the physical system, forms no ex- 
ception to this liability to disease, but is subject to ab- 
normal conditions, which either diminish or intensify its 
action, and which it is very essential to take into account 
in estimating the power of mental organs. And not only 
are the mental manifestations affected by disease of the 
brain, but the body being an organism in which every part 
exists for every other part as well as for itself, the energy 
with which the brain performs its function will be largely 
dependent upon the health and vigor of the other bodily 
organs. Instances are met with of great mental vigor con- 
joined with a feeble body and ill-health, but such cases 
are rare and are due to extraordinary activity of the 
mental organs themselves, which seem to be capable, in 
a measure, of rising above the influence of bodily weak- 
ness. Yet such persons usually become exhausted sud- 
denly, and their cases by no means militate against the 
general law, that a sound and vigorous body is essential 
to the manifestation of a vigorous mind. Were these minds 
lodged in sounder bodies, there can be no doubt that 
their activity would be better sustained and efficient. 
Exercise of the mental organs, in like manner, is an 
important element in modifying the effect of size. The 
gymnast, by judicious bodily exercise, not only increases 
the size of his muscles, but their strength and vigor in a 
much greater degree. They become supple, dense, and 
firm by well-timed exercise. The brain coming under the 
general law of organic development, is affected by exercise 
in a manner similar to the muscles. When any mental fac- 
ulty is called into activity, the blood is determined to that 
portion of brain upon which its manifestation depends, and 
it is invigorated and strengthened ; its size will thus be OF THE TEMPER A MEN IS. 
47 
increased by the stimulating influence of the blood, but 
its energy and facility of action in a greater degree. Hence 
in estimating the power of a mental faculty from the size 
of its organ, it is important to know something of the extent 
of its previous activity. In the proposition as usuall} laid 
down with reference to the mental organs, that size, cceteris 
paribus, is the measure of power, these three conditions, 
quality, health, and exercise, are what are comprehended 
by the term, “ other things being equal.” CHAPTER III. 
THE STRUCTURE OF THE BRAIN AND SKULL. 
The brain is the organized mass of soft matter which 
occupies the cavity of the skull; a line drawn from the 
outer angle of either eye, backward through the opening 
of the ear, and continued in that direction to the posterior 
Fig. ir.—Position of Brain in the Skull—showing their relations—from Turner. 
Fissure of Silvius ; ft, Fissure of Rolando ; SP marks the Temporal Region, 
the letters being on the mid-tempero-sphenoidal convolution; O, the Occipital 
Region; C, the Cerebellum. The irregular lines represent the course of the 
cranial sutures in relation to the brain. 
Fig. xi.—Brain in Skull. 
region of the head, will define practically the brain’s lower 
margin (See Fig. n) Tt is composed of two substances, a 
48 STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
49 
white or medullary substance, which is fibrous or striated in 
texture, and a gray or cineritious substance, which enters 
mainly into the composition of the cortical or convoluted 
substance of the brain. The surface of the brain is dis- 
posed in folds, something like what would appear if a 
piece of cloth several feet square were puckered and 
made to occupy but a single foot of surface. This arrange- 
ment of folds, or convolutions, appears to be designed to 
give the gray matter a greater extent of surface, since it 
completely invests the white or medullary substance, fol- 
lowing the folds of the brain, and having a uniform thick- 
ness. (See Fig. 12). In certain convolutions of the corti- 
cal surface there are three layers of gray matter, but gen- 
erally there are but two. In the eye of the eagle the 
nervous surface of the retina is convoluted in form to give 
it greater intensity of vision, while in animals of ordinary 
vision it presents a simple convex surface. In man, who 
possesses the highest order of intelligence, the convolu- 
tions of the brain are very numerous, but as we descend 
in the scale of being they become less and less marked, till 
in the inferior orders they disappear altogether. Even 
among individuals of the human race, although arranged 
upon a general plan, there is found a great difference in 
the number and depth of these convolutions and the 
quantity of gray substance, and this difference will be 
found to correspond with the degree of intelligence. 
From the fact that the extent of this cineritious matter 
bears a general relation to the intelligence manifested, it 
is inferred that this portion of the brain is specially con- 
cerned in the exercise of thought, while the medullary 
matter serves chiefly as a medium of communication. 
Cerebrum and Cerebellum.—The mass of the brain 
is constituted of two general parts, the cerebrum and 
the cerebellum, or the great brain and the-1 k4l« -tumin, 50 
BRAIN AND MlND. 
which in the adult head bear the rektion in point of size of 
one to about eight. The cerebellum lies directly under 
the posterior portion of the cerebrum, from which it is sep- 
arated by a strong membrane proceeding from the dura- 
mater, called the tentorium. In some animals these two 
parts of the brain are separated by a thin plate of bone. 
Fig. 12.—View of Brain from above, showing the Convolutions. 
The cerebellum has hemispheres, but is not convoluted like 
the cerebrum; its surface, however, is traversed by many 
curved furrows which vary in depth. The cerebrum and 
the cerebellum, as well as all other parts of the brain, are 
united by the pons varolii, a broad mass of fibers mingled STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
51 
with gray matter which lies under and between the hemi- 
spheres, immediately above the medulla oblongata, the capi- 
tal of the spinal column. From the medulla oblongata as 
a radial point, the medullary fibers proceed to all parts of 
the encephalon, hence this part of the nervous organism is 
generally recognized as the medium of communication 
between the brain and the body. 
Hemispheres.—The cerebrum is divided into two equal 
portions, called the right and left hemispheres, by the fal- 
ciform or scythe-shaped process of the dura-mater, the 
membrane which lines the interior surface of the skull. 
This process extends downward about two-thirds of the 
depth of the brain, and runs through its entire length. 
The hemispheres are connected centrally by the corpus 
callosum, a thick stratum of transverse fibers which pene- 
trate into the substance of the hemispheres; the anterior 
commissure, a small rounded cord of white fibers, connects 
them anteriorly, and the posterior commissure, a similar cord, 
connects them posteriorly. (See Fig. 13.) Sir Charles 
Bell says that “ whatever we observe on one side has a 
corresponding part on the other; and an exact resem- 
blance and symmetry is preserved in all the lateral di- 
visions of the brain. And so, if we take the proof of 
anatomy, we must admit that as the nerves are double 
and the organs of sense double, so is the brain double, 
and every sensation conveyed to the brain is conveyed to 
the two lateral parts, and the operations performed must 
be done in the'two lateral portions at the same moment.” 
There is a general resemblance between the two hemi- 
spheres of the brain, but not an exact symmetry as Sir 
Charles asserts. Professor Henry Gray, in his elaborate 
treatise on anatomy, says : 
“ In the child at birth, before the intellectual faculties 52 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
are exercised, the convolutions have a very simple ar- 
rangement, presenting few undulations.” What differ- 
ences there are, then, in the brains of different men may 
be assigned to their varying degrees of capacity and cult- 
ure; and the lack of entire correspondence between the 
hemispheres of the mature brain may be assigned to the 
larger share of exercise which the organs of one, usually 
the left, has in the affairs of human life. 
Fig- I3- 
Fig. 13. Represents the Mesial surface of a Longitudinal Section of the Brain ; t, 
Inner surface of the Left Hemisphere ; 2, Divided center of the Cerebellum, 
showing Distribution of the Gray Matter and Arbor Vitae ; 3, Medulla Oblongata ; 
4, Corpus Callosum ; 5, Fornix ; 6, S> ction of the Middle Commissure in the Third 
Ventricle; 7, Section of the Anterior Commissure; 8, Section of the Posterior 
Commissure ; 9, Pons Varolii. 
The Lobes.—Each hemisphere is divided by anato- 
mists into three parts, entitled the anterior, middle, and 
posterior lobes. The lines of separation between these 
are well-marked only on the under side of the brain, 
and extend across the hemispheres. In the anterior lobe 
the intellectual organs reside; the greater part of the 
middle lobe is occupied by the propensities, and in the 
posterior lobe are the social and domestic feelings. Some STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
53 
of the later anatomists, like Gratiolet, Turner, Huxley, 
and others, finding the old mapping too indefinite, have 
adopted a division into five lobes, which are named the 
frontal, parietal, tempero-sphenoidal, occipital, and cen- 
tral, these being bounded by fissures more or less defined. 
Four of them come in contact with the skull; the last or 
central is interior, and corresponds to the region known 
as'the Island of Reil. 
The Membranes.—Between the external surface of the 
brain and the internal surface of the skull three distinct 
membranes are interposed. That next the brain, called 
the pia-mater, is a very thin, transparent, and delicate mem- 
brane, which sinks down into the folds of the convolutions 
and serves as a conveyance for the blood-vessels. Above 
the pia-mater are two layers of a still thinner membrane, 
called iunica arachnoidea because of its resemblance to a 
spider’s web. From the opposed surfaces of these two 
layers a fluid secretion takes place which lubricates them, 
and prevents them from adhering to each other. The third 
and outermost integument of the brain is the dura-mater. 
It is a thin, but strong and opaque membrane, lining and 
adhering closely to the inner surface of the skull. It is 
not unlike in appearance and function to the skin of an 
egg. It secretes the bony material of the skull. If the 
entire skull of a healthy man could be removed in such a 
manner as to leave the dura-mater unimpaired, the latter 
would begin at once to form new bone, and would con- 
tinue the process until a new skull had been formed. From 
this it will appear that the hard substance of the skull is 
subject to the softer parts within it and serves to protect 
them. The process of absorption and deposition is going 
on in the substance of the skull continually, and any 
marked change in the form and size nf the brain is indi- BRAIN AND MIND. 
54 
cated usually on the surface of the cranium. The skull 
adapts itself to the growth of the brain from infancy to 
maturity, and in old age or disease it suffers a diminution 
corresponding to the decrease of brain. In cases of hydro- 
cephalus, or dropsy of the brain, when the progress of the 
disease is slow, so as to allow time for the deposition of 
Fig. 14.—Bones of the Skull. 
Fig. 14.—Bones of the Skull—lateral view. 1. Frontal Bone ; 2, Parietal ; 3, Oc- 
cipital ; 4, Temporal, with the Mastoid process attached on its posterior border ; 
5, Nasal ; 6, Malar; 7, Superior Maxillary; 8, Ethmoid ; 9, Inferior Maxillary ; 
10, Sphenoid bone. 
bony material, the skull sometimes grows to an enor- 
mous size. 
The brain, which is the center of all feeling, is itself 
quite insensitive. If the integuments of the brain were 
removed, its substance might be taken out like custard; 
and if care were taken not to press downward upon the 
medulla oblongata, no pain would be experienced. STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
55 
The circulator)' system of the brain is very complete, 
and adapted to supply it with an unusual amount of blood. 
According to Haller, one-fifth of all the blood which leaves 
the heart goes to the brain; Munro, however, estimates it 
at one-tenth. 
Bones of the Skull.—The bones of the skull which en- 
velope the brain are eight: One Frontal; two Parietal; 
two Temporal; one Occipital; one Sphenoid; and one 
Ethmoid. These bones are united to one another in a 
very firm manner by a sort of dove-tailing, in which the 
ragged edges of one fit exactly those of the adjoining 
bone. The seams which are formed by this union of the 
bones are called sutures. (See Fig. 14.) 
The Frontal bone forms the forehead, a part of the roof 
of the nostrils, and the orbits of the eyes. In childhood it 
is made up of two principal bones, which gradually grow 
together. Sometimes, however, it remains double through 
life — a condition due probably to cerebral excitation. 
Joined to the frontal bone by the Coronal suture, which 
runs over the top of the head, are the two Parietal (side) 
bones, which form the greater part of the upper and lateral 
portions of the skull. The line of union between these 
two bones is known as the Sagittal (arrow-like) suture. 
The Temporal bones are located at the sides of the skull, 
around the openings of the ears, and are joined to the 
parietal and occipital bones by sutures. The lower back 
part of these bones forms the projection directly behind 
the ear, which is called the mastoid process. The Occipital 
bone forms the base and back part of the cranium, immedi- 
ately above the neck. It is joined to the two parietal bones 
by what is called, from its resemblance in shape to the 
Greek letter Lambda, the lambdoidal suture. In the cen- 
tral region of this bone a protuberance is found, which is 
known as the occipital spine. 56 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
The Sphenoid, or wedge-like bone, is situated in the an- 
terior of the temporal region. And the Ethmoid (meaning 
sieve-like) is a cellular bone, situated between the orbits 
at. the root of the nose. 
The greater part of the skull is made up of two plates, 
between which is interposed a honeycomb substance called 
the diploe, through which small blood-vessels course to dif- 
ferent parts of the skull. The diploe is of nearly uniform 
thickness, so that the two tables of the skull are nearly 
parallel. 
Fig. 15. 
Organic Development—To Estimate It.—The dif- 
ferent organs or centers of mental function may be said to 
have their origin in the medulla oblongata, and to corre- 
spond in size or development with the length of their 
fibers. The size, then, of a mental organ may be esti- 
mated by the distance of its place in the brain cortex from 
the medulla oblongata. The greater this distance, the 
greater the expansion and depth of the organ. A line STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
57 
projected from the opening of one ear to that of the other 
through the head will pass through the anterior of the 
medulla oblongata, so that in the living head we may take 
the opening of the ear as the centre or starting-point in 
the measurement of organs. Let C in Fig. 15 denote the 
opening of the ear, then C A will indicate the develop- 
ment of the brain anteriorly; C M its development in 
the upper or coronal region, and C P its posterior exten- 
sion. The point A being near the lower margin of the 
perceptive group of the intellectual organs, the length of 
the line C A indicates the size of the perceptive organs 
as compared with the other organs of the intellect, and 
also shows the development of the intellectual group as 
compared with the moral group, which may be estimated 
from the line C M, and as compared with the social group 
of organs which is indicated by C P. The breadth of 
a head and its fullness in the lower lateral regions fur- 
nish data for the estimation of the self-protective group. 
The point C being located in the medulla oblongata, im- 
aginary lines may be drawn from it to all parts of the 
surface of the head under examination, and from their 
respective lengths the development of the brain parts or 
mental organs at the outer termini of the lines may be 
estimated. 
They who practice what is popularly known as “ bump- 
ology,” and attempt to describe character from the irregu- 
larities of the cranium, can scarcely avoid error, because 
they have no anatomical basis of judgment, and, hence, 
often Subject themselves and the science they claim to 
represent to the imputation of crudity or inexactness. 
Phrenology has, indeed, suffered much from the miscon 
ceptions of its true nature and philosophy which have 
been obtained by the intelligent from the professor of 58 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
“bills and hollows.” That the doctrine we advocate is 
no late “ invention ” is shown by the following extract 
from Mr. Nahum Capen’s biography of Spurzheim, which 
was published in 1833 : 
“ It should be remembered that Gall and Spurzheim do 
not speak of ‘protuberances’ or ‘bumps;’ they require 
that every one who ‘ wishes to form an opinion concerning 
the reality of Phrenology, must make himself acquainted 
with : 1. The situation of the special organs. 2. With 
the true meaning of each fundamental faculty of the mind, 
as adopted in Phrenology. 3. With the different tempera- 
ments giving more or less energy to the function of the 
organs. 4. With the relative development of the four re- 
gions of the head, occipital, lateral, frontal, and sincipital. 
5. With the proportionate size of the basilar to the coronal 
portion, and with the proportionate size of the three great 
divisions of the inferior feelings, superior sentiments, and 
intellectual faculties. Finally, 6. With the relative devel- 
opment of the special organs in each individual.’ ” 
Sir Charles Bell observes that “ the bones of the head 
are moulded to the brain, and the peculiar shapes of the 
bones of the head are determined by the original peculi- 
arity in the shape of the brain.” There are, however, 
certain parts of the skull which are thicker or thinner 
than other parts, and certain integuments which offer a 
slight obstacle in the way of estimating the size of some of 
the organs from the external development. Every skull is 
thinner at the squamous or scaly portion of the temporal 
bones, and in the super-orbitar plates which form the roofs 
of the sockets of the eyes; and it is thicker at the ridges 
of the frontal bone and at the sutures than at other parts 
of the skull. The occipital spine and the mastoid pro- 
cesses are also prominences on the skull which are not STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
59 
indicative of the size of the brain beneath; but these 
ridges and prominences are generally abrupt and angular, 
and easily distinguished from the broad, rounded swell 
corresponding to cerebral development. The integuments 
which cover the skull are of a uniform thickness, except at 
the occiput and the temples. Experience will enable the 
practical student to detect and make due allowance for 
variations in the thickness of the skull, as they depend 
much upon temperament, and do not form very serious 
obstacles to obtaining a sufficiently accurate idea of the 
size of the organs from the shape of the skull. 
There are instances in disease and old age, however, in 
which it is difficult to discover the form of the brain from 
the form of the skull; but experience and observation on 
the part of the examiner will guide him safely in dealing 
with such cases. The bone of the skull becomes thin 
over organs which are energetically and persistently exer- 
cised, but the higher temperature at such portions of the 
brain, as well as their size, affords a clew in estimating the 
power of the organs. 
Frontal Sinus.—Besides these peculiarities of modifi- 
cation to which the brain and skull are subject, there is 
the much mooted difficulty of the frontal sinuses, which 
the opponents of Phrenology have made much of as an 
obstacle in the way of delineating character from the sur- 
face of the head. The frontal sinuses are small cavities in 
the frontal bone near the root of the nose, formed by the 
separation of the two plates of the skull (See Fig. n). 
They are deemed by some a kind of sounding-board for 
the voice, but do not extend up above the base of the brain 
till about the time that the voice changes. Up to this 
period they form no obstacle in estimating the size of the 
organs situated behind them. After this period, however, 60 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
they extend upward, and may cause some uncertainty in 
regard to the size of three or four organs located in their 
vicinity, as they are by no means constant in dimensions, 
being dependent upon the person’s temperament. They 
should, generally, be confined in their influence to the three 
or four organs located behind them. To argue as some 
have done, particularly Sir William Hamilton, that the ex- 
istence of a frontal sinus is an insuperable objection to 
Phrenology in general, is, as Mr. Combe has well remarked, 
about as logical as to speak of a snow-storm in Norway 
obstructing the highway from Edinburgh to London. In 
fact, the difficulties which the frontal sinuses oppose to 
the exact estimation of the size of the few organs located 
immediately behind them may be overcome to a very great 
extent by practice and observation. The voice and the 
bony structure of the individual afford indications of their 
size, and where a prominence exists on the skull from a 
large frontal sinus, the elevations are abrupt and ridgy, 
and lack the even swell whiph is indicative of cerebral de- 
velopment. It should be remembered in estimating the 
extent of the sinuses to obtain an approximate idea of the 
form of the brain from the contour of the skull, that the 
difference in parallelism between the external and the in- 
ternal tables of the skull is usually insignificant when com- 
pared with the difference between a large and small organic 
development. In most of the former cases the difference 
rarely exceeds one-eighth of an inch, while the difference 
between a large and small development of the organs and 
sentiments may amount to more than an inch. The diffi- 
culties presented by the sinuses, therefore, do not invalidate 
the general correctness of the phrenological mode of inves- 
tigation, since in extreme cases they are practically inoper- 
ative. As Dr. Gall was led to the discovery of Phrenology STRUCTURE OF BRAIN AND SKULL. 
61 
by observing the concomitance of certain strongly-marked 
mental characteristics with an unusual development of 
certain portions of the brain, so should the mental organs 
be tested by similar cases whenever the integrity of the 
system is brought into question. 
* Let us now recapitulate the ground over which we have 
passed, that the reader may have a clear view of the fun- 
damental principles comprehended by the phrenological 
system, and thus be prepared to enter upon the special 
study of the organs. It has been shown that the brain is 
the organ of mind ; that it is composed of a plurality of or- 
gans, and that the size of these organs, other things being 
equal, is the measure of their power. We have considered 
the physiological influences which modify the effect of 
size ; have taken an anatomical survey of the brain and its 
integuments; have indicated the recognized method of 
ascertaining the organic development; discussed the m tin 
difficulties which lie in the way of estimating with exactness 
the size of different parts of the brain from an inspection of 
the head; and, finally, have arrived in a legitimate manner 
at the conclusion that it is possible to determine the power 
of the different mental faculties from the external contour 
of the living head, and that there is nothing in the phren- 
ological mode of investigation that is opposed to the strict 
rules of inductive philosophy. CHAPTER IV. 
CLASSIFICATION OF THE FACULTIES. 
In his discoveries of the functions of different parts of 
the brain, Dr. Gall was directed almost entirely by observa- 
tion. He did not previously map out the skull, as some 
have supposed, and distribute the organs upon it in ac- 
cordance with some theory or scheme which he had pre- 
viously conceived, but the locality of each organ was dis- 
covered as the result of careful and extended study, his at- 
tention being drawn in many cases by a passing incident 
to the concomitance of certain mental characteristics with 
certain configurations of the head. Many of the organs 
were discovered separately, and without any reference to 
their correlated functions, but subsequently it was found 
that there was a natural order in their locations by which 
organs possessed of related functions are associated or 
grouped in the same region of the head. It is to Dr. 
Spurzheim’s highly philosophical intellect that the first pres- 
entation of Phrenology as a classified system is due. He 
recognized the normality of the arrangement of the organs 
and divided them into two Orders, which he entitled (i). 
Feelings or Affective Faculties, and (2). Intellectual Facul- 
ties. The first Order he divided into two Genuses: (1). 
Propensities; (2). Sentiments. The second Order he di- 
vided into three Genuses: (1). External Senses; (2). Per- 
ceptive Faculties; (3). Reflective Faculties. 
We regard it as more convenient to arrange the organs 
62 CLASSIFICATION OF THE FACULTIES. 
63 
under three.general heads or orders, assigning them to as 
many different regions of the brain, viz.: The region of Pro- 
pensity, which lies in the lateral and posterior parts of the 
brain; the region of Intellect, which corresponds with the 
forehead; and the region of the Moral Sentiments, which 
occupies the upper and coronal parts of the head. There 
are, however, several faculties which can not, strictly speak- 
ing, be included in any one of these three classes, but 
form subdivisions, being related to two of the general 
classes, or even to all three. 
The Propensities, according to Dr. Spurzheim, are the 
Fig. 16.—Groups of Organs. 
sources of impulses which incite only to certain actions. 
The Sentiments are the sources of other feelings, not limited 
to inclination alone, but which have an emotion of a 
peculiar kind superadded. 
The Propensities may be divided into two sub-groups, 
the Domestic Propensities and the Selfish Propensities. 
The Domestic Propensities are grouped together in 
the postcro-parietal and occipital portions of the head. 
They are Amativeness, Conjugality, Philoprogenitiveness, 
Adhesiveness, and Inhabitiveness. (See Figs. 16 and 17.) 64 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
This group constitutes man a social and domestic being. 
It is the foundation of his attachment to family, home, 
country, and friends. 
The Selfish Propensities are located at .the sides of 
the head in the lower parietal and temporal regions, around 
the ears. They are Vitativeness, Combativeness, Destruct- 
iveness or Executiveness, Alimentiveness, Acquisitiveness, 
Fig. 17.—Relation of Organs. 
and Secretiveness. (Figs. 16 and 17). These organs are 
related to the maintenance of individual existence. They 
lead the individual to make provision for his animal wants, 
and to assert and defend his rights of person and property. 
The Sentiments may be divided into three sub-groups, 
the Selfish, Moral, and Semi-intellectual Sentiments. 
The Selfish Sentiments are located in the middle and 
upper back parietal region, just above the Domestic Pro CLASSIFICATION OF THE FACULTIES. 
65 
pensities. They are Cautiousness, Approbativeness, Self- 
Esteem, and Firmness. It is their function to manifest 
those feelings which are known by the terms prudence, 
ambition, independence, and stability of character. 
7 ha Moral Sentiments are grouped together in the su- 
perior frontal and superior parietal region ; in other words, 
at the top of the head and forward of the Selfish senti- 
ments. They are Conscientiousness, Hope, Marvelous- 
ness, Veneration, and Benevolence. (See Figs. 16 and 17.) 
These constitute man a moral and accountable being, giv- 
ing him the disposition to be of service to his fellow-man, 
to worship his Creator, and to expect a future state of ex- 
istence. 
The Semi- Intellectual Sentiments are located in the 
forward part of the side-head, below the Moral sentiments. 
They are Constructiveness, Ideality, Imitation, and Mirth- 
fulness. These faculties supply the love of the beautiful 
in nature and art, and the ability to construct whatever is 
essential to our comfort, or ministers to the conveniences 
and elegancies of life. They are self-perfecting and ele- 
vating in their tendencies, and adapted to co-operate with 
the Moral sentiments in ennobling human nature. 
Intermediates.—By some writers, Human Nature and 
Agreeableness whose place and function are of compar- 
atively recent designation, are classed with the Semi-in- 
tellectual faculties. We, however, are inclined to assign 
them to an intermediate place in correspondence with 
their evident properties. Sublimity, also of recent designa- 
tion, having been set off from the Ideality of the early 
phrenologists, may be included with the Semi-intellectual 
sentiments of faculties. 
The Intellectual Faculties may be divided into two 
genera, the Perceptive and the Reflective faculties. The 66 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Perceptives bring man into direct communication with the 
external world, and give him a knowledge of the existence, 
the qualities, and the singular relations of the things which 
exist around him. The Reflectives compare and classify the 
facts collected by the Perceptives, trace out their more re- 
mote relations, and supply the power to reason. 
The Perceptive or Observing Faculties are Individ- 
uality, Form, Size, Weight, Color, Order, Calculation, and 
Locality. The organs of these faculties are located in the 
lower frontal region of the brain over the eyes, and their 
extent in general is indicated by the prominence of that 
region. (Figs. 16 and 17). Their functions relate to the 
properties and qualities of external objects. As a sub- 
class we have: 
The Semi- Perceptive or Literarg Faculties, situated 
in the medio-frontal region, are Eventuality, Time, Tune, 
and Language. These enable us to treasure up and com- 
municate the facts collected by the Observing faculties, 
and give the idea of duration in time and harmony in sound. 
The Reflective or Reasoning Faculties, situated in 
the upper portion of the forehead, are Causality and Com- 
parison. Their function has already been described. 
Besides the faculties which have been enumerated, there 
is Continuity, which is accepted as an organ distinct from 
Inhabitiveness by many Phrenologists, as bearing some re- 
lation to the whole mental organism, and which can not be 
strictly included in any group. Of the admissibility of 
Continuity we shall have something to say hereafter. 
These are the elements which enter into the composi- 
tion of the human mind. They, or the most of them, are 
the ultimate principles of mind, in a similar sense, as in 
the material world the chemical elements are the ultimate 
principles of matter. In chemical science the elements CLASSIFICATION OF THE FACULTIES. 
67 
of matter were not all discovered by the same individual, 
but by the successive labors of many investigators. So 
the science of Phrenology, beginning with the discovery of 
a single element of mind, has received additions from time 
to time, till now there are thirty-eight well-established 
mental organs and faculties. There probably are elements 
of matter yet undiscovered, which future investigations will 
bring to light, and it is no less probable that our knowledge 
of the properties and relations of those which are known* 
will increase as human observation becomes more accu- 
rate and extended. In like manner it is probable that future 
investigators wall discover mental organs and faculties 
which are at present unknown, and that much will be add- 
ed to our knowledge of the modes of activity and the 
combinations of those which are already established. 
Organs and Faculties.—When we speak of a mental 
faculty, we mean that particular quality of mind which re- 
sults from the activity of a mental organ. A mental organ 
is a portion of brain which is structurally adapted to the 
manifestation of a distinct mental faculty. The organs 
are all double in correspondence with the double or hemi- 
spherical constitution of the brain. Each organ has some 
definite relation to certain external objects which, when 
presented for the mind’s consideration, excite that organ 
to activity, and so constitute its natural stimulus. Every 
organ may also become active from the mere stimulus of 
blood, from external injury, and disease. But, by whatsoever 
means it may be rendered active, an exhibition of the par- 
ticular faculty or quality of mind which it is its function to 
manifest is natural and unavoidable. Each faculty has a 
legitimate sphere of activity, within which it is capable of 
ministering to the comfort and enjoyment of the individual. 
But every faculty is liable to transgress its bounds, either 68 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
through over-excitement or the deficiency of some other 
restraining or compensating power of mind, and thus 
abuse may result. If all the mental organs were harmoni- 
ously active, the effect would be complete consistency 
of conduct, and normality of life. But as a rule, they exist 
in very different degrees of development, and hence the 
great diversity of talent and character by which men are 
distinguished. CHAPTER V. 
THE PHYSICO-PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
In our analysis of the mental organs and faculties, we 
will begin with those which relate to the maintenance of 
individual existence. 
This organ lies in the anterior of the convolution lying 
at the base of the middle lobe, and corresponding with 
the antero-inferior part of the temporal bone of the skull. 
ALIMENTIVENESS. 
Fig. 18.—Alimentiveness Large. 
In the diagram (Fig. 17, which shows the relative posi- 
tion of the different organs) it is located at, and in front 
of, the upper portion of the ear. When large, it gives breadth 
and fullness to that region of the head. (See Figs. 18 and 
19J* 
* The star (*) indicates the position of the organ approximately. 
69 70 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
It is the function of this organ to give a desire for food 
and drink. The new-born babe makes the requisite exer- 
tion to obtain nourishment from its mother; the chicken 
picks up seeds as soon as it is out of the shell, and the 
young of all animals are impelled by an innate impulse, 
each in its own way, to take nourishment. If hunger or 
the organic need of the body alone impelled animals to 
take food, they would have no desire for food when the 
natural wants of the system were satisfied; and it would 
be difficult to explain the great enjoyment which some men 
derive from the pleasures of the table, and which impels 
them by an irresistible desire to surfeit themselves with 
eating, though they have learned by repeated experiences 
the injurious effects of such indulgences. The love ot 
eating is sometimes characteristic of whole families; others, 
again, are never tempted to gluttony. 
It is in striking confirmation with the phrenology of Ali- 
mentiveness, that the olfactory nerve takes its rise in the 
convolutions which contain this organ. 
Many instances of voracity are recorded by medical 
writers, occasioned by the abnormal activity of this organ. 
The illustrious Charles V., of Germany and Spain, was 
Fig. 19.—Alimentiveness Small. PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
71 
disposed to inordinate eating, and ruined his constitution 
by his excesses in this respect. The marble bust of him, 
which still exists, shows a remarkable fullness in the part 
of the brain allotted to Alimentiveness. A woman, called 
Denise, is recorded by Mr. Combe as possessing the organ 
enormously developed, and such an insatiable appetite for 
food that in infancy she ate four times more food than other 
children of the same age. As a school-girl, she devoured 
Fig. 20.—VITATIVENESS LARGE. 
the bread of all the scholars; and, later, when at the Sal- 
p£tri£re, eight or ten pounds of bread were daily needed 
to satisfy her habitual hunger. Besides this, she was seized 
two or three times a month with special attacks of hunger, 
during which she devoured twenty-four pounds of bread. 
Happening one day in the kitchen of a rich family when 
a dinner party was expected, she devoured, in a very few 
minutes, the soup intended for twenty guests, along with 
twelve pounds of bread. On another occasion she drank 
all the coffee prepared for seventy-five of her companions 
at the Salpetriere. Other cases of voracity are given, which 
were accompanied with pain or heat in the locality of Ali- 72 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
mentiveness, and where the organ was found diseased after 
death. 
occupies a position behind the ear, nearly corresponding 
with Alimentiveness, which is in front of it- Anatomi- 
cally, the organ is situated in the part of the brain adjacent 
to the mastoid process of the temporal bone. (See Fig. 17, 
space E). It is the function of this organ to manifest a 
love of existence for its own sake, irrespective of the ad- 
vantages or disadvantages which attend it; and by the 
VITATIVENESS 
Fig. 21—VlTATIVKNESS SMALL. 
strong desire to live which it gives, it often furnishes a 
powerful aid in resisting the encroachment of disease, 
weariness, and suffering. 
That there is a great difference among men in regard to 
the strength of the desire for existence is a matter of com- 
mon observation. Some love life so earnestly that they 
look upon death as the greatest evil which can befall 
them, and tenaciously cling to life even when they have 
little to hope from its continuance but unhappiness and 
pain. Others, again, are unable to appreciate this intense PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
73 
love of existence; they lobk upon pain and the parting 
from friends as the only evils attendant upon death. These 
opposite characteristics appear in men of the most different 
characters in other respects. The religious, who look 
upon death as the vestibule to a life of unending joy, 
often possess the desire to live even more strongly than 
those who fear, but possess no hope for the future, and who 
look upon death only as a leap in the dark. (See Figs. 20 
and 21). 
The Hindoo skull is remarkably narrow in the region 
of the organs which have reference to the maintenance 
of existence, and it is said of that people, that their in- 
difference to life is so great, that if fatigued on a journey 
or march, they ask no greater boon than to lie down and 
sleep, even at the risk of being devoured by wild beasts, 
or overtaken and slain by the enemy. 
The function and location of this organ have been 
determined chiefly through the investigations of American 
observers. 
COMBATIVENESS. 
This organ is located backward from the opening of the 
ear in the second temporal convolution, according to Eck- 
er’s mapping, or more precisely, at the postero-inferior 
angle of the parietal bone, and adjoining Vitativeness. 
(See Fig. 17—6). The history of its discovery by Dr. Gall 
is interesting, but as the scope of our present work pre- 
cludes us from entering into that branch of the subject, we 
can only refer the reader to the general literature of Phre- 
nology as elaborated in the works of Drs. Gall, J. P. Browne, 
and others. Its function is to manifest the 
spirit of opposition and defense. It gives the tendency 
to resist all encroachment upon our rights of person and 
property, and the courage to meet and overcome whatever 74 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
opposes our progress. Such a faculty as this is clearly 
essential in a world where courage and energy of char- 
acter are needed to meet the difficulties which surround 
us on every hand, and in which it is often necessary even 
to fight to maintain ourselves in existence. The pugna- 
cious brawler, the courageous soldier, the bold contro- 
versialist, and the fearless reformer, are sustained by the 
spirit which proceeds from a large development of this 
organ. The direction of its manifestation depends alto- 
gether upon its combination with the other faculties. If 
Fig. 22.—Combativeness Large. 
an individual with large Combativeness be possessed of a 
low and strongly animal organization, he will be a natural 
brawler and fighter. If the intellect be well developed in 
combination with large Combativeness, the person will be 
disposed to engage in controversies and discussions of an 
intellectual character; and if the Moral sentiments are 
active, large Combativeness will give him the moral cour- 
age to contend for what he deems to be the right. (Fig. 22). 
Where the organ is small the individual will be pusil- 
lanimous, and inclined to shrink from those situations PRESER VA TIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
75 
in which it may be necessary for him to oppose the preju- 
dices, and encounter the hostility of others. In Fig. 21 
the organ is seen to be small. 
Pinel mentions a case of disease in the region of this 
organ in which the patient who, during his lucid intervals, 
was mild and even timid in his manners, became, during 
the fit, extremely pugnacious, and manifested a disposition 
to irritate and fight with uncontrollable violence all who 
approached him. 
This faculty is clearly manifested by the lower animals. 
The bull-dog and the game-cock are, perhaps, the best 
examples of pure Combativeness. They will fight against 
any odds, so long as they have the power to show resist- 
ance. A great difference exists between the width of the 
heads of the greyhound and the bull-dog in the region 
of this organ, and their dispositions correspond with their 
developments. Dr. Gall says that the first interview he 
ever had with a devoted amateur of cock-fighting, the latter 
thought he was imparting a great secret when he pointed 
out to Dr. Gall as the distinguishing mark of good fighters, 
a great breadth of the head, a little in front of the ears. 
The military recklessness of Charles XII., of Sweden, finds 
a confirmation in the recognized portraits of him, the in- 
dications of Combativeness being marked in point of its 
large size, while Cautiousness, on the contrary, is very 
small. Of George Washington, it was said by Jefferson, 
that he was insensible to the influence of fear, but with 
a large organ of Combativeness, Washington possessed a 
good development of Cautiousness and other faculties 
which contribute to prudence and discretion. The cast of 
Dean Swift’s head shows Combativeness very large, and that 
celebrated author’s life and writings are replete with epi- 
sodes of boldness and intrepidity. 76 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
DESTRUCTIVENESS OR EXECUTIVENESS. 
This organ is situated in the temporal convolutions im- 
mediately above the ear, and when large, gives width to the 
head at this point. (See Fig. 17-7). Its function is to 
give the disposition to destroy or overcome that which is 
noxious or harmful, to inflict pain if necessary for self-pres- 
ervation, or to the carrying out of our purposes. In other 
words, it contributes thoroughness and executive energy 
—the spirit to accomplish. According to its development, 
and its combination with other faculties, it imparts to char- 
acter the disposition of cruelty, harshness, severity, or 
Fig. 23.—Destructiveness Large. 
executiveness. It is adapted to place man in harmony 
with the.order of nature, by which death and destruction 
are necessary for the perpetuation of whatever exists, or 
for the maintenance of the desirable. The birds of the 
air, the fishes of the sea, and the beasts of the field have 
among them carnivorous classes destined to prey upon 
Weaker species, and appropriate their bodies for food. 
Constituted as nature is, this arrangement is essential, not 
only to the existence of the weaker animals, which would 
otherwise multiply beyond the sustaining power of their PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
77 
natural food supply, but also to the existence of the car- 
nivorous animals themselves. Man, whatever his original 
habit, is now practically carnivorous; and there are many 
varieties of animals whose flesh is esteemed nourishing. 
He is also surrounded by ferocious beasts, which it is often 
necessary to destroy in order that he himself may not be 
destroyed. It seems essential, therefore, that there should 
be a mental powef to place him in harmony with this con- 
dition, and this power is found in the organ of Destruct- 
iveness. 
Fig. 24.—Destructiveness Small. 
But it has a wide sphere of activity beyond this, inspir- 
ing, as it does, energy, executive ability, sternness, and se- 
verity, which are absolutely essential to success in many 
important enterprises incident to human life. We can not 
conceive a great and influential character without a good 
endowment of this faculty. Combativeness gives courage 
to engage in difficult undertakings; Destructiveness, thor- 
oughness in their execution. 
This organ is always large in deliberate murderers, and 
in the pictures of the cruel soldiers and blood-thirsty char- 78 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
acters of history we find an unusual width of head, at the 
location of this organ. In the antique busts of the in- 
human Nero and Caligula, and also of the insatiate Sylla, 
the part of the head lying contiguously to the ear, is con- 
spicuously protuberant. Such is the case, also, in the best 
representations of Henry VIII., of John Knox, the fiery 
reformer, and Oliver Cromwell. We have but to contrast 
the heads of these men with the accepted portraits or 
busts of such historic characters as Melancthon, Robert 
Owen, Fenelon, Bishop White, and the poet Crabbe, to 
appreciate, from an organic point of view, the wide differ- 
ences which existed in the characters of the former as 
compared with the latter eminent names of history. 
The great difference between the width of the heads of 
the carnivora and the graminivora can not have escaped 
the observation of the most careless. The heads of the 
hawk, eagle, bear, lion, and tiger, and those of the pigeon, 
deer, horse, and sheep, differ in this respect fully as much 
as these two classes of animals differ in character. 
In disease of this organ the disposition to destroy is 
often manifested with the greatest violence. Mr. Combe 
cites from “ Sketches of Bedlam,” the case of Pat Welsh, 
who, for twelve years, during which he had been deranged, 
uniformly evinced a character of desperation, vengeance, 
and sanguinary cruelty, scarcely conceivable, even in mad- 
ness. He killed three persons during his confinement, al- 
though great precautions were used in guarding him. His 
propensity to mischief, malice, and personal abuse was as 
incessant as his taste for bloodshed and slaughter. 
Though his hands were confined in an iron girdle about 
his waist, he managed to break, within two years, about 
seventy panes of glass. He effected this by standing on a 
form near the window, and poking the handle of the PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
79 
iron spoon, which he held between his teeth, through the 
meshes of the ironwork which guarded the window. 
Probst, whose brutal murder of the Deering family in 
Pennsylvania shocked the country a few years since, ex- 
hibited a great breadth of head at Destructiveness, as well 
as a very low organization in general. Murder, the wan-: 
ton, unnecessary destruction of life and property, are man- 
ifestations of an abnormal condition in the constitution or 
relations of this organ. A better name for it, we think, 
would be Executiveness, or some other term which carries 
the idea of performance, or the effective accomplishment 
of work or purpose. 
SECRETIVENESS. 
The organ of this propensity is situated in the region of 
the brain, bordering on the central part of the inferior edge 
of the parietal bone, immediately above Destructiveness. 
(See Fig. 17-10). As its name implies, it gives the disposi- 
tion to conceal within the mind, its thoughts, feelings, and 
purposes. In its normal activity, this faculty exercises a 
judicious restraint upon the other faculties, until the in- 
tellect shall have had opportunity to judge of the pro- 
priety of their manifestation. Every faculty tends invol- 
untarily to activity, on the presentation of its natural stim- 
ulus. Thus, Amativeness, Combativeness, Self-Esteem, and 
Love of Approbation, becoming active, give rise to their 
appropriate feelings; and if outward expression were al- 
lowed to these on all occasions, society would be disfigured 
by a muddle of rude and disgusting improprieties. “A 
fool,” says Solomon, “ uttereth all his mind; but a wise 
man keepeth it till afterward.” In the common affairs of 
life a reasonable endowment of this faculty is essential in 
almost every undertaking. It confers the prudent dis- 80 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
position of keeping our affairs to ourselves, when nothing 
would be gained by communicating them. 
Where theorg'.n is small, the individual will be trank 
and outspoken, and characterized by a deficiency of tact. 
He will say many things, on the spur of the moment, which 
he will afterward wish unsaid, and frequently be otherwise 
embarrassed by his openness. On the other hand, when 
the organ is unduly active, it gives a love of intrigue and 
concealment for their own sake. Such an individual will 
be sly, artful, treacherous, and deceitful, if the faculty be 
Fig. 25.—Secretiveness Large. 
not held in check by compensating sentiments. It is 
usually large in thieves, its ill-regulated activity producing 
the capacity for sly cunning, which distinguishes that class 
of rogues. It was large in the woman Gottfried, who is 
quoted by many authors, and co-operated with her large 
Destructiveness; she murdered by poison—a mode of com- 
mitting the crime usually employed by secretive offenders 
against law and humanity—both parents, her children, two 
husbands, and six other persons; and she still further 
manifested the activity of this faculty by feigning the PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
81 
most poignant grief at the bedside of her victims, while 
she was in reality gloating over their protracted suffering. 
It was very large in Warren Hastings of East Indian in- 
famy. In diplomatists and statesmen of eminent sagacity 
it is large, while in men of marked philanthropic disposi- 
tion it is usually small. In Fig. 24 it appears small. 
This faculty is well shown in the broad heads of many 
of the lower animals, especially the feline, among which 
are the cat, fox, tiger, etc.; giving them the slyness which 
they possess in the mode of taking their prey. The fox is 
noted for his cunning, and his head is very broad in the 
region of this organ. 
This organ is in the temporal region of the brain, its place 
corresponding with the antero-inferior angle of the parietal 
bone. (See Fig. 17-9). It lies directly in front of Secretive- 
ness. By taking the middle of the top of the ear as the 
starting-point, and moving the finger vertically about an 
inch, and then forward an inch, its position on the living 
head will be ascertained with a good degree of accuracy. 
Animated nature has many members below man, which, 
like the squirrel, the bee, and the ant, are distinguished for 
their instinct to accumulate and hoard what serves them 
as food. So man, as the microcosm, possesses an innate 
faculty which is analogous to that instinct. In Acquisitive- 
ness we have the mental organ which is adapted to man’s 
needs in a world where provision for his daily physical 
wants is not supplied by nature continuously; but where it 
is necessary to store up during the time of harvest enough 
to supply his wants, while the earth is wrapped in snow, 
and can yield him no.support. He is also liable to casual- 
ties and sickness, which disable him for making individual 
exertion for his maintenance. Old age, too, if he live, 
ACQUISITIVENESS. 82 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
will bring upon him weakness and infirmities; and unless 
he makes proper provision for these times of incapacity, 
he will be subjected to much suffering. In its normal ac- 
tivity this faculty leads to the storing up of the surplus 
after present wants have been supplied. It prompts to 
frugality, diligence, and economy, and is thus the source of 
wealth and all its attendant advantages. It is, however, a 
mere propensity to acquire and accumulate. What direc- 
Fig. 26,—Acquisitiveness Large. 
tion it will take depends upon its combination with other 
faculties; it may manifest itself in a disposition to make 
collections of books, works of art, or specimens in natural 
history; but as wealth is the means of gratifying the 
greatest number of our most active desires, it is usually 
manifested in the accumulation of property. 
When unduly active, it produces the niggardly, parsi- 
monious spirit, which refuses all cdls of charity, however PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
83 
urgently expressed, higgles over every expenditure, and 
stints itself in the use of the comforts of life, that it may 
heap up treasures far beyond its capacity to use or enjoy. 
When deficient, on the other hand, it leads to prodigality 
and improvidence. The individual will then live from 
“ hand to mouth,” spend as he goes, and take no thought for 
the future. If he have abundance, he will be wasteful and 
extravagant, and if he be stinted, he will accommodate 
himself as best he may to his circumstances. He will be 
dependent all his life long upon his daily labor for daily 
bread, and in the feebleness of age will come upon his 
friends or the town for support. In Figs. 24 and 35 it is 
small. 
From finding this organ uniformly large in thieves, Dr. 
Gall unfortunately named it the organ of theft. But it is 
only when combined with large Secretiveness and deficient 
Conscientiousness, and lacking other moral perceptions, 
that it produces the thievish character. Giving an instinct- 
ive desire to possess, the strength of the desire will be 
measured by the size of the organ, and where there is a de- 
ficiency of the moral and restraining powers of mind, this 
propensity may manifest itself in taking the property of 
another, wherever it may be found, without any regard for 
right or justice. 
Kleptomania doubtless arises from the inordinate or dis- 
eased activity of this organ. There are not a few per- 
sons, if we credit the criminal reports published by our 
daily newspapers, who are, to use the language of Dr. 
Rush, “ moral to the highest degree as to certain duties, 
but who nevertheless live under the dominion of some one 
vice.” In this connection, he relates an instance of a 
woman who was exemplary in her obedience to every com- 
mand of the moral law, except one—she could not re- 84 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
frain from stealing. What made this vice the more re- 
markable was, that she was in easy circumstances, and not 
addicted to extravagance in anything. Such was the 
propensity to this vice, that when' she could lay her hands 
on nothing more valuable, she would often at the table of 
a friend fill her pockets secretly with bread. She both 
confessed and lamented her crime. 
Men distinguished for business capabilities and the ac- 
quirement of wealth have large Acquisitiveness. This 
was the case with Mr. Girard, Mr. Astor, and Mr. Stewart. 
George Peabody also possessed a conspicuous development 
of the organ. 
In the lower animals this faculty is very clearly mani- 
fested by some, and by others not at all. The squirrel 
stores up provisions in the hollow of a tree, that he may 
have the means of sustenance when the natural sources 
of his food supply are sealed up by the frosts of winter. 
Our domestic animals, on the other hand, make no provi- 
sion for the winter whatever, and would starve during its 
continuance but for the providence of man. If a quantity 
of corn were thrown down to a squirrel and a hen, the 
latter would eat of it until her appetite was satisfied, and 
then walk off, entirely indifferent as to what became of 
the remainder. The squirrel, however, would scarcely 
wait to satisfy his present hunger, until he had carried the 
whole to a place of safety, where he could draw upon it in 
the future. The squirrel thus distinctly shows a faculty 
of which the hen is destitute, and which instinctively 
prompts it to store up for future use the surplus of the 
present. 
Among the extreme instances of the morbid development 
and activity of this faculty among men, are those of 
Burke and Hare of Edinburgh, who murdered people for PRESERVATIVE OR SELFISH ORGANS. 
85 
the sake of selling their bodies to anatomists. In the case 
of Burke, the organ of Benevolence is fairly developed, 
being conspicuous in a moral organization generally low; 
and it is said that he could not bring himself to the point 
of killing his victim, unless excited by alcohol. In per- 
sons eminent for charitable labors and self-sacrificing phi- 
lanthropy, Acquisitiveness is usually moderate. CHAPTER VI. 
OF THE INTELLECT. 
The faculties composing this order take cognizance of 
the existence, qualities, and relations of external objects. 
They correspond with the “ knowing faculties ” of the 
metaphysicians. First, we would call the reader’s atten- 
tion to the Perceptive group, of which one of the most im- 
portant elements is 
INDIVIDUALITY. 
This organ is situated in the first frontal convolution, at 
the anterior extremity of the frontal lobe, and lies contigu- 
ously to that part of the cranium immediately above the 
root of the nose. (See Fig. 17-1). It imparts the disposi- 
tion to examine things as individual existences, without any 
reference to their qualities or purposes. Dr. Gall first 
named it the Sense of Things, and Dr. Spurzheim subse- 
quently called it Individuality. It is the specializing 
faculty, taking cognizance of things—a tree, a house, etc., 
as a simple existence. The other perceptives give us our 
notions of the qualities of objects, as their form, size, weight, 
color, etc. Individuality may be termed the noun, or ob- 
ject faculty; while Eventuality is the verb faculty, and 
specially concerned with the movements, changes, and his- 
tory of objects. 
The great differences in the power of observation ex- 
hibited by men, depend chiefly upon the development 
86 OF THE INTELLECT. 
87 
of this faculty. Some are able to give an accurate descrip- 
tion of objects which they have seen in their daily 
movements; and others can scarcely afford an hour’s en- 
tertainment in recounting the things which they have ob- 
served in a month’s travel. 
Through its power of individualizing, this faculty is an 
important element in a practical character, supplying the 
disposition to attend to the details and minutiae of a sub- 
ject. Those writers and artists who have it well-developed. 
Fig. 27.—Lavater. Individuality Large. 
are able to give a distinctness and vividness to their con- 
ceptions, which never fail to command attention. Robin- 
son Crusoe and Gulliver’s Travels may be instanced as 
books remarkable for distinctness of detail in narration; 
and in the heads of De Foe, Swift, and also of Dickens, 
this organ was greatly developed. 
When large, Individuality imparts projection and 
breadth to the part of the forehead between the eyebrows, 
and in those persons who have it small the eyebrows are 88 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
near each other, and the center of the forehead appears 
compressed. In Fig. 21 it is of moderate size. 
The place of this organ is contiguous to the crista galli, 
directly below Individuality, just over the inner angle 
of the orbits (see Fig. 17-F), and its size bears relation 
to the space between the eyes. When large, the eyes are 
FORM. 
Fig. 28.—Form Large. 
wide apart, and the eyeballs appear to be pressed down- 
ward and sidewise. 
Dr. J. P. Browne, of Edinburgh, says: “ There may be a 
great distance between the eyes, with no great develop- 
ment of the Form, because the ethmoid bone is sometimes 
but rarely very broad, and the eyes consequently much sep- 
arated ; but in such a case the indications of brain develop- 
ment in that region differ in such manner that the phrenol- OF THE INTELLECT. 
89 
ogist who is conversant with cranial anatomy, can generally 
determine the true condition.” 
It is the function of this organ to take note of and re- 
member shapes and configurations. Dr. Gall named it the 
organ of Knowledge of Persons, because he invariably 
found it large in those who possessed a special aptitude for 
remembering faces. In his own head this organ was very 
deficient, and he could with difficulty remember the coun- 
Fig. 29.—Form Small. 
tenance of a stranger who had sat next to him at table, so 
as to recognize him afterward. 
It is said of Cuvier, that the form of an animal or a 
bone, once seen, never left him, but was always present in 
his mind for comparison with objects of a similar nature 
which might afterward come under his observation. He 
was thus enabled to make his wonderful discoveries in 
comparative anatomy. BRAIN AND MIND. 
90 
This faculty is essential to the draughtsman, portrait- 
painter, the designer, and to all occupations which have 
to do with a knowledge and judgment of shape. In 
Michael Angelo it was extraordinarily large; in William 
Cobbett, the English author, it was small, and but moder- 
ate in Byron. 
The Chinese are remarkably endowed with this faculty, 
which corresponds with their well-known mechanical dex- 
terity and capacity for mastering a language which has a 
different character for nearly every word. 
Fig. 30. 
In animals this faculty gives them the ability to distin- 
guish their masters, or those who have been kind to them, 
and to remember them even after a separation of years. 
Ail the animals of a herd know each other, and it is said 
that when a strange bee undertakes to introduce himself 
into a hive, composed of from twenty to eighty thousand 
bees, he is recognized, and driven out or killed. Children 
with large Form learn to read much more easily than those OF THE INTELLECT. 
91 
in whom the organ is small, and are better adapted to the 
ordinary mechanical trades than the latter. 
SIZE. 
The size of a thing is obviously a quality very different 
from its form. Two eggs, for instance, may be exactly alike 
in form, but differ greatly in size; and as one of these 
Fig. 31.—Size Large. 
kinds of knowledge is conceivable without the other, it is not 
unreasonable to suppose that they may originate in differ- 
ent cerebral organs. This fact has been demonstrated by 
numerous observations, which have established the loca- 
tion of an organ, called Size, adjoining Form, on each 
side of Individuality, at the internal extremity of the arch 
of the eyebrow. (See Fig. 17-S). Its function is to give 
the idea of dimension, distance, and space in general. It 
is essential to the landscape painter and the draughtsman, 92 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
and to skill in all occupations which have to do with di- 
mension, distance, and perspective. 
A tutor in the family of Sir George Mackenzie once 
said to Mr. Combe, while looking at a landscape : “ That 
seems to me a plane surface, exhibiting difference of light 
and shade. Now, I am told that to some people differ- 
ent parts appear at different distances, and that to them it 
appears to have a fore and back ground.” He attributed 
his inability to see the landscape as other people to his 
want of mathematical education ; but an examination of 
his head, revealed the fact that the organ of Size was de- 
cidedly lacking. 
Fig. 32.—Size Small. 
On the other hand, in Mr. Douglas, a landscape painter, 
this organ was very large, and when a mere child, he was 
so struck with the apparent difference in the width of the 
near and far ends of the ridges of a plowed field, that he 
crawled across it, before he could well walk, to measure 
the actual distance with a stick, and was greatly surprised 
to find that no difference existed. 
In the casts from the heads of Newton, Herschell, and 
George Law, this organ is conspicuous; and it will be found OF THE INTELLECT. 
93 
well marked in the foreheads of men who have acquired 
reputation as engineers and builders. 
This organ lies next to Size in the frontal convolutions, 
and its place on the superciliary ridge is about one-third 
the length of the ridge, outward from the root of the nose. 
(See Fig. 17-W). It is to the reasoning and investigation 
of Dr. Spurzheim that the discovery of Weight is due. 
When large, it gives an overhanging appearance to the 
brow at this point. The weight of bodies is a quality quite 
WEIGHT. 
Pig. 33.—Weight T,arge> 
independent of form and size, since objects may be alike 
in these respects, but differ greatly in their specific gravity. 
Man and the lower animals possess an instinctive capability 
for adapting their movements to this force, so that 
whether walking or running they are able to preserve their 
equilibrium; and this capability arises from this organ. 
Hence, its function may be defined as the sense of force 
or resistance, exerted by, or belonging to, external objects. 94 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
The organ is always large in acrobats, rope-dancers, and 
good skaters, as well as in those who have a natural apti- 
tude for constructing and managing machinery in motion. 
It is essential to the billiard-player to enable him to adapt 
the force with which he propels the ball, to the effect which 
he aims to obtain; to the sculptor, that he may correctly 
estimate the power of his blows upon the marble; to all 
artisans, indeed, whose success depends upon bringing 
power to bear with precision and delicacy. 
As an instance of the diseased activity of this organ, Mr. 
Simpson refers to the case of John Hunter, the celebrated 
anatomist, as it is recorded by his biographer, Sir Everard 
Home. “ From great anxiety of mind,” says he, “ Mr. 
Hunter had a severe illness. It attacked him on a journey, 
and his first sensation, it is well worthy of remark, was 
that of having drunk top much, although he had taken 
nothing but a little weak punch. On going to bed he felt 
as if suspended in the air, and soon after the room seemed 
to go round with him very rapidly. This ceased, but the 
strange sensation of being lifted up continued; and on be- 
ing brought home in his carriage, his sensation was that 
of sinking or going ddwn. The symptoms of whirling 
and suspension increased; and his own head, when he 
Taised it from the pillow, seemed to move from him to 
some distance with great velocity. When he became able 
to stand without being giddy, he was unable to walk with- 
out support; ‘ for,’ says Sir E. Home, ‘ his own feelings 
did not give him information respecting his center of grav- 
ity, so that he was unable to balance his body and prevent 
himself from falling.’ ” 
COLOR. 
The situation of this organ is next to that of Weight, and 
at the middle of the superciliary ridge. (See Fig. 17-C). OF THE INTELLECT. 
95 
When large, it gives an arched and projecting appearance 
to both lower sides of the brow. It is a matter of common 
observation that there are great differences among men in 
the ability to perceive and appreciate colors. Where a 
deficiency of this sort exists, it is referred by some meta- 
physicians to a want of association, or early habits of in- 
attention. Others conceive that it arises from some defect 
in the retina, or in the humors of the eye. But it is diffi- 
cult to conceive how early habits of attention and inatten- 
Fig. 34.—Color Large. 
tion should cause the great diversity which exists in the 
power of judging colors; and so far from its being refer- 
able to the eye, it is remarkable that deficiency in the 
power of distinguishing colors exists with acute vision and 
a correct appreciation of the other qualities of material ob- 
jects. Phrenologists have observed that the power to dis- 
criminate colors bears a direct relation to the develop- 
ment of a certain part of the brain, which is indicated 96 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
externally, as above described. The function of the ear 
is limited to the reception of sounds; but the organ of 
Tune takes cognizance of their discord or harmony. So 
the eye perceives external objects merely as such. By 
means of the organ of Form, we receive our notions of 
their shape; by the organ of Size, our idea of their mag- 
nitude; and by the organ of Color, our conceptions of 
their hue. 
Many persons are so constituted as to be unable to per- 
ceive any difference in color between red or pink flow- 
Fig- 35-—Color Small. 
ers and fruit, and the green leaves which surround them. 
Others confound orange with green, red with brown, blue 
with pink, and indigo with purple. Mr. Combe mentions 
the case of Mr. Milne, a brass-founder of Edinburgh, who 
in early life was apprenticed to a draper, but was obliged 
to give up the occupation on account of the many mistakes 
he fell into in regard to colors. At one time he was sell- 
ing a piece of corduroy, and the purchaser requesting 
strings to match*- he proceeded to cut off what he thought OF THE INTELLECT. 
97 
corresponded in color. The customer, however, stopped 
him, saying that the colors were not the same. Mr. Milne 
requested him to choose for himself, and he did so, se- 
lecting a different piece. So confident was Mr. Milne that 
the customer had made a wrong selection, and that his 
own was right, that he cut off pieces of the cloth, and the 
strings, which he and the customer had selected, and car- 
ried them home to his mother. She immediately told him 
that his ribbon was a bright scarlet, while the color of 
the other ribbon and of the cloth was grass-green. Fig. 31 
shows the organ small. 
The organ is generally larger in women than in men. 
Painters of celebrity, and those who excel in selecting 
and arranging colors, invariably have it large. The por- 
traits of Durer, Rembrandt, Vandyck, Reynolds, and 
West show it large. Some artists excel in drawing, but 
are poor in color, and their efforts to excel in painting 
are hampered if not rendered futile by this organic 
defect. In those who were born blind Color is usually 
quite small Mr. S. R. Gifford and Mr. E. Johnson, well- 
known landscape painters in America, have the organ well 
marked. So, also, has Millais, the English painter. 
ORDER. 
This organ is situated in the middle frontal convolutions; 
on the cranium its place is found at the outer angle of 
the superciliary ridge next to Color (See Fig. 17-O). 
It was discovered by Spurzheim. In Dr. Gall the 
element of Order was extremely small. Dr. Fossati 
says on this point: “ If it be true, as we believe it is, that 
there is an organ of Order, Gall was absolutely destitute 
of it.” The eminent Italian anatomist states his opinion 
with perhaps too much emphasis, but a comparison of Dr. 98 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Gall’s bust with that of Wellington, Dr. Johnson, or of John 
Neal, the American author, shows a striking difference in 
the development of that part of the superciliary ridge. 
When the organ is large, the lower part o‘f the forehead 
appears square and broad. 
It is the function of Order to give a love of method and 
system in the arrangement of individual objects. Persons 
who have this organ well developed are disposed to be 
orderly in their business affairs. They aim to have a time 
and a place for everything; are punctual in keeping ap- 
pointments, neat and cleanly in person, and systematic in 
Fig. 36.— Order Large. 
Fig. 37.—Order Small. 
all things. Much, however, depends upon habit and as- 
sociation in giving direction to this faculty. A person may 
be systematic in some things to which his attention is 
specially called, while in regard to other matters in which 
he takes little interest, he may be considered disorderly. 
In the head of Curran, this organ appears to be quite 
deficient; and he was noted for his careless, slovenly hab- 
its; while in the mask of the celebrated William Pitt, it is 
very largely indicated. As an orator, Pitt was remarkable OF THE INTELLECT. 
99 
for the orderly arrangement and coherence of his words 
and sentences. In persons noteworthy for administrative 
ability the organ is found large. Dr. Gall speaks of an 
idiot in Paris who could not bear to see a chair or other 
object out of place; but would immediately replace it, 
without an intimation, as soon as it was disarranged. Thus 
the instinctive action of the faculty was illustrated. 
CALCULATION OR NUMBER. 
The organ of this faculty is located in the frontal con- 
volutions, at their lower margin, and adjoining Order. 
Fig. 38.—Calculation Large. 
(See Fig. 17-C). When large, the external angle of the 
superciliary ridge appears expanded, and the' region out- 
ward from the eye is relatively wide. This organ gives 
facility in the use of figures for computation. It is limited, 
however, in itself, to mere calculation; other faculties are 
essential to success in the higher processes of mathematics. 
George Bidder and Zerah Colburn astonished the world 
by their calculating talent, when mere boys. Mr, Combe 100 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
predicted of the former, however, that he would never excel 
as an engineer; and in confirmation of this prediction his 
teacher said of him, after having given him instructions in 
mathematics for two years, that he did not show as much 
capability in the higher branches as many others of the class. 
In Mr. Combe the organ was small, and he said of him- 
self: “Arithmetic has always been a profound mystery to 
me, and to master the multiplication table, an insurmount- 
Hg. 3;.—Calcul.viio-m Small. 
able task. I could not now tell you how many eight times 
nine are without going to work circuitously, and reckoning 
by means of the tens. Yet, for seven years I studied 
arithmetic. This deficiency has been the occasion of 
much trouble to me. I could understand everything re- 
lating to accounts, but had always to employ clerks to per- 
form calculations. This faculty in me is, in fact, idiotic, 
and the organ is very small. Were my other powers in OF THE INTELLECT. 
101 
like condition, I should be totally unfit for the ordinary 
business of life.” 
Arctic travelers speak of the deficiency of the Esquimaux 
in respect to numerical calculation; these people generally 
resclve every number above ten into one comprehensive 
word, and in corroboration of the weakness of this organ in 
the Esquimaux brain, it is said that the external angle of 
the eye instead of being horizontal with the internal, as 
with us, is sensibly raised up toward the temples. In Fig. 
39 the organ appears to be small. 
A patient in the Lunatic Asylum of Newcastle, England, 
employed himself continually in covering paper with arith- 
metical calculations. His paper being taken away, he used 
a slate; this was removed, and he then scratched the fig- 
ures on the wall with his nails; his hands were then tied 
behind his back, and he employed his tongue to make fig- 
ures on the wall with saliva. This conduct indicated dis- 
ease or excitement in the brain-matter composing the or- 
gan of Calculation. In Napoleon the organ was large, as 
is seen in the cast by Antommarchi. In Dr. Gall it was 
small, and he affirmed that every kind of numerical com- 
putation fatigued him, while “ he knew nothing of geom- 
etry, nor the problems of mathematics.” 
LOCALITY. 
The organ of this faculty is situated in a division of the 
First Frontal convolution, over Weight, and upward and 
outward from Individuality. (See Fig. 17-L.) 
Everything which exists upon the earth must occupy a 
place somewhere on its surface, and it is the function of 
this organ to set us in harmony with this order of nature, 
by enabling us to form conceptions of, and to remember 
Locality. Those who have this organ well developed pos- 102 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
sess an instinctive sense of the relations of place and di- 
rection. They are enabled to make their way readily to 
any desired point, and easily remember the scenery and 
topographical features of places which they have visited. 
When very large, it gives a passion for traveling and seeing 
new countries. In M. Meyer, author of “ Dia na-Sore,” 
it was greatly developed, and he found no pleasure except 
in a wandering life. His memory of the places which he 
had seen was astonishing. 
In the busts and portraits of all eminent navigators and 
Fig. 40.—Locality Large. 
Fig. 41.—Locality Small. 
travelers, as well as in great astronomers and geographers, 
there is invariably a prominence at the seat of this organ. 
Witness the portraits of Captains Parry, Ross, Dr. Kane, 
Sir John Franklin, Galileo, Laplace, Herschell, Dr. Living- 
stone, the explorer of Central Africa, etc. (See Fig. 40.) 
It is by the aid of this faculty, in co-operation with other 
perceptive powers, that the Indian is enabled to traverse 
the trackless forest, and make his way with great ease 
from place to place. OF THE INTELLECT. 
103 
Many of the lower animals, particularly horses and dogs, 
possess this organ in a remarkable degree. It is related 
that one of a litter of pigs recently born was taken from 
its mother, placed in a barrel, from which could see 
nothing but the sky, and carried on a wagon some distance 
by a circuitous route and across a stream. A few days af- 
ter, the little pig made its escape from the pen in which it 
had been inclosed, and was found to have taken a direct 
line toward its home and mother. It swam the stream in 
its course, and, being carried down a little by the current 
while crossing, the animal rectified the deflection by strik- 
ing out at a new angle for its destination, when it had 
reached the other side. 
Birds, especially the predatory class, have the instinct of 
Locality in a marked degree. Pigeons are remarkable for 
their local memory, and some varieties are highly esteemed 
for their swiftness and fidelity as messengers. 
At one time Dr. John Hunter was afflicted with a dis- 
ease which disturbed the function of this organ, and Sir 
Everard Home says of him: “ He had no conception of 
any place existing beyond the room he was in, yet was per- 
fectly conscious of the loss of memory.” 
The Adaptation of Nature.—In the enumeration of 
the physico-perceptive faculties which we have just com- 
pleted, we observe an order and completeness, with respect 
to their location arrd function, which are characteristic of 
the works of the Creator in every department of nature. 
These faculties are all .arranged about the eyes, the chief 
instruments through which impressions of the external 
world are conveyed to the mind, and each has to do with 
a quality or relation of external things which is entirely 
distinct in essence from every other relation, but necessary 
to a complete conception of any material object. If we 104 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
take a common object, a tree, for instance, and exercise 
each one of our observing faculties upon it successively, 
we may then gain an idea of the complete impressions 
which they give. 
In the beginning we must perceive an object as an ex- 
istence before we can note its qualities, and here the organ 
of Individuality is exercised, and enables us to separate 
the tree from all other objects which exist, and to consider 
it in particularity. But trees differ very much in their 
forms. The pine, the elm, and the willow have each a pe- 
culiar shape, and the organ of Form enables us to appre- 
hend this property. Again, trees are of all sizes, from the 
seedling of an inch high to the giant of the forest, full 
grown, towering up a hundred feet or more; and we are 
enabled to take cognizance of this point of difference by 
the organ of Size. The weight or density of the wood 
which composes a tree is a quality which it is often useful 
to note, and through the organ of Weight we are enabled 
to perceive the differences which exist in this respect be- 
tween various kinds of woods. Color, also, is a quality 
which belongs to a tree; its wood may be light or dark, 
and its leaves show different shades of green or brown, 
according to the season, and here the organ of Color 
comes in as a convenient and agreeable intellectual acces- 
sory. Again, nature observes a method in the disposition 
of the limbs and leaves, and every leaf shows a perfectly 
systematic arrangement. To give us a proper idea of this 
relation among the parts of the tree, we are endowed with 
an organ of Order. Moreover, it is useful for man to know 
the number of its parts to be able to compute its dimen- 
sions, the years of its growth, etc.; and here the organ of 
Number comes to help toward obtaining such knowledge. 
Finally, the tree can not exist without occupying a piece OF THE INTELLECT. 
105 
of ground, and having a special situation, for the consid- 
eration of which the intellect is provided with the organ of 
Locality. 
Some men possess these faculties in a large measure, and 
therefore keen powers of observation, which enable them 
to give accurate descriptions of objects which come in 
their way. Others are feebly developed in them, and are 
superficial in their observations, and vague and indefinite 
in their descriptions of physical objects. 
THE SEMI-PERCEPTIVE OR LITERARY ORGANS. 
EVENTUALITY. 
The organ of this faculty lies in the middle of the fore- 
head directly above Individuality. (Figi7~E.) The nat- 
ural subdivisions of the First Frontal convolution in this 
region of the brain appear to afford a special seat or cen- 
ter for it. It is the function of Eventuality to take cog- 
nizance of action and change, and thus supplies memory 
of events, circumstances, whatever has passed through our 
own experience or that of others. Dr. Gall was of the 
opinion that the parts embracing this organ, and what we 
now call Individuality, were the seat of one organ only, 
and he named that “ Educability,” because he found that 
persons having this part of the brain large were distin- 
guished for prompt conceptions, facility of apprehension, 
retentiveness of memory, and a strong desire for knowl- 
edge and instruction. Dr. Spurzheim subsequently made 
the analyses which determined the separate function of 
Eventuality with enough of clearness to warrant its being 
set apart as a special organ. 
In illustration of the distinctive functions of the two or- 
gans of Individuality and Eventuality, Mr. Combe relates 106 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
the following anecdote. There had been a great review, 
and he dined with a number of gentlemen who had at- 
tended. He asked one of them what regiments were on 
the field. He replied that he did not know. He asked 
him then if he remembered the numbers on their knap- 
sacks. No; he did not notice them. He then inquired 
if he had observed the facings of the regimentals. No; 
he did not recollect seeing them. He asked him then 
what he did see. “ Why,” he replied, “I saw the review.” 
“ And what do you call the review ? ” asked Mr. Combe. 
“Why,” said he, “I do not call the numbers the review, 
nor the facings the review, but the evolutions.” He then 
described the various movements, the marching and the 
counter-marching of the soldiers, with great precision. 
Another gentleman sitting by said: “ I know that the sol- 
diers marched about and formed squares, yet I certainly 
could not have described the various successive move- 
ments as that gentleman has, but I remember what regi- 
ments were on the field, their numbers and facings.” Mr. 
Combe was struck with the difference between these two 
gentlemen, and remarked, that in the first, Eventuality was 
Fig. 42.—Eventuality Large. OF THE INTELLECT. 
107 
much the more prominent organ, and in the second, Indi- 
viduality greatly predominated. 
Some writers consider Eventuality not only a central de- 
pository of knowledge or material for the use of the intel- 
lectual faculties, but also receptive of the results of the 
operation of the sentiments and emotions. Love of knowl- 
edge is certainly its innate characteristic, and those who 
have it large are given to inquiry and investigation. That 
disposition which is commonly known as curiosity is refer- 
Fig. 43.—Eventuality Small. 
able to it rather than to Individuality. Dr. J. T. Browne 
says, in concluding an argument on its nature: “ Seeing, 
then, that this organ of Eventuality is the only one that can 
become sensible of the existence and of the special functions 
of all the other organs, whether they relate to external things 
or to inward thoughts and feelings, it follows, in the course 
of reason, that it must embrace within its sphere of action 
the notion of the entity, Self. And for the same reason it 
seems right to assume that it is also the true seat of Con- 108 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
sciousness, that mysterious abode so long sought for in 
vain by the most able students of metaphysical science.” 
Authors who excel in descriptions of things owe this 
quality of their composition to a good endowment of Indi- 
viduality ; while those who excel in the description of ac- 
tion, possess Eventuality in a large degree. Both of these 
organs are essential to vividness of narration, when both 
objects and actions enter into the description. These or- 
gans were large in De Foe, Goldsmith, and Swift, and are 
prominent in Victor Hugo and Wilkie Collins, and the 
qualities which this organ gives to composition appear 
strikingly in their productions. In the portraits of the 
naturalists Cuvier, Buffon, Lyell, and Buckland this organ 
is prominent. Eminent jurists and statesmen, like Web- 
ster, Calhoun, Choate, and Evarts, have it large. 
TIME. 
The location of the organ of this faculty is in the mid- 
dle frontal convolution, about midway between the vertical 
frontal fissure, as marked by Ecker, and the anterior 
margin of the brain. Its place, as indicated on the cra- 
nium, is in the center of the lateral region of the frontal 
bone, immediately over the orbit. In the living subject it 
is above the middle of the eyebrow, and outward from Lo- 
cality. (See Fig. 17-33). 
This organ furnishes the power of measuring time. It 
is a matter of common observation that there is a great 
difference among men in regard to memory of the time 
when events have occurred, as well as in regard to their 
ability to measure intervals in music, and to keep step when 
marching or dancing. Some persons may possess this fac- 
ulty in a remarkable degree, and be idiotic or feeble in all 
other respects. A case is related of the son of a farmer OF THE INTELLECT. 
109 
who hardly knew enough to take the cows to pasture, yet 
was able to tell the hour of the day with great precision, 
even immediately after being awakened from a sound 
sleep. The deaf and dumb usually show a strong appre- 
ciation of rhythmic movements by keeping the step in 
dancing. “ The sense of touch,” says Dr. Simpson, “ may 
Fi?. Ai.—Time Large.—Lowell. 
be the channel through which the organ of Time is ex- 
cited, as well as the sense of hearing and sight. No one 
will dispute that a soldier could perform the manual exer- 
cise to a succession of taps on the shoulder; and to time 
in the same way given might a person dance.” The deaf 
and dumb dance by taking the time from the movements 
of the musician’s hand, or instantaneously from their com- 110 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
panion dancers, and apparently derive great pleasure from 
the exercise. 
The metaphysicians were greatly puzzled to account for 
the power which is possessed by man and some of the 
lower animals for appreciating intervals of time, until it 
was shown that this power is an original mental faculty, 
having a certain part of the brain as its functional center. 
A case of disease in this organ, accompanied with spe- 
cial derangement of the power to consider the duration of 
time, is recorded by Dr. Hoppe, of Copenhagen. A lady 
of much intelligence, who required his medical advice, 
stated, that though perfectly conscious of everything 
around her, she possessed no conception of time. Some- 
times a very long period and at other times a very short 
period seemed to her to have elapsed since she had fallen 
into her present condition. Without being questioned, 
she complained of pain and a strong sense of burning in a 
line across the forehead. And when requested to point 
out the seat of the pain, laid her finger exactly on one or- 
gan of Time, and then drew it across to the other organ. 
She stated that she felt pain in no other place but in this 
line. 
Many remarkable instances are related of the manifesta- 
tion of this faculty by some of the lower animals; but, as 
the reader has doubtless met with frequent illustrations in 
his perusal of current literature, we deem it unnecessary to 
occupy space with any particular relation. 
The development of Time in young children is subse- 
quent to that of Eventuality, which is apparent from the 
fact that one two years old will exhibit strong curiosity and 
a good memory of things, but have scarcely any notion of 
time in its extent or application. What has passed is re- 
ferred to “ yesterday,” and “ to-morrow ” expresses for OF THE INTELLECT. 
111 
them the future generally. As the child grows older he is 
found setting closer and closer bounds to intervals, and 
approaching to exactitude in periodic designation. 
The organ of Time plays a very important part in our 
mental life, and Dr. Browne fitly says : “ A keen, habitual 
sense of the value of time is naturally a very influential, 
nay, indispensable ingredient in the composition of an in- 
dustrious character; ” and he argues, that “ if the harmo- 
nious intervals of musical sounds are dependent on a cor- 
rect perception of time, it is not irrational to suppose that 
sustained harmony in the arrangement of our thoughts and 
words will be proportioned to the relative size of the organ 
of Time, especially when it is acting in unison with the 
sense of Order.” In Dr. Gall, Samuel Johnson, Daniel 
O’Connell, Benjamin Franklin, Henry Clay, and other men 
distinguished for indefatigable, intellectual activity and 
practical efficiency, this organ was a salient feature. Fig. 
35 shows this organ but weakly developed. 
The organ of Tune is situated in the lower lateral or 
angular part of the forehead, adjoining Time, and imme- 
diately above Order. (Fig. 17-34). When large, it gives 
a rounded fullness or projection to that part of the tem- 
poral region, although its conspicuity may be much re- 
duced by association with a large organ of Order, and the 
relative disposition of the frontal convolutions. According 
to Dr. Spurzheim, this organ in Gluck had a pyramidal 
contour; in Mozart, Viotti, Dussels, and others, the exter- 
nal and lateral parts of the head were enlarged and 
rounded. 
This is the musical faculty. It gives love and apprecia- 
tion of melody, and is essential to skill as a musical per- 
TUNE. 112 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
former. Time is, however, a most important ingredient in 
a genius for music, contributing to the sense of harmony 
by affording a just perception of intervals. 
Dr. Gall observes that a large endowment of this organ 
should not be expected in every ordinary performer. By 
persistent training a person with a moderate development 
of the organ may acquire considerable skill with musical 
instruments. But when the soul feels the inspiration of 
harmonious sounds, and the countenance expresses the 
Fig. 45.—Tune Large. 
rapture which thrills through the frame of the real musi- 
cian, a large organ will never be wanting. 
As an instance of remarkable deficiency in the organ and 
faculty, the case of Ann Ormorod is given. She was ad- 
mitted at twelve years of age to the Blind Asylum of Liv- 
erpool, and during two years unsparing efforts were made 
to develop any musical talent which she might possess, but 
without effect, as she experienced no greater pleasure from OF THE INTELLECT. 
113 
the finest music than from the rudest noise. A comparison 
of the mask which was taken of her head with that of 
Madame Malibran, shows a remarkable difference in de- 
velopment at the region of Tune; the one being flat and 
sunken, the other full and protuberant. 
1 Dr. Andrew Combe gives an interesting case of disease 
of this organ from his own practice. The patient com- 
plained of acute pain at the exact situation of the organs 
of Tune, which were largely developed. She dreamed a 
great deal of hearing the finest music, and her dreams 
were so vivid that she said she believed 
she would be able to reproduce a piece 
which had particularly pleased her. 
The pain and excitement in the organ 
of Tune continued for several days, 
with growing intensity, accompanied 
by an irresistible craving for music, 
which she was powerless to repress. 
Being refused permission to get up 
and play and sing, as she strongly 
desired to do, she requested that a 
friend might be sent for to play and 
sing for her. In the meantime the 
craving became so intolerable, that she seized a guitar, 
and lying upon the sofa, gave way to the torrent of her 
feeling with a clearness and strength of voice and a facility 
of execution which were extraordinary. Dr. Combe, per- 
ceiving the physical cause of these phenomena, made use 
of remedies to allay the inflammation and excitement of 
the cerebral organ, and with happy results. 
Napoleon I., as stated by Bourrienne, had very little 
capacity for appreciating music, and his mask confirms the 
statement. Sir Walter Scott was weak in this faculty also, 
Fig. 46.—Tune Small. 114 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
while Moore possessed a strong development. The differ- 
ence among the poets in lyrical qualities may be referred 
to their differences in the organ of Tune. 
In Weber, Handel, Beethoven, Rossini, Jenny Lind, and 
other great musicians, the organ is strikingly shown. In 
the ordinary practice, however, of Phrenology, it is not an 
easy matter for the examiner to determine the size and 
strength of Tune, until he has had a large amount of ex- 
perience. The student should carefully note the differ- 
ences of conformation in the region of the organ, as shown 
on the heads of eminent musicians, when contrasted with 
those who are lacking in the musical faculty. 
Singing birds are examples of the existence of this fac- 
ulty in the lower animals, and in the male singing bird a 
greater fullness of the skull over the eye orbit exists than 
is observable in the head of the non-singing female. 
LANGUAGE. 
The organ of this faculty is situated in the lower surface 
of the anterior lobe at the posterior part of the supra-or- 
bitar plate. 
“ Let a line be imagined to extend for about an inch and 
a half from the root of the nose backward toward the cen- 
ter of the brain, and it will be found to reach a projection 
of bone'rising from the base of the skull, called ‘sella 
turcica,’ from its likeness to a Turkish saddle. On each 
side of this body, and just where the optic nerves are about 
to enter the long orbit of the eye, there lies a convolution 
of the brain in man only (in the higher apes this convolu- 
tion has been recently reported to be slightly or germinally 
indicated—Authors), which runs from that point trans- 
versely in front of the middle lobe, till it reaches the con- OF THE INTELLECT. 
115 
volutions which constitute the organs of Order and Num- 
ber, and in its way it blends itself with the posterior portion 
of the convolutions of which the organs of the other per- 
ceptive faculties are composed.”—Browne. 
The phenomena of aphasia, an affection which deranges 
the faculty of speech, and investigations into the condition 
of the brain after the decease of the aphasic person, have 
convinced later anatomists of the existence of an organ in 
the brain which presides over speech. Dr. Austin Flint 
says : “ It seems certain that in the great majority of 
persons the organ, or part presiding over the faculty of 
articulate language, is situated at or near the third frontal 
convolution and the Island of Reil in the left anterior 
lobe of the cerebrum, and mainly in the parts nourished 
by the middle cerebral artery. In some few instances, the 
organ seems to be located in the corresponding part on 
the right side.” 
Its size is measured by the varying prominence or full- 
ness of the eye, which results from the effect produced by 
the convolution which constitutes this organ upon the 
growth and form of the thin orbitar plate beneath it. 
This faculty takes cognizance of the artificial signs by 
which we represent ideas. Ideas are formed by the other 
faculties, and words are the signs by which they are rep- 
resented. The word ox stands for a single, object, and 
wherever the English language is spoken, conveys the 
same idea to the mind. In the phrase “ red ox,” two 
words or signs are used to convey two distinct ideas, 
and two mental faculties—Color and Individuality are 
employed to give us these ideas. In the sentence, “ The 
big, heavy, red ox runs,” five words are employed, five 
ideas are conveyed to the mind, and five mental faculties 
are concerned in comprehending these ideas. Language 116 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
is the faculty which has to do with the manifest expression 
of these words or signs. It gives memory of words and 
facility in the use of terms and phrases, and is thus the 
source of fluency of speech, and the ability to commit read- 
ily to memory. Where this organ is deficient the person 
finds great difficulty in giving expression to his thoughts. 
He may have ideas in abundance, but from want of the 
faculty which enables him to recall the words or signs by 
which these ideas may be represented, he will fail in the 
power of giving his thoughts expression. 
Fig. 47.—Language Large. 
Fig. 48.—Language Small. 
Instances of disease of this organ in which the power of 
using words has been partially or wholly suspended (apha- 
sia), are frequent in the records of pathology. We will in- 
stance but one or two : 
Dr. Hammond refers to a woman of exceedingly intelli- 
gent appearance who came under his notice, thus: “She 
comprehends every word that is said to her, and attends to 
all her household duties. Yet she is unable to utter any 
words but ‘No,’ ‘Yes,’ and ‘Dado.’” This case is re- OF THE INTELLECT. 
117 
ported as one of many illustrations of “ the loss of the fac- 
ulty of speech without any marked impairment of the 
intellectual faculties.” 
Mr. Hood, of Kilmarnock, reports the interesting case 
of a man sixty-five years of age, possessing the ordinary 
knowledge of written and spoken language, who suddenly 
began to speak incoherently, and became quite unintelli- 
gible. “ It was discovered that he had forgotten the name 
of every object in nature. His recollection of things 
seemed to be unimpaired, but the names by which men 
and things are known were entirely obliterated from his 
mind, or rather he had lost the faculty by which they are 
called up at the control of the will.” He was quite well in 
every respect, with the exception of a slight uneasiness in 
the region of the eyes and eyebrows. If a familiar name 
were mentioned to him, he was able to repeat it once or 
twice distinctly, but generally before he could do so a third 
time, it was gone from him completely. He could under- 
stand passages which were read to him, but could not read 
himself. Between two and three years afterward he died 
of apoplexy. A post-mortem examination was made, and it 
was found that there was extensive disease in the left hemi- 
sphere of the brain over the orbitar plate. 
The history of this organ is the most interesting of the 
faculties, as with its discovery by Dr. Gall began the series 
of investigations which resulted in the formulation of the 
Phrenological system. In the sketch of Dr. Gall’s life, 
which is to be found in another part of this volume, allu- 
sion is made to the incident which drew his attention to 
the subject that has rendered him eminent among the 
world’s benefactors. 
Dr. Gall admits two organs or two divisions of the organ 
of Language, one termed the sense or memory of words, 118 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
the other the talent for philology. Dr. Spurzheim admits 
but one organ embracing both modes of action. Mr. 
Combe and the later phrenologists have generally ac- 
cepted Spurzheim’s view. 
THE REFLECTIVE OR REASONING FACULTIES. 
COMPARISON. 
The organ of Comparison is situated in the frontal con- 
volution, at the inner margin of the hemispheres, on the 
middle line of the forehead, and directly above Eventu- 
ality. (See Fig. 17-37). It has f°r its function the per- 
ception of resemblances and differences. The other fac- 
ulties compare objects of the same class as the ideas which 
they peculiarly and independently form; thus the organ 
of Color takes cognizance of the difference and resem- 
blance of hues; Tune of musical sounds; and Form of 
shapes. But this organ compares things which in their 
individual attributes are entirely unlike: as a light in a 
dark night, to a good deed in a wicked world. It fre- 
quently discovers unexpected resemblances among things, 
and is the source of the ability which some writers and 
speakers possess of illustrating their subjects by novel 
similes, metaphors, and analogies. A writer who does not 
accept an organ for Human Nature, says of Comparison : 
“ Its central position between the organ of the most benign 
of the moral and religious sentiments, and the most impor- 
tant of the perceptive organs is well adapted to the dis- 
charge of the functions it has to perform, since these 
appertain to each and all of the faculties. For it recog- 
nizes resemblances not only in the attributes of incon- 
gruous physical objects, but also between things physical OF THE INTELLECT. 
119 
and things imbued with the characteristics of spirituality.” 
By the power which it gives of discovering differences 
and resemblances, it is a very important element in the 
critical and analytical mind. Chemistry, Botany, and all 
the sciences where nice distinctions and discriminations 
are necessary, are a natural field for its exercise. It gives 
to business men quick, practical judgment, by enabling 
them to compare any subject which comes up for their 
consideration with previous experiences. When this organ 
Fig. 49,—Comparison Large. 
Fig. so.—Comparison Small. 
is small the judgment is slow; the person failing to com- 
prehend readily the analogous conditions, is unfit for a 
place where prompt decision is required. 
This organ was very large in the poet Moore, and his 
writings abound in comparisons. In his Life of Sheridan 
there are two thousand five hundred similes, besides meta- 
phors and allegorical expressions. 
Comparison is of great importance in a talent for public 
speaking. Many speakers, after a plain and simple state- 120 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ment of a given case has been made, find it difficult to 
dwell longer on the subject, even though Language may 
be well developed, from want of interesting matter relating 
to it. Others again are able to enlarge upon the subject 
of which they are treating by the introduction of many 
topics which bear upon it, and so to present it in a clear 
and forcible light. Orators like Mr. Beecher, and rea- 
soners like the late President Lincoln, have large Compar- 
ison, which contributes their readiness at illustrating their 
argument with anecdote and hypothesis drawn from every- 
day life. 
Dr. Gall rightly observes that close reasoning and rigid 
induction are always disagreeable to a popular audience, 
because their faculties are not sufficiently cultivated or 
exercised to follow abstract conceptions. The great charm 
of popular speakers, therefore, consists in perspicuity of 
statement and copiousness of illustration. So the most 
popular books of the day are those which abound with 
common incidents, analogies, and comparisons. 
All who have observed the contour of the forehead of 
men distinguished for profound reflection and theoretical 
reasoning talent, know that it is largely developed in the 
upper part. The portraits representing Socrates, Cicero, 
Bacon, Melancthon, and Kant, are thus marked, and Dr. 
Gall was led by his study of such characters to the deter- 
mination of the organ which he ascribed to “ metaphysi- 
cal depth of thought; ” “ aptitude for drawing conclu- 
sions,” and which Dr. Spurzheim named Causality. 
The organ is situated on each side of Comparison, and 
over Locality. When large, it gives prominence to the 
upper portion of the forehead, at the region of the frontal 
CAUSALITY. OF THE INTELLECT. 
121 
eminences of the cranium, and if the Perceptives are small, 
that part has an overhanging appearance. If, however, 
the Perceptives are developed in proportion to the Reflect- 
ive faculties, the forehead recedes a little from the per- 
pendicular. It is the office of this faculty to take cogni- 
zance of the relations among phenomena which constitute 
cause and effect. The Perceptive faculties recognize the 
existence and qualities of objects. Eventuality notes the 
changes which they present, and Causality seeks to trace 
these phenomena back to their origin or to the causes 
Fig. 51.—Causality Large. 
which produced them. Thus the Perceptives take cog- 
nizance of the existence of day and night, and the various 
phenomena presented by the changing seasons. Causality 
goes back of the phenomena, and inquires into their 
source. The moon is observed to increase in size from 
night to night, then to wane, disappear for a season, and 
again appearing to pass through the same phases. Causal- 
ity stimulates inquiry into the nature and law of these 
changes, and so contributes to the profoundest human 
wisdom. Sir Isaac Newton was helped toward the dis- 122 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
covery of the law of gravitation by the fall of an apple. 
Millions before Newton had seen apples fall without giv- 
ing the phenomenon even a passing thought. But New- 
ton’s large Causality led him to inquire why apples when 
released from the stem fall in a direct line to the ground 
instead of flying upward or in any other direction, and 
the result of his reflection on this simple every-day inci- 
dent was the discovery of the law by which day and night, 
spring, summer, autumn, and winter follow one another in 
unalterable succession, and the countless worlds in the 
starry heavens revolve in harmony. 
Dr. Spurzheim observes that “ the faculty of Individu- 
ality makes us acquainted with objects; that of Eventuality 
with events; Comparison points out their identity, analogy, 
or difference, and finds out their harmony; finally, Caus- 
ality desires to know the causes of all occurrences. Con- 
sequently, these faculties together, pointing out general 
principles and laws, and drawing conclusions, induction's, 
or corollaries, constitute the truly philosophic understand- 
ing.” In another place he says: “ It is remarkable that 
the ancient artists should always have given to their busts 
of philosophers a large forehead, and represented Jupiter 
Capitolinus with a forehead in the middle part more 
prominent than is ever seen in nature (except in very 
rare instances). They seem to have observed that de- 
velopment of the forehead has a relation to great under- 
standing.” 
If this faculty be very deficient the intellect will be su- 
perficial, and incapable of forming a comprehensive judg- 
ment or of taking wide-reaching views. It may be capable 
of dealing successfully with the common affairs of life, per- 
forming work laid out, or devised by deeper intellects, but 
if intrusted with duties involving a clear perception of OF THE INTELLECT. 
123 
causation and result, it will fail. Fig. 50 is a good repre- 
sentation of defective or small Causality. 
In some of the lower animals this faculty appears to 
exist in a good degree, as they show a capacity for adapt- 
ing means to obtain desired ends, which can hardly be 
referred to mere unreasoning instinct. Beavers, for in- 
stance, adapt the structure of their dam to the pressure 
of the water. They select those trees which, when cut, 
will fall into the water in such a way that the force of the 
stream will carry them to the spot where they are to be 
used; and they frequently modify their structures to suit 
new circumstances. Bees have been known, when a por- 
tion of their comb has been broken, to build a column for 
its support. Dr. Darwin says that a wasp, having taken 
a fly nearly as large as itself, separated the head and the 
tail from the body part to which the wings were attached, 
and attempted to fly away with the latter, but a breeze 
caught the wings of the fly and whirled the wasp round in 
the air. He then settled upon the ground with his prey, 
and cut off both wings. After this he flew easily away 
with the fly. In these cases as well as in many others 
which might be mentioned, there seems to be an ap- 
preciation of cause and effect, or of the relation of means 
to end, which implies some degree of reasoning intelli- 
gence. Yet this intelligence is restricted to a limited 
sphere and appears often to be lacking when the necessi- 
ties of the animal should most strongly impel its activity. 
A horse has been known to starve to death while tied by 
a rope to a tree, from which it had eaten the bark as far 
as it could reach. Had it possessed but a glimmer of rea- 
son, one would think it would have divided the rope with 
its teeth, and set itself at liberty. A dog or wolf would 
have soon bitten the rope asunder an 1 es aped, for the 124 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
reason perhaps that they are “gnawing” animals while 
the horse is not. Yet to the horse we attribute a high 
degree of sagacity, and know him to be susceptible of 
extensive training. One can be taught to tie and untie a 
rope, to loosen his halter, etc., but without such specific 
training he would not be likely to do such acts, even if 
his life depended upon their performance. 
In man alone this faculty is capable of universal appli- 
cation, and its possession gives him an immense superiority 
over the brutes. Causality prompts man to ask the question 
Why ? and its office of tracing effects to causes appears to 
include a measure of prevision, or of foreseeing effects 
which certain actions are destined to produce. Many 
persons largely endowed with the reasoning faculties, and 
hence capable of looking deeply beneath the surface of 
things and deducing remote causes and assigning what 
appear to most people novel relations to events, obtain 
the reputation of being “ original,” whereas true originality 
belongs to the function of another organ, and can not 
strictly be imputed to reasoning merely. Fancy and in- 
vention may contribute toward new methods of reasoning, 
but originality proceeds from a sentiment, Spirituality. CHAPTER VII. 
THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
CONSTRUCTIVENESS. 
The place of this organ is in front of Acquisitiveness 
and contiguous to that part of the frontal bone which is 
immediately above the spheno-temporal suture. (See Fig. 
17-20.) When large, it gives breadth to the head above 
the zygomatic arch. “ If the base of the brain is narrow,” 
says Mr. Combe, “ this organ holds a situation a little 
higher than usual, and there will then frequently be found 
a slight depression at the external angle of the eye between 
the zygomatic process and the organ in question, especially 
when the muscles are thin. In such cases it has some- 
times appeared as high up as Time generally occurs. Thi§ 
slight variation from uniformity of situation, occurs in the 
distribution of all parts of the body; but the anatomist is 
not on this account embarrassed in his operations; for the 
aberration never exceeds certain limits, and he acquires 
by experience the tact of recognizing the part by its gen- 
eral appearance.” It may be added here that the growth 
of organs in their groupings is toward those which exer- 
cise a dominating influence, so that when Constructive- 
ness, for instance, appears high up in the brain and 
forward, it is more closely associated with the reasoning 
intellect than with the perceptive. 
125 126 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
It is the function of this organ to manifest a disposition 
to fashion, to configurate, and to put together materials in 
forms of utility or beauty. It gives manual dexterity in 
the use of tools, and is essential to all arts which involve 
mechanical construction and configuration. It enables 
man to build houses for his shelter; to fabricate clothing 
for his protection and comfort; to construct ships, ma- 
Fig. 52.—CoNSrRUCTIVENESS LARGE. 
chinery, and the implements essential to his advancement 
as a rational and progressive being. 
Some have supposed that the disposition to construct is 
dependent upon the general intellect, or habit, or a matter 
of acquisition, but this opinion is obviously not correct, 
since many persons eminent for intelligence have never 
shown any capability in mechanics, while others have 
manifested constructive ability in a remarkable degree, THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
127 
who were lacking greatly in intellect. This faculty also 
is frequently manifested by children at a very early age, 
while as yet the general intellect is undeveloped. More- 
over, we find it exhibited in the lower animals in a way 
that evidently bears no relation to the degree of their in- 
telligence. The elephant, the horse, and the dog rarely 
make the slightest attempt at construction, while the bird, 
the bee, and the beaver are remarkable for their manifes- 
tation of mechanical skill. 
Fig* 53~Constructiveness Small. 
In illustration of the activity of this faculty at an age 
which precludes the idea of its being dependent upon the 
general intellect, Dr. Gall relates that Vulcanson, when a 
mere child, from simply seeing a clock through a window, 
constructed one like it with no other implement than a 
common knife. A gentleman with whom Dr. Gall was 
intimately acquainted, made, at a very early age, a machine 
for making pot-barley, and actually set it in operation by a 
small jet from the main stream of the water of Leith. Le 
Brun drew designs with chalk at three years of age, and 128 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
at twelve he made a portrait of his grandfather. Canova, 
in childhood, was led to model figures without knowing the 
methods or materials which are used in such sculpture. 
Sir Christopher Wren, at thirteen, constructed an inge- 
nious machine for representing the course of the planets. 
Michael Angelo, at sixteen, executed works which obtained 
high consideration. 
Mr. Combe speaks of an eminent Scotch barrister, in 
whom Constructiveness was largely developed, who, in the 
very act of composing a written pleading on the most ab- 
struse question of law, would have vivid conceptions of 
particular pieces of mechanism, or of new applications of 
some mechanical principle, dart into his mind, and wholly 
interrupt the current of his thoughts, till he was obliged 
to embody them in a diagram or description, that he might 
“ lay the Devil,” as he termed it, and proceed with the sub- 
ject in hand. Louis XVI. of France had a private work- 
shop in which he employed much of the time which should 
have been given to affairs of State, in devising locks and 
setting type. 
Dr. Gall mentions that two of his friends, the one an 
excellent teacher, and the other a “ grand minister,” were 
passionately fond of gardening, but he never could teach 
them to ingraft a tree. And Montaigne says of himself, 
“ I can not handsomely fold up a letter, nor could ever 
make a pen, nor carve at table worth a pin, nor saddle a 
horse.” We know persons of eminence in the law and 
some departments of science who have no taste or knack 
for using tools. 
Dr. Rush says that there is no insane hospital in which 
examples may not be found of individuals who never 
showed the least trace of mechanical talent previously to 
their loss of understanding; but who have subsequently THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
129 
constructed the most curious machines. These unwonted 
manifestations of ingenuity are due to the excitement pro- 
duced in the organ of Constructiveness through mental de- 
rangement. 
A large endowment of this faculty is essential to the 
engineer and surgeon, to the dress-maker and milliner; 
and all women who take pleasure in cutting and fitting 
their own dresses, and devising changes in the arrange- 
ment of house or garden, have the lower and forward part 
of the side-head well filled out. 
IDEALITY. 
The situation of this organ is in the second frontal con- 
volution of Ecker near the vertical frontal fissure. On the 
cranium its place is found in the temporal region of the 
frontal bone, directly above Constructiveness. (Fig. 17- 
21). Dr. Gall called this the organ of Poetry, because he 
invariably found that the region which it occupies was large 
in the heads of living poets whom he had the opportunity 
to examine, as well as in the pictures and busts of all who 
had been eminent for the gift of poesy. Dr. Spurzheim, 
however, considered it impossible “ that poetry should be 
confined to a single organ,” and after a careful analysis, 
declared its function to consist in giving to the mind in- 
spiration, rapture, and exaltation of sentiment. Hence he 
named it Ideality; the capacity for forming ideals of beauty 
and perfection. In general terms the faculty may be des- 
ignated as the sense of the beautiful, the esthetic senti- 
ment since it imparts when active, elevation, refinement, 
taste to thought, and a love of the beautiful in nature and 
art; and is essential to the musician, the painter, and the 
sculptor, as well as to the poet—giving to their productions 130 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
an exquisiteness and finish which the other faculties, how- 
ever perfect, could never produce. 
“What are the flowers which deck the fields,” Mr. 
Combe says very appropriately, “combining perfect ele- 
gance of form with the most exquisite loveliness, delicacy, 
and harmony of tint, but objects addressed purely to Ide- 
ality and the subordinate faculties of Coloring and Form ? 
They enjoy not their beauty themselves, and afford neither 
food, raiment, nor protection to the corporeal frame of 
man; and on this account, some persons have been led to 
Fig. 54.—Ideality Large. 
F>g- 55-—Ideality Small. 
view them as merely nature’s vanities and shows, possessed 
of neither dignity nor utility. But the individual in whom 
Ideality is large, will in rapture say that these objects, and 
the lofty mountain, the deep glen, the roaring cataract, and 
all the varied loveliness of hill and dale, fountain and fresh 
shade, afford to him the banquet of the mind; that they 
pour into his soul a stream of pleasure so intense and yet 
so sure and elevated, that in comparison with it, all the 
gratifications of sense and animal propensity sink into in- 
sipidity and insignificance. In short, to the Phrenologist, THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
131 
the existence of this faculty in the mind, and of external 
objects fitted to gratify it, are among the numberless in- 
stances of the boundless beneficence of the Creator toward 
man; for it is a faculty purely of enjoyment—one whose use 
is to refine and exalt, and extend the range of our other 
powers, to confer on us higher susceptibilities of improve- 
ment, and a keener relish for all that is great and glorious 
in the universe.” 
In conformity with this view, the organ is deficient in 
barbarous and rude tribes of men and large in nations 
which have made the most advancement in civilization. 
It is small in atrocious criminals; and it has been observed 
that persons born in the lowest walks of life, whose talents 
and industry have raised them to wealth, are susceptible of 
refinement in manner, habit, and sentiment, in proportion 
to the development of this organ and that of Approbative- 
ness; whereas if it be small, their primitive condition is 
likely to cling to them through life. 
Dr. Gall observed this organ large in an insane patient, 
and indicated the fact to the physician of the hospital. 
The physician replied that the patient during his state 
of alienation continually himself in composing 
verses, some of which showed merit; yet he belonged to 
the lowest class and had received no education. Dr. Willis 
also mentions a patient, who, during his paroxysms of in- 
sanity, was conscious of the most delightful and elevated 
emotions, and wrote poetry and prose with great facility. 
This state of feeling always disappeared when the fit 
passed off. 
Where Ideality is largely developed and the organs of 
the intellect are ill-balanced or insufficient, the person shows 
a want of judgment in appreciating the affairs of ordinary 
life. He appears to live in a sphere of his own, and invites 132 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
censure or criticism because of his eccentricities of thought 
and act and his neglect of practical duty. Persons so con- 
stituted are often unhappy and dissatisfied because their 
actual experiences fall much short of their ideal notions 
of excellence and completeness. 
IMITATION. 
The situation of this organ is marked upon the side of 
the top-head just above Ideality and a little forward. (See 
Fig. 56.—Imitation Large. 
Fig. 17-22). In the brain its place appears to be in the 
second frontal convolution adjoining the vertical frontal 
fissure and lying against the sulcus which divides the 
second from the first frontal convolution. If it be large 
and Benevolence small, the head approaches flatness across 
the anterior coronal region; while large Benevolence with 
small Imitation imparts to the head in this region a slant- 
ing appearance, like the roof of a house. THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
133 
Imitation gives the disposition to copy persons or things 
or to mimic, as in acting. It is essential in all occupa- 
tions which have to_ do with working after models, as 
well as to those intellectual employments concerned in 
the representation of the mental traits and manners of 
others. 
Dr. Gall was led to the discovery of this organ by ob- 
serving the peculiar configuration of the head of a friend 
who was remarkable for imitative talent. Supposing that 
f ig- 57.—Imitation Small. 
there might be a relation between this form of head and 
the mental characteristic for which the gentleman was dis- 
tinguished, Dr. Gall at once repaired to a deaf and dumb 
asylum where a pupil had attracted much attention by his 
astonishing powers of mimicry. At a little play which was 
performed in the institution, this boy had imitated so per- 
fectly the gestures, gait, and looks of the director, inspector, 
physician, and surgeon of the establishment, that they were 
readily distinguished by the lookers-on. The education 134 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of the boy had been totally neglected, and nothing of the 
kind was expected from him. Dr. Gall found the same 
region of the head to be similarly developed in this boy 
as in his friend, and by many subsequent observations he 
established the organ and faculty. 
The old writers on metaphysics generally admit a special 
faculty of Imitation, but have been disposed to give it a 
much wider field of action than Phrenologists attribute to 
it, since they appear to think the power of acquiring 
knowledge largely or entirely depends upon it, whereas 
observation shows that the kinds of knowledge are vari- 
ous, and that those who possess the most active imitative 
powers may not evince quickness of apprehension. A man 
may be very successful as an actor, but be far from remark- 
able for his knowledge of literature and science. 
Dr. Gall relates of Garrick that he possessed such an 
extraordinary talent for mimicry, that having seen for a 
moment at the court of Louis XV. the King and a num- 
ber of other personages, he carried away in his recollec- 
tion the manner of each of them. Inviting to supper some 
of the friends who had accompanied him to court, he said: 
“ I have seen the court only for an instant, but I will show 
you the correctness of my powers of observation and the 
extent of my memory.” He placed his friends in two files 
and retired from the room. Re-entering immediately, his 
friends exclaimed : “ Ah, here is the King, Louis XV., to 
the life ! ” He imitated the other personages of the court, 
who were also instantly recognized. He imitated not only 
their walk, gait, and figure, but also the expression of their 
countenance. The eminent Cabanis related a case of dis- 
ease of the brain, evidently in the tissue constituting this 
organ, as the patient felt himself impelled to repeat all the 
movements and attitudes which he witnessed, and expe- THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
135 
rienced insupportable anguish if he were prevented from 
obeying this impulse. 
This faculty appears in some of the lower animals. Dr. 
Good says of the mocking-bird : “ Its own natural note is 
delightfully musical and solemn; but beyond this, it pos- 
sesses an instinctive talent of imitating the notes of every 
other kind of singing bird, and even the voice of every 
bird of prey so exactly, as to deceive the very kinds it at- 
tempts to mock. It is, moreover, playful enough to find 
amusement in the deception, and takes a pleasure in de- 
Fig. 58—Head of a Monkey. 
coying smaller birds near it by mimicking their notes, 
when it frightens them almost to death or drives them 
away with all speed by pouring upon them the screams of 
such other birds as they most dread.” It is very conspic- 
uous in the monkey tribe as is generally known, and fur- 
nishes the material for most of the amusing anecdotes told 
of ape-trickery. 
The ease with which some persons adapt themselves to 
the mood or manner of others and so form desirable asso- 
ciations or obtain their good will and co-operation, depends 136 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
largely upon the possession of a liberal development of 
Imitation. Hence the faculty bears a very important re- 
lation to success in all the affairs of life which require per- 
sonal communication of man with man. 
The position of this organ indicates that its function is 
related naturally to the observance and expression of the 
moral and perfective attributes of human nature, and, 
therefore, it is obviously an element in the higher growth 
of man. In those organizations which are conspicuous 
for development of the moral sentiments, Imitation is usu- 
ally well-marked. Dr. Brown says that it would seem as 
if “ the Creator intended that the legitimate exercise of 
Imitation should be directed to the copying of virtuous 
actions and the enhancement of the effectual manifesta- 
tion of the intellectual faculties.” 
MIRTHFULNESS. 
This organ is also named Wit, and lies in the upper lat- 
eral portion of the forehead adjoining the temporal ridge 
of the cranium and between Causality and Ideality. (See 
Fig. 17-23). Its function is to impart to the mind a sense 
of what is witty, ludicrous, and incongruous. Upon its 
size depends the disposition to be humorous and to enjoy 
the comical and grotesque. 
The analysis of the part performed by this organ in 
mental affairs has been the theme of much discussion 
among Phrenological writers and others, some attributing 
to it a wider province than that of appreciating the mirth- 
ful, and, consequently, including it among the reasoning 
faculties. Mr. Combe considers the faculty from many 
sides in his “ System,” and coincides himself with the 
opinion of Dr. Spurzheim that it is concerned in the man- 
ifestation of any form of intellectual conception combined THE SEMI-INTELLECTUAL FACULTIES. 
137 
with the sentiment of the incongruous. In other words, 
that its function is to inspire witty and ludicrous associa- 
tions of ideas. Like the other organs, its expression varies 
in accordance with the mental culture and the influence 
exercised upon it by other faculties. 
* Mirthfulness is a very important element in the mental 
constitution. It would be a dreary world if all men were 
habitually grave and solemn, and our social gatherings 
would be deprived of a large share of their pleasurable 
and even profitable influences if the humorous element 
were wanting. It imparts an exhilarating influence to 
Fig. 59.—Mirthfulness Large. 
mind and body, which is highly conducive to health, and 
we have Scriptural authority for saying, “ A merry heart 
doeth good like a medicine,” while Shakspeare adds his 
testimony, to the effect that “ A merry heart lives long.” 
In the heads of those writers whose works are remark- 
able for humor and wit, like Sterne, Goldsmith, Sheridan, 
Benjamin Franklin, Joseph C. Neal, Mr. Clemens (‘‘ Mark 
Twain ”), and in eminent comedians, the organ, or rather 
the region of the head in which it lies, is very prominent. 
Fig. 60 shows a moderate or small development of the 138 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
organ. Savage races are generally lacking in Mirthfulness, 
as they are also in Ideality. The American Indian’s fore- 
head is characterized by narrowness in the upper part, 
while it retreats rapidly, leaving the perceptive organs 
strikingly conspicuous. 
The size of Mirthfulness is not always indicated by the 
breadth of the forehead, because Comparison and Causality, 
when both large, may impart considerable expansion to 
the upper part of the brow. If, however, we take the 
center of ossification in the frontal bone, which is also the 
center of Causality, and observe the expansion of the head 
outwardly from that point as well as the distance of the 
region from the opening of the ear, being careful to allow 
sufficient space for the development of Causality, we shall 
be guided to a correct estimate of the organ. 
Fig. 60.—A Civilized Indian. CHAPTER VIII. 
THE ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
The most careful researches have indicated the cerebel- 
lum as the seat of the procreative instinct. The position 
of the cerebellum is shown in Fig. n lying directly under 
the posterior lobes of the cerebrum. (See also Fig. 17- 
1). Its size is measured by the peripheral expansion of 
the cranial parts below the occipital spine and between 
and backward from the ears. 
A faculty or disposition is obviously essential to the con- 
tinuance of animal life in its successive generations, and it 
is the function of Amativeness to inspire the sexual feeling 
incident to such continuance. In the normal activity of 
this faculty there is nothing that is base or lewd. On 
the other hand, it exerts a pleasing and refining influ- 
ence upon the minds of the sexes in their association; 
awakening in each a kindly interest in all that concerns 
the other. “ In this quiet and unobtrusive state of the 
feeling,” says Mr. Scott, “ there is nothing in the least 
gross or offensive to the most sensitive delicacy. So far 
the contrary, that the want of some feeling of this sort 
wherever it appears is a very palpable defect and a most 
unamiable trait of character. Its action softens all the 
proud, irascible, and anti-social principles of our nature in 
AMATIVENESS. 
139 140 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
everything which regards the sex that is the object of 
it; and it increases the activity and force of all the kindly 
and benevolent affections This explains many facts which 
appear in the mutual regards of the sexes toward each 
other. Men are, generally speaking, more generous and 
kind, more benevolent and charitable toward women than 
they are to men, or than women are to one another.” 
In newly-born children the cerebellum as compared 
with the cerebrum, is as one to thirteen, fifteen, or twenty. 
Fig. 61.—Amativeness Large. 
Fig. 62.—Amativeness Small. 
It increases greatly in size at puberty, and attains its max- 
imum between the ages of twenty and twenty-five. Its 
size then, in comparison with the cerebrum, is as one to 
eight. It is in general relatively smaller in females than 
in males. While there is much difference of opinion among 
physiologists, who do not accept Phrenology, with respect 
to the relation of the cerebellum to muscular movement or 
motory impulse, high authority seems to be in accord in lo- 
cating the sexual propensity in some part of the cerebellum. ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
141 
PHILOPROGENITIVENESS. 
This organ is marked in the general diagram as lying on 
the mesial line of the head just above the cerebellum. It 
occupies in the brain the lower occipital convolutions ad- 
jacent to the occipital protuberance of the cranium. Its 
function, as indicated by its name, is that of imparting an 
instinctive love of the young, especially of one’s own chil- 
dren. It is adapted to the helplessness of infancy and the 
weakness and inexperience of childhood. Without the fos- 
tering care which this faculty inspires, the young of man 
and most of the lower animals would perish in their in- 
fancy, and their races would soon become extinct. But 
the Creator has made provision for the continuance of His 
creatures by endowing them not only with a powerful in- 
stinct of propagation, but also with an intense love of off- 
spring which leads them to the most self-sacrificing efforts 
in watching over, protecting, and providing for their pro- 
geny. Many animals, by nature most timid, become bold 
and dauntless when their young are assailed, and the most 
ferocious possess a tenderness for their offspring which 
elicits the admiration of the observer. There is a pathos 
in the affectionate solicitude of the lioness and tigress for 
their cubs which has often turned the hunter from his pur- 
pose of destruction. The eagle will fight with desperate 
fierceness against the attempts of man to approach her 
nest when it contains a brood, and all are acquainted with 
the reckless audacity of the domestic fowl when she deems 
her chick in danger. 
“ It is a remarkable ordination of nature,” says Mr. 
Combe, “ that the direction of this feeling bears a refer- 
ence to the weakness and helplessness of its objects rather 
than to any other of their physical or moial qualities. The BRAIN AND MIND. 
142 
mother dotes with fondest delight on her infant in the first 
months of its existence when it presents fewest attractions 
to other individuals; and her solicitude and affection are 
bestowed longest and most intensely on the feeblest mem- 
ber of her family.” 
This organ, as a rule, is much larger in women than in 
men, and in the females of all animals than in the males. 
There are, however, notable instances of deficiency of this 
organ even in women. Dr. Gall relates the case of a lady 
of Vienna who loved her husband tenderly, but who sent 
Fig. 63.—Philoprogenitiveness 
Large. 
Fig. 64.— Philoprogenitiveness 
Small. 
from home as soon as they were born all the nine children 
to whom she gave birth and for years never asked to see 
them. She was unable to account for this want of affec- 
tion toward her offspring, and was somewhat ashamed of 
it. To satisfy her conscience, she insisted on her husband 
seeing them every day and taking charge of their education. 
Drs. Gall and Spurzheim found the organ deficient in 
twenty-five out of twenty-nine infanticides whose heads 
they had occasion to examine. 
The skulls of the Esquimaux present a great prominence ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
143 
in the region of this organ, and many Arctic travelers have 
made mention of the extreme ardcr of affection which they 
manifest toward their children. Captain Parry says, in 
speaking of these people: “ Nothing, indeed, can well ex- 
ceed the kindness with which they treat their children ; 
and this trait in their character deserves to be the more 
insisted on because it is in reality the only very amiable 
one which they possess.” 
Fig. 65.—-A Native of Zanzibar, 
Crantz’s testimony is equally strong as to the manifes- 
tation of this faculty by this people. He says that “ While 
you will scarce find a Greenlander do good to one another 
without the mercenary hope of some speedy retribution, 
there are, on the other hand, traces of a stronger love be- 
tween parents and children and the many passions arising 
from it than there are among other nations. A mother 144 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
can not suffer her child to be out of her sight, and many 
a mother has drowned herself because her child hath been 
drowned.” 
Like the inhabitants of the Arctic zone, the negroes of 
the torrid are remarkable for their parental affection, and 
the negro skull is equally remarkable for its occipital elon- 
gation or fullness. On the other hand, some of the unciv- 
ilized tribes show a decided lack of consideration for their 
young. Rev. J. G. Wood states that the native Sandwich 
Islanders are indifferent to their children, often leaving 
them to hunger and exposure through negligence. In the 
skull of this race the organ of Philoprogenitiveness is but 
moderately indicated, and signally deficient when com- 
pared with its development in the negro. 
Dr. Spurzheim, in his discussion of the anatomical re- 
lation of this organ, says: “ In mammiferous tribes the 
cerebral crura are evidently divided into two parts, namely, 
an anterior and external and a posterior and internal mass; 
two superficial furrows mark their limits respectively. 
They bear no regular proportion to each other in the 
human kind. The anterior and external portion composes 
two-thirds at least of the entire crura; but in the lower 
animals, the posterior is by much the more considerable 
portion of the two.” 
Dr. J. P. Brown argues from this as follows: “ Now, since 
it is anatomically certain that these posterior and internal 
divisions pass on to form the posterior lobes of the brain 
after having acquired a great augmentation of bulk in 
their passage through the thalami, and as these divisions 
of the crura and also of the thalami are proportionately 
much larger in the lower animals than the anterior, which 
go to form the frontal and superior lobes, it follows that 
these lobes which are supposed to be wanting in these ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
145 
creatures must not only exist, but be even larger in relation 
to the anterior and superior portions of the brain than is 
the case in the human kind, wherein the anterior divisions 
of the crura compose at least two-thirds of their whole 
bulk. These anatomical facts explain the relative supe- 
riority as to size of the frontal lobes of the brain in man- 
kind and their relative inferiority in the brains of all the 
lower animals, not excepting the orang-outang, chimpan- 
zee, or gorilla. 
“ But the presence of these unequal divisions of the 
crura can not belong to mammiferous animals alone, for 
birds and reptiles possess the crura, and also parts closely 
attached to these, which Spurzheim positively avers to be 
strictly analogous to the thalami and corpora striata. The 
posterior lobes of the brain, of which the larger divisions 
of the crura are the nucleus in animals that suckle their 
young, must, therefore, exist in birds and other animals 
that are not mammiferous. A similarity of function in all 
of them must be the necessary consequence, and long ex- 
perience proves infallibly that the degree of ardor bvinced 
by animals in taking care of their young depends upon the 
greater or less development of the central part of the pos- 
terior lobes of the brain.” 
Even birds exhibit a marked disparity in this feeling. 
The cuckoo lays her egg in another bird’s nest and takes 
no further care of it. The skull of the cuckoo is about the 
same size as that of the partridge, which is always most solic- 
itous for the welfare of her young; but there is a marked 
difference between the two skulls in configuration of that 
part in which the posterior lobes lie. In fact, there is a pal- 
pable depression in the skull of the cuckoo and a marked 
protuberance in that of the partridge in that part of the 
head which lies immediately above the cerebellum. 146 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Several interesting cases of disease in this organ are re- 
corded. Dr. Andrew Combe mentions a patient, who, 
during a temporary alienation of mind which lasted for 
three days, expressed continual solicitude for her chil- 
dren ; imagining that they were in distress or murdered, 
carried away and exposed to every calamity. She com- 
plained on recovery of having had a pain in the back part 
of her head; and in indicating the place, laid her finger 
on the organ of Philoprogenitiveness. 
INHABITIVENESS. 
The discovery and location of this organ are due to Dr. 
Spurzheim, who was of the opinion that the space in the 
Fig. 67.—Inhabitiveness Large. 
Fig. 68.—Inhabttivenf.ss Small. 
occipital lobes on the mesial line between Philoprogeni- 
tiveness and Self-esteem should be allotted to it. (See 
Fig- i7~4)- Mr. Combe concluded from a series of ob- 
servations that a part of the space, at least that bordering 
on Self-esteem, was the organ of a faculty which gave a 
tendency to concentrate the mind within itself, and to give 
continuity to impressions, and deeming the evidence in ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
147 
favor of Dr. Spurzheim’s discovery insufficient to warrant 
the acceptance of Inhabitiveness as an independent organ, 
did not include it in his classification. We are of opinion 
that the organ is fairly demonstrated, and entitled to be 
accepted by mental philosophers even in preference to 
Concentrativeness, although the latter has the support of 
so acute a reasoner as Mr. Combe. Our reasons for this 
opinion will appear when we come to discuss that faculty. 
The function of Inhabitiveness is to give a love of home, 
or an attachment to the place where one was born or has 
lived; since all men can not inhabit one place, or choose 
their abode in the most favored localities, it. contributes to 
contentment and satisfaction with our dwelling place, al- 
though its location may possess many positive disadvan- 
tages. A great English poet* writes : 
“ The shuddering tenant of the frigid zone 
Boldly proclaims that happiest spot his own ; 
Extols the treasures of his stormy seas, 
And his long nights of revelry and ease. 
The naked negro, panting at the line, 
Boasts of his golden sands and palmy wine, 
Basks in the glare, or stems the tepid wave 
And thanks his gods for all the good they gave. 
£uch is the patriot’s boast, where’er we roam— 
The first best country ever is at home.” 
This faculty is not only manifested by man, but by 
nearly every variety of animals. Birds return to the same 
spot, year after year, to occupy the same nest, to deposit 
their eggs and to rear their young; and when the chilly 
winds of autumn blow, they fly away again to their winter 
home. Even fishes, after spending the winter in the track- 
less ocean, make their way back to the same stream in 
which they were hatched, or where they have deposited 
their eggs. 
♦Pope. “ Essay on Man.” 148 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
This organ is especially powerful in the inhabitants of 
mountainous regions. The Swiss and Scotch may be cited 
as examples, and they are peculiarly liable to nostalgia, or 
homesickness, on a change of abode. 
It also, as may be naturally inferred, has much to do 
with the sentiment of patriotism, and those who have the 
organ large are more inclined to exhibit a warm interest in 
the affairs of their native country, while those in whom it 
is moderate or small, may show decided indifference to the 
claims of birth-place. 
ADHESIVENESS, OR FRIENDSHIP. 
This organ is found in that part of the brain, termed by 
Ecker the gyrus angular is, lying at and above the middle 
of the posterior edge of the parietal bone. On the head it 
is indicated between Inhabitiveness and Combativeness. 
(See Fig. 17-3). When large, it adds breadth and fullness 
to the upper occipital region. 
The function of this organ is defined to be the manifest 
action of attachment, friendship; the disposition to cling 
to any object which is capable of feeling affection. Ama- 
tiveness is the source of a special attachment to the oppo- 
site sex. Philoprogenitiveness is devoted to the child, the 
nurseling, but Adhesiveness embraces all creatures which 
are capable of experiencing fondness. It not only disposes 
us to friendship and sociability with our fellow-men in gen- 
eral, but also inspires the feeling of attachment for dumb 
animals under our care. The fondness which many men 
bestow on horses and dogs, springs from the instinctive 
activity of this faculty. It is the bond of union among 
men, and the basis of society. In the lower animals it is 
exhibited in the gregarious instinct. Some animals, as the 
lion, the tiger, and the eagle, live by themselves, and never ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
149 
associate with others of their kind. On the other hand, 
sheep, horses, cattle, and many varieties of birds, fishes, 
and insects, are bound together by a community of feeling 
which appears to afford them pleasure and satisfaction, and 
which occasions them much uneasiness when they are sepa- 
rated from their fellows. Pigs sometimes refuse to eat, and 
horses and oxen have been known to pine and become sick 
when deprived of accustomed companions. 
Fig. 69.—Friendship Large. 
The case of Mr. Sprague, of South Deerfield, Conn., 
which has been previously referred to, is an interesting in- 
stance of disease in this organ. While yoking cattle, he 
was struck on the head by the horn of one of them. His 
wife related that although formerly very kind and affec- 
tionate, after he had received the injury, he grew morose 
and irritable to such a degree, that he could scarcely toler- 150 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ate her presence. When his former friends called to see 
him he would order them at once out of the house, while 
he was courteous and affable toward strangers. After his 
death his brain was dissected, and it was found that the 
organ of Adhesiveness had become extensively diseased. 
Persons distinguished for zeal in philanthropic works 
have the organ large. Such was the case with Robert 
Owen, the hopeful, enthusiastic humanitarian, as is shown 
in the cast of his head ; while those who are cold, reserved, 
solitary in disposition, are lacking in Adhesiveness. No- 
torious criminals are generally deficient in social feeling, 
hence experience little or nothing of its instinctive hostil- 
ity to a warfare on society. Dr. Benedict, of England, 
found in the course of an extended series of researches 
into the cranial organization of criminals, that they were 
generally lacking in upper-occipital development. The 
organ is very small in Fig. 68, and but moderately shown 
in Fig. 70. 
As has been already stated, Mr. Combe rejected the or- 
gan of Inhabitiveness as defined by Dr. Spurzheim, but 
accepted it in part as performing a different function. We 
are inclined to consider Mr. Combe’s Concentrativeness as 
not so well established as Dr. Spurzheim's Inhabitiveness, 
for reasons which may be stated in brief, thus: 
To Concentrativeness is attributed a property which is 
mainly related to the intellect, viz., “ to give continuity to 
impressions, be they feelings or ideas” (Combe). This be- 
ing considered the law of grouping, to which phrenologists 
attribute a very high importance, is evidently transgressed 
by the location of an organ with such a faculty in a part of 
the brain so remote from organs with which it is alleged to 
co-ordinate chiefly. 
CONCENTRATIVENESS. ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
151 
The strength and intensity of the organs generally are 
dependent upon their size and activity, and any one which 
happens to be dominant in the character possesses the 
quality of Concentrativeness. Combativeness, when 
needs but an exciting occasion to awaken its sentiment of 
defense or bold aggressiveness, and the strength of its 
manifestation is usually proportioned to the degree of ag- 
gravation. The larger the organ of Cautiousness, the 
more alert the faculty in its apprehension of danger or in- 
Fig. 70.—CONCENTRATIVENESS LARGE. 
security. The more developed the perceptive elements of 
the intellect, the more rapid and comprehensive their ac- 
quisition of facts and impressions. Hence, persistency or 
continuity of action, inheres in the very constitution of an 
organ, and is expressed according to the organ’s strength. 
Many of the most illustrious men in science and letters, 
spheres in which concentration is indispensable to shining 
success, do not show that part of the head assigned to 
Concentrativeness as a special faculty large in their heads. 152 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
The casts of Spurzheim, Sir John Franklin, W. E. Chan- 
ning, Henry Clay, William Godwin, Benjamin Constant, 
Fuseli, Prof. Morse of telegraph fame, and Silas Wright, 
do not indicate a fullness in the region bordering on the 
lower margin of Self-esteem, but the contrary. 
Again, the evidence furnished by extended observation 
and the facts of personal history lead us to the conclusion 
that the power of intellectual concentration is “ the pro- 
duct of a well-balanced series of cerebral organs.” Dr. 
Browne, who rejects Concentrativeness, very pertinently 
says on this point: “ When long-tried experience discloses 
the fact that some men renowned for superiority of genius 
were but scantily endowed with the organ, upon the large- 
ness of which concentration of the mental powers was, by 
some eminent men, supposed to depend, when such is the 
case, there is afforded positive assurance that there does 
not exist any special single organ capable of causing the 
simultaneous concentrated action of so wide a range of 
mental qualities differing intrinsically from one another, 
and which have the power of acting in harmony only when 
the several organs upon which these qualities depend are 
well developed and harmoniously balanced with those of 
Time and Order.” 
The late Judge Dean, of Albany, N. Y., in his admira- 
ble lectures, reasons thus against the existence of such an 
organ : “ The functions of the several faculties are nothing 
more than their several modes of action consequent upon 
the relations existing between them and the objects upon, 
which they are destined to act, and be acted upon. These 
relations have the force and effect of natural laws. To 
allow the existence of a faculty the function of which is of 
a supervisory character and the office of which is to com- 
bine, concentrate, and continue the action of the different ORGANS OF THE SOCIAL AFFECTIONS. 
153 
faculties when nature has already established the relations 
between them and their objects, would seem to be noth- 
ing more in effect than to suppose that nature made a 
second provision for the purpose of controlling, and thus 
rendering nugatory the first, or to save her credit by its 
efficiency, supposing the first to fail.”* 
The advocates of an organ for Concentrativeness, how- 
ever, are numerous, and some of them of pre eminent abil- 
ity, whose opinions command the respect of scientific men 
generally. One was the learned Vimont, who defines its 
function to be that of giving a disposition to dwell on feel- 
ings and ideas for a length of time, till all, or the majority, 
of the other faculties are satisfied in regard to them; thus 
imparting thoroughness to the mental operations by dis- 
posing us to hold the other faculties to a train of thought, 
or a course of reasoning, till we arrive at a legitimate con- 
clusion. 
“Some persons,” says Mr. Combe, “can detain their 
feelings and ideas in their minds, giving them the quality 
of continuity ; while others can not do this. The minds 
of the latter may be compared to the surface of a mirror, 
on which each feeling and thought appears like the shadow 
of a moving object, making a momentary impression, and 
passing away. They experience great difficulty in detain- 
ing their emotions and ideas so as to examine and compare 
them ; and, in consequence, are little capable of taking 
systematic views of any subject, and of concentrating their 
powers to bear on one point. I have observed this organ 
to be large in the former and small in the latter.” 
Mr. Nicholas Morgan, a well-known English phre- 
nologist and author, strongly advocates the existence of 
an organ in the place assigned by Mr. Combe to Concen- 
* “ Lectures on Phrenology,” Amos Dean. 154 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
trativeness, and terms it “Continuitiveness.” In the course 
of a somewhat thorough review the history of Inhabit- 
ativeness and Concentrativeness in his “ Phrenology, and 
How to Use It,” he takes the ground that there are “ in- 
suparable objections ” to the existence of an organ with 
the powers Mr. Combe attributes to it; that it could only 
act “ as a predominating propensity or intellectual faculty 
beyond the control of the will.” 
Mr. Morgan’s organ does not “ concentrate ” the action 
of the faculties, it merely imparts the tendency to continue 
in activity, to incline the mind to constancy of pursuit, 
and thus prevent it from dissipating its energies by fitful 
changes. We are of opinion that the difference between 
this author and the advocate of “Concentrativeness” is 
more a matter of finely drawn analysis than of genuine dis- 
agreement, and it seems to us that the functions attributed 
to both Concentrativeness and Continuity usurp much of 
the power belonging to Firmness. CHAPTER IX. 
THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
CAUTIOUSNESS. 
The sense or dread of danger is generally recognized by 
metaphysicians as a primitive faculty in man and in ani- 
mals. Dr. Gall attributed to the sentiment a property of 
foresight, and called it Circumspection, Foresight. Dr. 
Spurzheim, however, did not accept this opinion, believing 
the organ to be related simply to the feeling of fear or in- 
security, and named it Cautiousness. Later phrenologists 
generally accept Spurzheim’s analysis. 
The situation of the organ is in the central parts of the 
lower parietal convolutions, and is indicated in that part of 
the cranium where it begins to round off to form the crown ; 
in other words, its place is near the middle of the parietal 
bone. (See Fig. 17-n). 
The activity of this organ leads an individual to appre- 
hend danger, and thus disposes him to caution and pru- 
dence ; to hesitate and to look well to the consequences 
before he acts. Such a mental faculty as this is obviously 
essential to creatures who are hedged about on every side 
by laws whose violation subjects them to inconvenience, to 
suffering, or to death. The great majority of our misfor- 
tunes result from a lack of prudence and forethought, which 
it is the function of this organ to awaken. It is an ever- 
present monitor, whispering in our ear, Beware ! take care ! 
A deficiency of this organ renders a person careless? 
heedless, and reckless, especially if Combativeness and De- 
155 156 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
structiveness be large; and he may suffer a thousand mis- 
fortunes in the little affairs of life which can clearly be re- 
ferred to a constitutional want of precaution. On the other 
hand, a too large endowment of this faculty produces ir- 
resolution and hesitancy, which unfit the individual for 
occupying positions requiring vigorous and decisive con- 
duct. He sees dangers where none exist, and magnifies 
Fig. 71.—Cautiousness Large. 
the difficulties which lie in his way. He is often a stand- 
ing cause of ridicule to his less cautious neighbors, who 
look upon his forebodings as trifling and absurd. 
In its morbid activity, this organ produces sensations of 
fear and apprehension which are highly distressing. Gloom 
and despondency pervade the mind, and no ray of hope 
lights up the dark and dismal future. Life to an individ- THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
157 
ual in this state often appears an intolerable burden, and 
he flies to self-destruction as the only means of freeing 
himself from misery. 
Pinel, under the head of Melancholy, mentions several 
cases of disease of this organ. “ A distinguished military 
officer,” says he, “ after fifty years of active service in the 
country, was attacked with disease. It commenced by his 
experiencing vivid emotions from the slightest causes. If, 
for example, he heard any disease spoken of, he immedi- 
Fig. 72.—Cautiousness Moderate. 
ately believed himself to be attacked by it; if anyone was 
mentioned as deranged in intellect, he imagined himself 
insane, and retired into his chamber full of melancholy 
thoughts and inquietude. Everything became for him a 
subject of fear and alarm. If he entered into a house, he 
was afraid that the floor would fall, and precipitate him 
amid its ruins. He could not pass a bridge without terror, 
unless impelled by the sentiment of honor for the purpose 
of fighting.” 158 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Dr. Gall also mentions two fathers of families who, 
though in easy circumstances, were tormented night and 
day by the fear that their wives and children were liable to 
die of hunger. No amount of reasoning could convince 
them that this fear was groundless. This phase of its de- 
rangement is familiar to physicians having charge of lu- 
natic asylums. 
Cautiousness is an element in the mental constitution of 
all the lower animals, and it is a faculty clearly essential 
to their very existence, since almost every species is the 
prey of some other species, and life is maintained by al- 
most constant vigilance. It would seem natural that in the 
lower animals the female should possess a larger endow- 
ment of this faculty than the male, because of the greater 
protection which she requires in her offices of motherhood, 
and this, accordingly, appears to be the fact. The organ 
is usually large in children, and those who have it small are 
remarkable for their tendency to accidents and rash con- 
duct. The portraits of Charles XII. of Sweden exhibit 
Cautiousness very small, in keeping with his recorded dis- 
regard of personal safety. Hoppmer’s portrait of Nelson 
shows the organ small, and in the bust of George III. of 
England it is decidedly moderate. In the portrait of Mr. 
L., Fig. 72, the organ is but moderately shown. 
APPROBATIVENESS. 
The best metaphysicians admit the existence of a prim- 
itive faculty in man which inclines him to desire the good 
opinion of others, and which tends to render society har- 
monious by its promotion of individual forbearance and 
good-will. The circumstances which led Dr. Gall to dis- 
cover the organ of this faculty, induced him to treat of it 
under the names of Vanity, Ambition, and Love of Glory. THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
159 
Dr. Spurzheim, however, carefully analyzed the sentiment, 
and designated it as now generally received. 
Approbativeness lies in that part of the brain known to 
the later physiologists as the gyrus angularis, or angular 
convolution. On the cranium its place is a little above 
the lambdoidal suture, upward and a little backward from 
Cautiousness. (See Fig. 17-12). 
It is its function to produce the desire for admiration, 
Fig. 73.—Approbativeness Large. 
approval, praise, and fame. It takes its direction from 
combination with other faculties. If the moral sentiments 
are predominant, it will inspire the person with ambition 
to be esteemed for moral excellence. Combined with in- 
tellect, it will seek to shine in science and literature. Or, 
if the animal propensities are in the ascendency, the man 
will find gratification in being esteemed the biggest eater, 
the greatest fighter, or the most daring rogue of his class. 
It impels the poet, the painter, the orator, and the artisan 160 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
to strive after excellence in their various pursuits, and is 
thus an important element in human progress. 
In general society the influence of this faculty is im- 
mense. It is the chief source of fashion, pomp, and show, 
which are so generally courted, and to obtain which so 
many sacrifice comfort, health of body, and peace of 
mind. When too active, it is thus the source of much 
unhappiness to its possessor. Few, indeed, attain the sum- 
mit of their ambition ; to the great majority life is a con- 
tinual and vain struggle after riches, honor, or fame. Yet 
to such minds a becoming appearance in the eyes of the 
world is a matter of the greatest importance, and in main- 
taining this, they invite poverty and distress. 
“A due endowment of this faculty,” says Mr. Combe, 
“ is indispensable to an amiable character. It gives the 
desire to be agreeable to others ; it is the drill-sergeant of 
society, and admonishes us when we deviate too widely 
from the line of march of our fellows ; it induces us to 
suppress numberless little manifestations of selfishness, 
and to restrain many peculiarities of temper and disposi- 
tion from the dread of incurring disapprobation by giving 
offense ; it is the butt upon which wit strikes, when, by 
means of ridicule, it drives us from our follies. To be 
laughed at is worse than death to a person in whom this 
sentiment is strong. 
“ The feeling which is most commonly experienced when 
this organ is large, even when favorably combined with 
other organs, is anxiety about what the world will think of 
us. A youth in whom it is powerful can not do this thing, 
because everybody will look at him ; or can not do the 
other, because people will wonder. In older persons it 
produces a fidgety anxiety about the opinion of the public, 
or of the circle of acquaintances who compose the public THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
161 
to them. This anxiety about public opinion, wnen too 
great, is subversive of happiness and independence. It 
renders the mere dicta of the society in which the individ- 
ual moves, his code of morality, religion, taste, and phi- 
losophy ; and incapacitates him from upholding truth and 
virtue, if disowned by those whom he imagines influential 
Fig. 74.—Capt. Ward. 
or genteel. The want of a philosophy of mind allows 
wide scope to the aberrations of this faculty ; for, in the 
absence of well-defined principles of taste and conduct, 
individuals of high pretension dictate with success, fash- 
ions, however absurd, which the herd of mankind follow.” 
The French, as a people, exhibit conspicuously the in- 162 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
fluence of Approbativeness; it imparts to their language 
and manners the character for courtesy and affability which 
has so long distinguished them. In the English people 
Self-esteem is comparatively predominant, and the lan- 
guage of compliment does not flourish among them. 
This faculty is manifested by the horse, the dog, the 
peacock, and others of the lower animals. “ Every one 
knows,” says Dr. Gall, “that in the south of France they 
decorate the mules with bouquets when they travel well. 
The most painful punishment which can be inflicted on 
them is to deprive them of their bouquets and tie them to 
the back of a carriage. I have a female ape; whenever 
they give her a handkerchief, she throws it over her, and 
takes a wonderful pleasure in seeing it drag behind like 
the train of a court-robe.” 
As would be expected in a man so much given to “ sac- 
rificing to the Graces,” the busts of Lord Chesterfield show 
a very large development of this organ. In Napoleon’s head 
it was salient. As a general rule Approbativeness is 
larger in woman than in man, in correspondence with her 
more sensitive and emotional nature. Captain Ward, of 
Lake Michigan fame, (Fig. 74), was but meagerly endowed 
with this organ, while Firmness and Self-esteem were very 
strong, and supplied those elements of positive individu- 
ality for which he was distinguished. 
SELF-ESTEEM. 
This organ is situated in the posterior central convolu- 
tion, just back of the upper branch of the fissure of Ro- 
lando, or the fostero-parietal sulcus of Huxley. It is 
shown on the mesial line of the head where the coronal 
surface begins to decline to form the occipital region. 
(See Fig. 17-13). When large, it gives height to the head THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
163 
upward and a little backward from the ear. A line drawn 
from the opening of the ear through the center of Cau- 
tiousness will pass through the center nearly of this organ, 
as well as of that of Approbativeness. 
Self-esteem, when normally active, imparts dignity, self- 
respect, self-reliance, and independence of character—that 
degree of self-confidence and self-satisfaction which en- 
ables the other powers to act to the best advantage, free 
from the restraints imposed by the fear of incompetency. 
It gives dignity and pride of character, a disposition to rise 
Fig. 75.—Self-Esteem Large.—Miss C. 
above things that are mean and trifling, and to despise 
whatever is unworthy of an honorable and exalted mind. 
When the organ is small, a tendency to humility is the 
result. The individual lacks confidence in himself, or a 
becoming sense of his importance. He shrinks from un- 
dertakings which he may have abundant capacity to carry 
out. Many persons achieve success through the self-con- 
fidence which this faculty inspires. “ They are able, be- 
cause they think they are able.” On the other hand, 
many persons of much greater ability fail in similar cir- 164 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
cumstances because a lack of Self-esteem makes them hes- 
itate to assume responsibility. 
When unduly active and unrestrained by the higher sen- 
timents, it renders the individual haughty, domineering, 
and arrogant. A child in whom it is very strong will be 
headstrong and willful, and disposed to disobedience; and 
such a one may be seriously injured by improper treatment 
and training, if his parents be not conversant with the nat- 
ure of his organization. 
It is quite common for people who are not conversant 
Fig. 76.—Self-Esteem Small. 
with the close distinctions of Phrenology, to confuse the 
terms pride and vanity, when alluding to the character of 
others. Dr. Gall discusses these traits with much care, and 
says: 
“ The proud man is imbued with a sentiment of his own 
superior merit, and from the summit of his grandeur treats 
with contempt or indifference all other mortals; the vain 
man attaches the utmost importance to the opinions enter- 
tained of him by others, and seeks with eagerness to gain 
their approbation. The proud man expects that mankind THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
165 
will come to him and acknowledge his merit; the vain 
man knocks at every door to draw attention toward him- 
self, and supplicates for the smallest portion of honor. 
The proud man despises those marks of distinction which 
on the vain confer the most perfect delight. The proud 
man is disgusted with indiscreet eulogiums; the vain man 
Fig. 77.—Dr. Fossati. 
inhales with ecstasy the incense of flattery, although pro- 
fusely offered, and by no very skillful hand.” 
In disease of this organ the individual usually imagines 
himself to be a king, an emperor, or even the Supreme Be- 
ing. An insane man, some years ago, escaping from his 
friends, took his station on one of the peaks of the High- 166 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
lands on the Hudson. Assuming that he was the Deity, 
he issued this command, in a loud voice, to the whole uni- 
verse : “ Attention, all creation! in battalions to the right 
wheel! march ! ” 
Dr. Gall mentions a patient in a charity work-house who 
declared that he had been crowned by Jesus Christ, and 
that he was the young man whom the Queen of Heaven 
had selected for her spouse. His attitude was that of an 
arrogant despot. Deeply inspired with the sentiment of 
his high importance, he crossed his arms; and, to give an 
idea of the astonishing power which he possessed, he struck 
his breast and sides with violence. When Dr. Gall asked 
him to be allowed to touch his head, he replied with aston- 
ishing arrogance: “ I have no head such as common men 
possess, but a head peculiar to kings and gods.” He 
turned away, holding him utterly unworthy of approach- 
ing him. Another case is given by Pinel. “A patient,” 
says he, “confined in a private asylum in Paris, during his 
fits believing himself to be the prophet Mohammed, as- 
sumed an attitude of command, and the tone of the Most 
High. One day when cannons were fired in Paris on ac- 
count of some events of the Revolution, he persuaded 
himself that it was to render him homage; he caused si- 
lence to be observed around him, and could not restrain 
his joy.” 
In the character of those historic men who distinguished 
themselves for imperial aggressiveness and self-assertion, 
like Alexander, Caesar, Richard III., and Napoleon Bona- 
parte, Self-esteem was prominent. Martin Luther and 
John Knox were largely endowed with it. In the busts 
of John Quincy Adams, Silas Wright, Amos Dean, Dr. 
Spurzheim, Dr. Fossati, the eminent anatomist and phre- 
nologist of Florence, and Thomas Carlyle it is largely in- 
dicated. THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
167 
FIRMNESS. 
We may define the location of this organ as on the me- 
sial line of the head, directly in front of Self-esteem. (Fig. 
17-14). In the brain it occupies a part of the anterior 
central convolution bordering on the fissure of Rolando. 
Its size is measured by the height of the head directly 
above the ears. The contour in Figs. 64, 78, and 89 shows 
the organ to be very large, while in Fig. 76 it is quite the 
contrary. 
Fig. 78.—Firmness Large. 
It is the function of this organ to give fixedness of pur- 
pose, perseverance, and determination to character. It 
has no relation to external objects; its influence operates 
upon the mind itself, interiorly and subjectively, contrib 
uting the quality of steadiness and persistence to the man- 
ifestations of the other faculties. When once a person has 
determined to act in a certain direction, Firmness imparts 
the disposition to persevere in the purpose until the object 
has been attained. We may persevere in any given course 
from two motives: first, because the undertaking is agree- 168 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
able to certain faculties, or secondly, because we have re- 
solved so to act. A person in whom Tune is large may 
persevere in making music, even though Firmness be de- 
ficient, because the organ of Tune derives gratification 
from the exercise. So the pleasure which the activity of 
Constructiveness gives will lead the individual to persevere 
in any mechanical undertaking irrespective of the influ- 
ence which the organ of Firmness imparts. But where 
any given organ is possessed in a moderate degree, and 
the intellect resolves upon a course which involves its ac- 
tivity, Firmness then comes in to hold it stable to the pur- 
pose till the end has been accomplished. This faculty 
thus contributes greatly to mental poise and to success in 
any difficult enterprise. The great men of the world, 
those who, despite difficulties, discouragements, and oppo- 
sition, have held to a purpose unwaveringly, which their 
wisdom has perceived to be fraught with important results, 
owe their final success and triumph to a large endowment 
of this faculty. 
When the organ is very active and not directed by the 
intellect, or restrained by the moral sentiments, it renders 
the individual headstrong, stubborn, and obstinate. 'He 
adheres to his opinions or his purposes with an infatuation 
which all appeals to his reason are powerless to remove. 
On the other hand, when the organ is small the character 
will be fickle, unstable, and easily turned from its purpose 
by difficulties and discouragements. Very little reliance 
can be placed on one in whom this organ is deficient, be- 
cause of his liability to yield to impulses which, for the 
time being, have sway. He holds one opinion to-day, a 
contrary one to-morrow, and never pursues any line of con- 
duct long enough to achieve any important success. “ Un- 
stable as water, he can not excel.” THE SELFISH SENTIMENTS. 
169 
Dr. Gall found this organ very large in a highwayman 
exceedingly hardened in crime, who was kept in close con- 
finement for a considerable time, with the view to forcing 
him to disclose his accomplices. Imprisonment having no 
effect, he was cruelly beaten. Unable to bear this inflic- 
tion, yet determined not to yield, he strangled himself 
with his chain. After his death the parietal bones were 
found separated by the great development of the brain, 
precisely at the organ of Firmness. 
In some of the lower animals this organ evidently exists, 
producing that stubbornness which they manifest when an 
attempt is made to force them to act contrary to their in- 
clinations. A balky horse or an obstinate mule is a good 
illustration of the perverted manifestation of this faculty. CHAPTER X. 
THE MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
CONSCIENTIOUSNESS. 
This organ is situated on each side of Firmness, and 
over the anterior part of Cautiousness. (Fig. 17-15). Dr. 
Gall did not obtain evidence enough to associate this re- 
gion of the brain with any special faculty. Indeed, he did 
not see the necessity for such an organ, deeming Con- 
science or the Moral Sense the primitive function of Be- 
nevolence, of which he considered charity a more earnest 
or fervent mode of action. But in the course of time Dr. 
Spurzheim became satisfied that it was related to the sen- 
timent of justice, and he designated it by the title which 
is now generally accepted as well expressing its office in 
the economy of mind, which is to impress man with an in- 
nate sense of right, duty, and accountability. It is the 
moral sense or conscience within us whispering its ap- 
proval or disapproval of conduct. Much controversy has 
existed among philosophers in regard to the ultimate 
standard of morality, or what constitutes an action right 
or wrong. Selfishness, utility, the fitness of things, desire 
to please, obedience to the will of God, for the sake of ev- 
erlasting happiness, have been severally set forth as the 
standard by which conduct is regulated. Some philoso- 
phers, notably Dr. Reid, Mr. Stewart, Dr. Brown, and Lord 
Karnes, have taught that man is endowed with an internal 
sense which instinctively discriminates between right and 
wrong. But Phrenology teaches upon evidence, the same 
170 MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS, 
171 
in kind as that by which the facts in a purely physical sci- 
ence are established, that there is an organ in the brain 
from which spring our notions of right and wrong, which 
instinctively impels us to choose the right in preference to 
the wrong, and whose natural language is Fiat justitia, 
ruat ccelum. 
An individual in whom this organ is well-developed is 
disposed to regulate his conduct by the standard which he 
believes to be the right, and in the performance of his duty 
may sacrifice personal interest, and not allow himself to be 
turned aside by considerations of friendship or the ties of 
family. 
In Scott’s “ Heart of Mid-Lothian,” where Jeannie 
Deans is represented as giving evidence on her sister’s 
trial which leads to her condemnation, we have an instance 
of this faculty rising superior to every consideration of 
self-interest and affection, and holding the mind firmly to 
its convictions of truth and duty. 
“The activity of Conscientiousness,” Mr. Combe says, 
“ takes a wider range than regard for the legal rights and 
property of others. It prompts those in whom it is strong 
to do justice in judging of the conduct, the opinions, and 
the talents of others. Such persons are scrupulous, and as 
ready to condemn themselves as to find fault with others. 
When predominant, it leads to punctuality in keeping ap- 
pointments, because it is injustice to sacrifice the time and 
convenience of others by causing them to wait till our sel- 
fishness finds it agreeable to meet them. It prompts to a 
ready payment of debts, as a piece of justice to those to 
whom they are due. It will not permit even a tax-col- 
lector to be sent away unsatisfied from any cause except 
inability to pay; because it is injustice to him, as it is to 
clerks, servants, and all others, to require them to consume 172 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
their time in unnecessary attendance for what is justly due 
and ought at once to be paid. It leads also to great re- 
serve in making promises, but to much punctuality in per- 
forming them. It gives consistency to the conduct; be- 
cause when every sentiment is regulated by justice, the re- 
sult is that ‘ daily beauty of the life ’ which renders the in- 
dividual in the highest degree amiable and respectable. 
Tt communicates a pleasing simplicity to the manners 
Fig. 79.—Conscientiousness Large. 
which commands the esteem and wins the affection of all 
well-constituted minds.” 
Yet a large development of Conscientiousness may exist 
in a brain with large Firmness, Self-esteem, and Combat- 
iveness, the moral organs besides Conscientiousness be- 
ing moderate, and the person so constituted be found oc- 
casionally to do or attempt that which would be manifestly MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
173 
unjust. “ Do we not in our course through life,” says Dr. 
Browne, “ meet with men of the strictest integrity in all 
their dealings who nevertheless fall short of that true dis- 
interestedness which always characterizes the man in whom 
benevolence predominates ? ” “ Do we not find some in- 
dividuals strictly upright in conducting the affairs of oth- 
ers whose judicial vision would become obscured in re-” 
spect to impartial justice, should their own personal inter- 
ests be implicated in the adjustment? ” 
Fig. 8o.~Conscientiousness Small. 
The demeanor of such persons is due to the predomi- 
nant activity of the strong organs which minister to self; 
their energy for a time surpassing the control of the or- 
gans which inspire the sentiment of duty and obligation. 
Where this organ is deficient, there will be but a feeble 
sense of duty and obligation, and the individual will be 
characterized by a general lack of principle. His conduct 
will take the direction of his strongest feelings, irrespective 174 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of truth and justice. If Acquisitiveness be powerful, he 
will seek its gratification by the most direct means, regard- 
less of the rights of others. If Approbativeness be active, 
he will adopt any line of conduct which will please, how- 
ever it may violate justice and propriety. He will be spe- 
cious and fair to the face of a friend, and affect to join in 
his likes and dislikes, yet he will not hesitate, behind 
his back, to make fun of the weaknesses which were 
praised to his face, and to join with his enemy in the con- 
demnation of his character. In short, the individual in 
whom this organ is deficient will be unscrupulous and un- 
reliable wherever truth, honor, and justice are concerned. 
In an inflammatory disease of this organ the mind is 
harrowed by the most awful feelings of guilt and remorse. 
This phase of its manifestation is familiar to guardians of 
the insane. In persons of a religious turn it sometimes 
gives rise to feelings of utter unworthiness, and when com- 
bined with large Cautiousness, there is a fearful looking 
forward to judgment, and an utter hopelessness or despair 
which is appalling. A clergyman, from diseased activity 
of this organ, believed himself to be the cause of all the 
bloodshed of the French Revolution. Another man who 
owed nothing, believed that he was in debt to an enormous 
amount which he had no means of paying, and that he de- 
served to be devoured by rats. When large, Conscientious- 
ness imparts an elevated roundness to the part of the head 
in which it lies. The cast of Dr. Gall shows a marked 
fullness there. In the head of Laura Bridgman, the cele- 
brated deaf, dumb, and blind woman, the development of 
this organ is extraordinary. In the portrait of Madame 
Wildermuth, Fig. 79, the organ is so much developed as to 
cause the head to appear flattened in the crown. MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
175 
HOPE. 
In the human adult brain the upper frontal convolution 
has generally a longitudinal fissure running almost cen- 
trally with its upper extremity near the superior border of 
the convolution. Outwardly and backward from this fis- 
sure in the brain matter and bordering upon its upper ex- 
tremity the organ of Hope has its location, which is di- 
rectly in front of Conscientiousness. A line drawn upon 
the head perpendicularly upward from the opening of the 
Fig. 81.—Hope Large. 
ear will pass just back of the space allotted to it. (See 
Fig. 17-16). 
Its function is to give a tendency to believe in the future 
attainment of what the other faculties desire. It reaches 
forward into the future, and ignoring the slow, plodding, 
and uncertain steps by which success is usually secure 1, 
delights in the contemplation of its consummation. It 
thus tinges the future with a rosy hue, by dispelling doubt 
and the fear of failure, and furnishes a powerful incentive 
to the activity of the other faculties by impressing the 
mind with a conviction of the certainty of success. 176 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Dr. Gall did not recognize the existence of a separate 
faculty of Hope, but deemed it an affection of other pow- 
ers. Dr. Spurzheim, however, was of the opinion that it 
is a primitive sentiment and quite different in nature and 
influence from the mere desire or want experienced by 
other faculties. He looked for its manifestation as a phys- 
ical organ -in the neighborhood of Veneration, and his 
own observations, together with those of other inquirers, 
demonstrated the soundness of his judgment. 
A large endowment of this faculty, combined with large 
Acquisitiveness and moderate Cautiousness, makes the 
man who, not satisfied with the moderate returns of pru- 
dent business effort, launches boldly into speculation and 
commercial ventures, and is urged on by a belief in the 
success of his projects. To such a man failure may cause 
temporary despondency, but he soon rises above it, and 
forgetting the defeats and misfortunes of the past, leaps 
again into the arena of new enterprises with fresh buoy- 
ancy. It is somewhat difficult to illustrate by an engrav- 
ing the development of this organ. In Fig. 81 the fullness 
of the top-head indicates that it is large. From Fig. 82 
(Large Spirituality) the reader may obtain an idea of its 
appearance, when large, in a front view of the head. 
Where this organ is small and Cautiousness large, the 
individual will be lacking in enterprise and disposed to 
take gloomy and despondent views of life. A cloud will 
hangover his future; he will see mountains in mole-hills, 
and every difficulty will be a lion in his pathway. If Ac- 
quisitiveness be large, he will have a strong desire to be- 
come rich, but in compassing his desire will resort to sav- 
ing rather than to speculation. His favorite motto will be, 
“A bird in hand is worth two in the bush.” 
From the existence of this faculty in the human mind MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
177 
an argument of considerable force may be drawn in favor 
of a future life. Every mental faculty stands in a definite 
relation to some external object which is naturally fitted 
to afford it scope for activity and gratification. Cautious- 
ness is given, and we are surrounded by dangers which 
are to be feared and guarded against. Combativeness is 
naturally related to the difficulties which beset our path- 
way, and which it is highly important that we should meet 
and overcome. Philoprogenitiveness is admirably fitted 
to the necessities of helpless infancy. The fact that we 
possess an organ of Veneration is sufficient proof that 
there must be objects fitted to afford it scope and gratifi- 
cation, and from its natural promptings we instinctively 
feel that there must be a power to be worshiped and 
adored. So Hope, instinctively reaching forward into 
futurity, would have but a limited field for its activity if 
it did not reach beyond the confines of the present life. 
The course of life is quickly run, and our hopes and aspi- 
rations, our joys and our sorrows, in the course of a few 
years, are numbered with the things of the past; but even 
when all our earthly expectations are extinguished in old 
age, we are not left disconsolate, for Hope still reaches 
forward to a land beyond the grave where the misfortunes 
and mistakes of this life will be corrected, and happiness 
abundantly compensated for the sorrow and pain we have 
experienced. The organ was remarkably developed in the 
head of Sir Walter Scott, and was the secret of his buoy- 
ancy and cheerfulness when weighed down by accumu- 
lated misfortune, debt, and anxieties. When at the age 
of fifty-five he found himself pressed by creditors to whom 
he owed more than half a million of dollars, he calmly set 
to work to win by literary toil the money due. “ Gentle- 
men,” said he, “ time and me against any two. Let me 178 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
take this good ally into company and I believe I shall be 
able to pay you every farthing.” 
The situation of this organ is in the superior lateral re- 
gion of the brain directly forward from Hope, and below 
Veneration. (Fig. 17-17). Its function is to inspire trust 
or belief in the strange and the marvelous. It is the basis 
of the longing after novelty, and thus stimulates intellect- 
ual progress. 
MARVELOUSNESS, OR SPIRITUALITY. 
Fig. 82.—Spirituality Larce. 
In its relation to the spiritual elements of human char- 
acter it prompts to belief in the supernatural and religious. 
Dr. Gall was led to the discovery of this organ by observ- 
ing that some individuals imagine themselves to be visited 
by apparitions of persons dead or absent, and the question 
occurred to him, How does it happen that men of consid- 
erable intellect often believe in the reality of ghosts and 
visions ? Are they fools, or impostors ? Or is there a par- 
ticular organization which imposes, in this form, upon the 
human understanding ? and how are such illusions to be 
explained ? He studied the history of those remarkable MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
179 
for this quality of mind, and in comparing their busts and 
pictures, his attention was drawn to a fullness existing in 
the region of the head now allotted to this faculty. Fol- 
lowing up the matter, he examined the heads of people 
known for uncommon credulity wherever they fell in his 
way, and finally concluded upon the location and function 
of this organ. 
Socrates, as every classical scholar knows, believed that 
he was attended by a demon or spirit which served him as 
guide. Joan of Arc believed that she had communication 
with God through St. Michael, who appeared to her and 
made known His will in regard to France. Tasso often 
held conversations with familiar spirits as with companions 
of flesh and blood. Swedenborg says of himself: “ In 1743 
it pleased the Lord to manifest Himself to me, and appear 
personally before me to give me a knowledge of the spirit- 
ual world, and to place me in communication with angels 
and spirits, and this power has been continued with me till 
the present day.” Swedenborg, according to his biographer, 
was a man of unquestionable sincerity, but one of the most 
extravagant enthusiasts that ever lived. The development 
of Marvelousness is very marked in this distinguished 
man. Napoleon believed in his star, or destiny, and set 
much store by “ lucky ” days. 
It is unreasonable to suppose that in these cases, and in 
very many others which might be mentioned, these visions 
and supernatural appearances are mere vagaries of the 
imagination. They are as real to such individuals as hues 
and tints and the harmony of sounds are to the great ma- 
jority of mankind, although, to be sure, there are some 
blind, who can form no idea of color, and some deaf, to 
whom music can have no charm. The explanation which 
Phrenology gives of these cases of preternatural impres- 180 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
sions is, that man is endowed with a mental organ which, 
in its normal activity, produces a love of the new and the 
wonderful, and disposes to a belief in the supersensuous, 
but v.'hich in its more exalted manifestation leads to belief 
in the actual presence of supernatural beings. 
In the ancient Greek skull this organ is large, and we 
see its influence strongly marked in their works and liter- 
Fig. 83.—Ann Lee, founder of the “ Shakers.” 
ature. It is extremely large in the skulls of the Peruvians, 
and they were exceedingly credulous, taking the Spaniards 
for supernatural beings. In the New Hollanders it is very 
small, and Captain Cook says of them, that when his ship 
went near the shore some natives were walking along, and 
though a ship under full sail must have been as strange a 
sight to them as a conveyance from the moon would be to MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
181 
us, they hardly stopped an instant, but just glanced toward 
it and trudged on. In Fig. 57 the organ is small, and also 
in Fig. 87, where the entire head is low. 
In the London Bedlam Mr. Combe examined the head 
of a patient in whom this organ was largely developed, and 
whose insanity consisted in seeing phantoms, and being led 
to act as if they were realities. When asked if he experi- 
enced any sensation in the head when afflicted with vis- 
ions, the lunatic pointed to the situation of the organ of 
Marvelousness, and said that he felt an uneasy sensation 
there. In the Richmond Lunatic Asylum, at Dublin, he 
saw several patients in whom this organ predominated, 
and whose insanity consisted in believing themselves to be 
supernatural beings or inspired. 
In the cabinet of the Phrenological Journal is a cast 
of the head of Mr. M., a jeweler of New Jersey, which 
exhibits an extraordinary development of Marvelousness. 
Mr. M. is by no means deficient in practical business acu- 
men, yet he believes that he is visited by spirits and has 
friendly intercourse with them. 
Persons who have exhibited extraordinary zeal in the 
propagation of some religious sect or doctrine, like De 
Sales, Loyola, Whitefield, or Jacob Boehem, or Ann Lee, 
show in their portraits a large endowment of Marvelous- 
ness, or Spirituality, as it is often otherwise called. In the 
casts or portraits of Thomas Paine, Voltaire, Cardinal de 
Retz, the organ is very deficient, and the quality of in- 
credulousness was very conspicuous in their mental char- 
acter. 
This organ occupies a considerable portion of the upper 
frontal convolution, and is situated on the great longitudi- 
nal fissure near the middle of the coronal region, and di- 
VENERATION. 182 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
rectly in front of Firmness. This organ is covered in part 
by the superior portion of the frontal bone, and in part by 
the antero-superior angles of the parietal bones. On the 
lower side of it lie the organs of Hope and Marvelousness. 
The function or office discharged by this organ is to 
produce the sentiment of reverence in general, and the 
disposition to worship a Supreme Being. It is blind or 
instinctive in its activity, giving a mere impulse to worship 
without distinguishing what objects are worthy of ven- 
eration, a matter that devolves upon the intellect. In 
all ages and in every tribe of people yet discovered, 
Fig. 84.—Tahitian Skull. 
Fig. 85.—Greek Skull. 
whether enlightened or barbarous, the disposition to 
worship has been manifested. Men have bowed down 
to beasts, reptiles, and images. They have worshiped the 
sun, the moon, genius or spirit in the storm; the air, the 
sea, and other deities innumerable; and from this uni- 
versal tendency to worship, it would seem but a natural in- 
ference that the disposition to reverence a Superior Power 
is innate in the mental constitution. Yet Phrenology was 
the first system of mental philosophy to treat of venera- 
tion as an original power of mind. Other systems teach MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
183 
that we acquire cur impulses to worship through the per- 
ceptions of the understanding. We see all about us in the 
works of creation evidences of supernatural intelligence, 
power, and benevolence, and our intellects naturally infer 
that there must be a Being in whom these qualities reside, 
and who, as the Author of our existence, and our Bene- 
factor, is worthy of our homage. But while concurring in 
the view, that from the intellect a powerful incentive to 
worship may be derived, it is clear that the disposition to 
worship in no manner depends upon the understanding; 
for the most ignorant and degraded peoples have mani- 
fested this sentiment most powerfully, although deficient 
in the intelligence necessary to direct it toward an object 
worthy of their devotion. 
Veneration, however, is not confined to religion. It has 
a wide yet related sphere of activity in the affairs of hu- 
man life, inducing respect for authority, deference toward 
superiors, and reverence for whatever is ancient, great, or 
good. Combined with large Love of Approbation, and 
moderate Conscientiousness and intellect, it leads.the in- 
dividual to pay court to persons of rank, title, and wealth. 
Where the intellect is not sufficiently enlightened, it may 
produce a bigoted respect for old customs and absurd in- 
stitutions. It often presents an almost insurmountable ob- 
stacle to the reception of new truths by the great rever- 
ence which it inspires for the creeds, opinions, and theo- 
ries in religion and science which bear the authority of 
great names and have endured for ages. “It seems to 
maintain the unenlightened devotee,” says Mr. Combe, 
“ in a state of bigoted subjection to his priests; an emo- 
tion of profound and sanctified respect springs up in the 
mind on contemplating the doctrines which they have in- 
stilled into him in his yo ith; and every suggestion of the 184 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
understanding, in opposition to this feeling, is expelled as 
profane. In short, Veneration, when vigorous and unen- 
lightened, produces complete prostration of the mind be- 
fore the object to which it is directed.” 
In another place, Mr. Combe says, very beautifully: 
“ As Nature has implanted the organs of Veneration and 
Marvelousness in the brain, and the corresponding senti- 
ments in the mind, it is a groundless terror to apprehend 
that religion can ever be extinguished, or even endangered, 
by the arguments or ridicule of the profane. Forms of 
Fig. 86.—Veneration Large. 
worship may change, and particular religious tenets may 
now be fashionable, and subsequently fall into decay; but 
while the human heart continues to beat, awe and venera- 
tion for the Divine Being will ever animate the soul; and 
the worshiper will cease to kneel, and the hymn of adora- 
tion to rise, only when the race of man becomes extinct.” 
“ Nothing is more common in the hospitals for the in- 
sane,” says Pinel, “ than cases of alienation produced by 
devotional feelings excessively exalted, by conscientious 
scruples carried to prejudicial excesses, or by religious ter- MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
185 
ror.” Drs. Gall and Spurzheim saw in the hospital of Am- 
sterdam a patient in whom the organ of Veneration was 
very largely developed, and who was tormented with the 
idea that he was compelled to sin, and that he could not 
possibly be saved. 
A case very interesting in this connection and illustrat- 
ing the instinctive and independent activity of the mental 
faculties, is related by Mr. Nelson Sizer in a Number of 
the Phrenological Journal for 1877. He was invited 
Fig. 87.—Veneration Small. 
to a jail in Massachusetts by a young lawyer to examine 
the head of a client of his whom he was to defend on a 
charge of stealing. The writer described the man as nat- 
urally religious, and at the same time naturally prone to 
theft. In reply to this description of his character, the 
prisoner said he was zealous in his attendance at prayer- 
meetings, and would take the opportunity of praying two 
or three times during tne evening; and sometimes on the 
way home, the devotional feeling would come over him so 186 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
powerfully that he would kneel down in a corner of the 
fence and have a season of prayer. Yet before he reached 
home, if he saw a hoe lying near the road, or an old axe, or 
a beetle and wedge, or the pin of a cart neap, he would 
steal it, although knowing that he dare not carry it home, 
or sell it, or make any use of it whatever. He was sincere 
in his devotional feelings, and conscious of exalted enjoy- 
ment during his seasons of prayer, yet no sooner were 
these seasons over, and an opportunity presented itself of 
taking the property of another, than he seemed impelled 
by an irresistible impulse to gratify his thievish propensity. 
BENEVOLENCE. 
The situation of this organ is in the anterior part of the 
top-head on the mesial line, directly in front of Veneration. 
When it is large the forehead rises high and with an arched 
appearance above the organ of Comparison, or center of 
the forehead; when small, the upper part of the forehead 
appears to incline or retreat. 
It is this organ which inspires man with sympathy for 
those who are in circumstances of pain, sorrow, or distress, 
and imparts the disposition to relieve them. It goes out 
with pure and disinterested motives to the stranger, the 
forsaken, the poor, and the miserable, and forms the basis 
of that pleasure which men experience in efforts to alleviate 
suffering and to promote happiness. 
It has the welfare of mankind in general as its object. 
Other faculties are the source of the love of family, 
friends, and objects in which our own personal interests 
center; but this faculty is universal in its application, em- 
bracing all men and all creatures capable of experiencing 
pleasure and pain. Its manifestation was beautifully ex- 
pressed by Fenelon when he said: “I am a true French- MORAL A AD RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
187 
man, and love my country; but I love mankind better than 
my country.” Poverty and distress of any kind are the 
natural stimulants of this organ. It induces liberality of 
sentiment toward all mankind, and a disposition to look 
charitably upon their shortcomings. It is self-sacrificing 
in its activity, leading the individual to set aside his own 
convenience when it would interfere with the comfort and 
happiness of others; to suppress peculiarities of temper 
and character, when these would give unnecessary pain; 
to be mild and merciful in commands and censures; and 
to act toward all with a kindness and delicacy which is the 
distinguishing mark of an amiable, charitable, and polite 
disposition. 
When powerfully active and unrestrained by the other 
faculties, Benevolence may lead to a generosity which im- 
poverishes self and causes the individual to sacrifice his 
own interest unduly for the benefit of others. Goldsmiih’s 
Fig. 88.—Benevolence Large. Father Mathew. 188 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
writings abound with sentiments expressive of sympathy 
and good-will for others, and in Goldsmith’s head the or- 
gan was very large. Father Mathew, the distinguished 
temperance advocate, possessed a very strong development 
of it. So, too, our own poet Whittier has Benevolence 
very prominently indicated, and it is in entire correspond- 
ence with this mental development that his verse is per- 
vaded with kindness and charity. 
An Englishman by the name of Gosse was so largely en- 
dowed with this faculty that he could not resist any solici- 
tation for alms, though in other respects he was a man of 
good sense and of some force of character. He gave away 
two fortunes for charitable objects, and, on inheriting a 
third, had a guardian placed over it that he might not give 
it away also. 
Where this organ is deficient, a powerful restraining ele- 
ment is lacking in the mental organism, and as a result, the 
selfish propensities, if strong, may lead the individual into 
acts of cruelty and crime. In nearly all murderers, and in 
tribes of men remarkable for cruelty, this organ is small. 
In the representations which have been transmitted to us 
of the characters of history who are regarded as monsters 
of crime and wickedness it is very deficient. - 
A case of disease of this organ is mentioned by Dr. Gall 
in a patient who had manifested great benevolence of dis- 
position previously to becoming insane, and then gave 
away all his clothes, leaving himself absolutely naked. He 
never ceased repeating that he wished to make every one 
happy, and he introduced into all his schemes of benev- 
olence the Holy Trinity. The organs of Benevolence and 
Veneration in his head were extremely developed. Dr. 
Rush also mentions an idiot who, though manifesting no 
one mark of reason, possessed this faculty in so high a de- 
gree that he spent his whole life in acts of benevolence. MORAL AND RELIGIOUS SENTIMENTS. 
189 
This faculty may often be distinguished in the lower ani- 
mals. A respectable family living in Paris, related to Dr. 
Spurzheim that they had a horse and cow living in the 
same stable, and that on several occasions the horse, get- 
ting loose, went to the corner where the sack of oats stood, 
and drew it within reach of the cow, that she might par- 
take with him of the good cheer. A clergyman of Dunlop 
relates a curious manifestation of this faculty by a flock of 
swallows. A nest containing four dr five young swallows 
fell from its position to the window-sill below, without in- 
jury to any of its inmates. The clergyman placed the 
nest of young birds on a cut hedge and awaited results. 
“ It was pleasing to see the young ones fed at proper inter- 
Fig! 89.—Benevolence Small. 
vals,” he says, “and, at the same time, a great number of 
other swallows jointly and busily employed in building a 
new nest in the same place as the former; some of them 
bringing clay, straw, etc.; others making use of these ma- 
terials ; others dipping themselves into an open well, and 
plashing the walls of the nest; and all of them cheering 
one another to the useful work. In two hours the nest 190 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
was completely finished, and then the young ones were 
carried through the air under the wings of one, sometimes 
two, old swallows, and safely placed in their lodgings; af- 
ter which the noise and cheering of the troop ceased.” 
Dr. Gall observed that in the horse this organ occupies 
the middle of the forehead, a little above the eyes. When 
this region is hollow and narrow, a horse is invariably 
vicious, and disposed to bite and kick. In mild and good- 
natured horses, on the contrary, this part is full and it ap- 
pears to have considerable breadth. 
Fig. 90.—A Gentle Horse. 
In dogs we discern wide variations of disposition; some, 
like the hound, St. Bernard, and colie, being amiable and 
kind; others, like the bull-dog and terrier, being ferocious 
or irritable and peevish. The intelligent pointer or St. 
Bernard is distinguished by a cranium which rises much 
above the eyes, and is well rounded and broad in the 
crown, while the bull-dog’s head is flat, low, and very 
broad, the organ of Destructiveness being particularly de- 
veloped. In the terrier we may find a well-developed 
crown, but the brain is wide in the base, Secretiveness and 
Destructiveness being conspicuous PROBABLE ORGANS. 
191 
ORGANS RECENTLY DEFINED AND PROBABLE. 
Besides these organs which we have enumerated, there 
are four others marked upon the diagram which have not 
obtained the general acceptance of phrenologists, although 
the weight of testimony is in their favor. Most American 
observers, especially those who make Phrenology their pro- 
fession, have accepted Human Nature, Agreeableness, Sub- 
limity, and Conjugality as we place and define them ; but 
European observers appear to hold them in doubt. It is 
due to say that American phrenologists have had the most 
to do in determining their localities and functions, and the 
authors of this volume deem them fairly demonstrated. 
HUMAN NATURE. 
The designated location of this organ is in the upper 
anterior part of the forehead, on the central line between 
Comparison and Benevolence (Fig. 17-C). Its function is 
defined as that of impressing the mind with a knowledge 
of human character, supplying ability to read at a glance, 
in the countenance and manners of a person, his peculiar 
characteristics. 
It must be conceded that the function which is ascribed 
to this organ appears to fall within the sphere of the com- 
bined activity of several other faculties, viz.: Causality, 
Comparison, Individuality, etc., for the reason that its im- 
pressions may accord with the inferences of perception, or 
the deductions of reflection. The mind, however, is sub- 
ject to impressions and convictions practical enough in 
their application, but distinct, so far as can be ascertained, 
from the processes of the intellect. A faculty is therefore 
claimed which grasps truth in an instinctive or intuitive 192 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
manner. In support of this view, it is reasonably urged 
that the relations of man necessitate a faculty which shall 
furnish him with a judgment or impression independent 
of, or unbiased by, any emotion or sentiment which he may 
entertain toward the object of such judgment. Some peo- 
ple are remarkable for the accuracy of their judgment and 
the success of their operations in the business and social 
world, who have but a moderate development of intellect. 
When questioned upon the motives governing their gen- 
eral conduct, they say that they follow the bent of their im- 
pressions ; that they feel a certain security in obeying those 
impressions, but are unable to give a logical reason for 
their conduct. In the heads of these people the region 
between Benevolence and Comparison is usually prom- 
inent, while in people who depend upon their intellects for 
guidance in affairs, it is comparatively moderate in devel- 
Fig. 91.—Human Nature Large. PROBABLE ORGANS. 
193 
cpment (see Fig. 95). In woman this region is generally 
more conspicuous than in man, and it is well known that 
the former are quicker in forming judgments than the 
latter. 
AGREEABLENESS. 
This organ has a large array of evidence for its location 
in the space marked D, Fig. 17, immediately above Caus- 
Fig. 92.—Agreeableness Large. 
ality. It is said to give blandness and suavity to the man- 
ners; the disposition to make one’s self agreeable and ac- 
ceptable to others ; the ability to ingratiate one’s self read- 
ily into the favor and good-will of others, by adopting a 194 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
persuasive and conciliatory mode of address and pleasant 
manners. 
The disposition to which this organ is thought to give 
rise, is supposed by some observers to result from a com- 
bination of Approbativeness, Secretiveness, Benevolence, 
and Veneration, but persons are often found who possess 
these organs well developed in association with a good in- 
tellect, yet are lacking in courtesy and the capacity to ren- 
der themselves agreeable to others; they do not feel at 
ease in a mixed company, notwithstanding their good-will, 
Fig. 93.—Acref.ableness Small. 
deference, and desire to please. A little observation will 
satisfy one that the gallants and Beau Brummels of society 
are not generally those who are largely endowed with Be- 
nevolence, or Veneration, or Cautiousness, and may be 
weak intellectually, yet having Imitation large and the or- 
gan of Agreeableness, adapt themselves to the manners of 
their associates or to their surroundings with ease and 
grace. Modesty, amiability, deference, respect, kindness, 
may characterize the conduct of one; but without the 
faculty of Agreeableness, he will lack urbanity and grace. PROBABLE ORGANS. 
195 
Many persons whose intellectual culture and noble-heart- 
edness command our respect, cause us much amusement 
by their awkwardness when in company. We notice great 
differences in the manner and bearing of children who 
have been nurtured amid similar associations. Some are 
naturally courteous, graceful, easy in movement and ad- 
dress, others are awkward, crude, maladroit. The basis 
of such differences, we think, exists in the degree of their 
development in the organ and faculty of Agreeableness. 
SUBLIMITY. 
Like Human Nature and Agreeableness, the faculty or 
sentiment of Sublimity has been assigned to a separate or- 
gan by some of the later phrenologists. It is thought that 
the organ of Ideality, as defined by Spurzheim, Combe, 
and others of the last generation, comprehended too much 
Fig. 94.—Sublimity Large. 196 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
space in the brain, and mental qualities of a too widely 
different application; that while a faculty was properly 
deemed to exist having relation to the beautiful, pictur- 
esque, and delightful in nature, it was quite contrary to 
the bearing or sphere of such a faculty to ascribe to it the 
cognition of those conditions of nature which possess 
characteristics denoted by grandeur, majesty, sublimity* 
awfulness, and which in themselves are productive of es- 
sentially different emotions from those produced by what 
is called beautiful and aesthetic. In the one case we expe- 
rience a thrill of pleasant attraction toward the object of 
our contemplation; in the other we feel a sense of dread, 
weakness, inferiority. 
It is the province of Ideality to give taste, a love of the 
beautiful and the exquisite. Cautiousness inspires with the 
sentiment of fear, and it could scarcely be deemed im- 
probable that between these two, an organ exists whose 
function partakes of the nature of each—the sentiment of 
the beautiful imbued with the sentiment of fear, which 
gives an appreciation of the grand, the awful, and the sub- 
lime. The beetling clift, the deep gorge, and the lofty peak 
of the mountain, and the cataract thundering over a rocky 
precipice, excite in some minds peculiar emotions which 
can scarcely be referred to a combination of faculties 
which are already known. Therefore, the posterior region 
of the space once assigned to Ideality has been appropri- 
ated to an organ of Sublimity with the function which has 
been indicated. (See Fig. 17-B). Artists like Albert 
Bierstadt, Dore, and Bradford, who are given to depicting 
the grandeur of nature-in the deep, and terrible phases of 
human passion, have a strong development of this organ, 
and writers like Dante, and those of the Bulwer school ex- 
hibit it in predominant activity. PROBABLE ORGANS. 
197 
CONJUGALITY. 
This organ is located in the lower occipital region, di- 
rectly above Amativeness, and on each side of Parental 
Love. (See Fig. 17-A). It has for its function the mani- 
festation of the pairing instinct, or the disposition to choose 
a sexual mate, and to remain attached to' that mate for life. 
A strong argument in favor of the existence of this fac- 
ulty in man is derived from the fact, that it appears to con- 
stitute a distinct faculty in some of the lower animals; and 
as all the other mental faculties displayed by the lower ani- 
Fig. 95.—Skull with Large Conjugality. 
mals form parts of the mental constitution of man, the pre- 
sumption arises that he is endowed also with the mating 
instinct. The fact that any class of animals manifests a 
trait which another class does not evince, is a proof of the 
existence of that trait of character as a distinct and orig- 
inal power in the mind. The squirrel, for instance, stores 
up its winter’s supply of provision in the fall, when it is 
abundant, and in this evinces the hoarding instinct, or Ac- 
quisitiveness. The horse, the cow, and the sheep, on the 
other hand, make no provision whatever for the future, but 
would trample underfoot to-day the surplus of food which 198 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
would be necessary to them to-morrow. Again, the beaver 
shows the constructive instinct in a remarkable degree, 
while our domestic animals never make the slightest at- 
tempt at construction ; consequently, we infer that the dis- 
position to build is a distinct and original power of mind. 
Now some animals choose a sexual mate, and remain firmly 
attached to that mate for life— as the lion, the eagle, and 
Fig. 96.—Conjugality Large. 
the dove. Our domestic animals, on the other hand, do 
not choose mates, but associate promiscuously. Those ani- 
mals which mate, moreover, are as constant in their attach- 
ment throughout the year as they are during the procreat- 
ive season, thus showing that their bond of union does not 
arise from Amativeness. It is thus logically inferred that 
Conjugality, or the disposition to choose a sexual mate, is 
a distinct mental faculty. And as man is endowed with PROBABLE ORGANS. 
199 
all the other faculties which are displayed by the lower ani- 
mals, it is not unreasonable to suppose that Conjugality 
may constitute a distinct element in his mental constitu- 
tion. 
It is indeedasserted that the attachment between hus- 
band and wife may be referred to the combined activity of 
the organs of Amativeness and Adhesiveness; yet thesel 
faculties are possessed by the lower animals which mate 
Fig. 97.—Conjugality Small. 
and by those which do not, and if they are sufficient to 
produce the mating instinct in one class of animals, why 
are they not also in another ? 
In those persons who are distinguished for the singleness 
of their attachment to husband or wife, or for what is com- 
monly termed uxoriousness, the organ is large. In the 
present Queen of England a fine illustration of Conjugal- 
ity is observable, both in the persistence of her grief for 
the departed husband, and in the development of the head 
at the region assigned to the organ, as usually shown by 
the current portraits which display her head in profile. CHAPTER XI. 
HOW TO EXAMINE HEADS. 
In the analysis of the mental faculties which we have 
just concluded, we have indicated the location, anatomi- 
cally and otherwise, of the several organs. For the assist- 
ance of the student in his examination of the living head, 
we deem it fitting now to indicate a few points of depart- 
ure by which the location of the organs may be ascer- 
tained. 
The opening of the ear is taken as the general starting- 
point, and a line traced from that upward to the great fon- 
tanelle (or the place of common junction in the top-head 
of the two parietal bones with the frontal bone), which is 
usually indicated by some bony roughness or irregularity 
proceeding from the sutures, and at which, as we have 
seen, the organ of Veneration is located, will pass over in 
succession Destructiveness, the back part of Acquisitive- 
ness, Sublimity, and Hope. Following the median line 
from the fontanelle forward, Benevolence and Human 
Nature are passed over; and then, in order as we proceed 
down the center of the forehead, Comparison and Event- 
uality—which occupy the middle of the forehead—and 
next Individuality, situated directly at the root of the 
nose. Taking now the superciliary ridge as our guide, the 
situation of the perceptive faculties respectively may be 
easily determined. Again, starting from Veneration, and 
following the middle line of the top-head backward, we 
pass over Firmness, Self-esteem, Inhabitiveness, and reach 
the occipital spine, at which Philoprogenitiveness is situ- 
200 HO W TO EXAMINE HEADS. 
201 
ated. Below this last organ we find Amativeness. Caus- 
ality and Cautiousness are two organs whose location may 
be easily distinguished, the former being situated at the 
frontal eminences in the upper part of the forehead, on 
each side of Comparison, and the latter in the posterior 
side-head, at the centers of parietal ossification, or upward 
and a little backward from the ears. If a line be traced 
horizontally from Cautiousness to Causality, it will pass 
over in succession Sublimity, Ideality, and Mirthful- 
ness. The space upon the top-head, between the organs 
on this line and those on the mesial line of the head, is oc" 
cupied by another range of organs, viz.: Approbativeness, 
between Cautiousness and Self-esteem; Conscientiousness, 
between Firmness and the forward part of Cautiousness; 
and Hope, Marvelousness, Imitation, and Agreeableness, 
between Veneration and Benevolence on the one side, and 
Sublimity, Ideality, and Mirthfulness on the other. An- 
other line traced from the center of Eventuality to a point 
in Philoprogenitiveness, just above the occipital spine, will 
pass over in succession Locality, Time, Tune, Construct- 
iveness, Acquisitiveness, the upper part of Destructiveness 
Combativeness, and the lower margin of Friendship. Se- 
cretiveness lies between Cautiousness and Destructiveness, 
and back of Acquisitiveness. The locations of Vitative- 
ness, Destructiveness, Alimentiveness, and some of the or- 
gans just named, may be easily determined from their re- 
lation to the ear. The diagram, Fig. 17, may be referred 
to as a guide in tracing their relative situation, it being re- 
membered that in attempting to represent upon a plane 
surface the position of organs occupying places in a sphe- 
roidal or convex mass, much apparent irregularity must re- 
sult. The student should fix in mind the locations on the 
cranium of the anterior and posterior fontanelles, the mas- 202 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
toid processes, occipital spine, parietal eminences, frontal 
eminences, superciliary ridges, and zygomatic arches, and 
observe the relation which certain organs bear to them re- 
spectively; he will thus be greatly assisted in determining 
the location of the others and their degree of develop- 
ment. 
A good phrenological bust, having the organs marked 
on one side, and the different regions of the brain on the 
other, will be found an almost indispensable adjuvant, 
since the organs differ in form and extent, and these qual- 
ities can be best indicated on a bust. 
An Illustration.—Given a subject, the first matter to 
be considered in estimating character from external forms 
is the general size of the head. The fundamental princi- 
ple that size, other things being equal, is the measure of 
power, demands attention; for while it is of the greatest 
importance to consider well the conditions which modify 
the effect of size, we may rest assured that a large brain 
is an indispensable requisite to great mental power. On 
the other hand, although keenness and even brilliancy of 
mind may result from the great activity of a brain of mod- 
erate volume, yet it will fail to manifest that power and 
force which give to the large brain its commanding influ- 
ence in society. Men of large brain readily impress us 
with their power. The comprehensiveness of their minds, 
and the ease with which they can sustain large responsi- 
bilities, inspire us with confidence, and we almost instinct- 
ively accord to them positions of influence and authority. 
There appears to be little difference of opinion now among 
observers with respect to the importance of a large brain. 
That sharp critic in mental philosophy, Alexander Bain, 
writes : 
“ It can not be maintained that size is the only circum- HO W TO EXAMINE HEADS. 
203 
stance that determines the amount of mental force; qual- 
ity is as important as quantity, whether in nerve, muscle, 
or any other portion of the human structure. But just as 
largeness of muscle gives greater strength of body as a 
general rule, so largeness of brain gives greater vigor of 
mental impulse.”* 
Dr. Delaunay, an eminent French physiologist, says in 
a recent paper: “ Bismarck and Moltke measure more 
around the crown than the Emperor William. Inferior 
races have smaller heads than Europeans.” In our inter- 
course with men of small brain, on the other hand, the 
want of commanding force of character will be felt. They 
may possess talent in some respect which will excite our 
admiration, and we may defer to their judgment in matters 
which lie within the range of their special talent, but they 
rarely impress us with confidence in their capability as 
leaders and directors of affairs of importance, 
The size of the body, also, should be taken into the ac- 
count in estjpating the general power of the mind, Into 
this the matter of Temperament necessarily enters, as has 
been shown in the chapter “ On the Temperaments,” and 
the proportion of the mental, motive, and vital elements in 
the organism should be carefully estimated. The body is 
the source whence the brain is nourished, and if it be fee- 
ble or exhausted, it must fail to sustain properly the brain 
in its activity, and the mental manifestations are fitful and 
weak in consequence. , The premature decay of many men 
of brilliant intellect lies just in this want of balance be- 
tween the physical and the mental powers. Their prone- 
ness to mental activity causes the brain to consume the 
vitality of the body faster than the organs of nutrition can 
* “ The Senses and the Intellect,” p. ri. 204 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
supply, and the result is premature exhaustion and decay 
of the system. Here the phrenologist has a most useful 
office to perform, in giving advice on the subject of phys- 
icabculture, that men may correct abuses or improprieties 
in their every-day life, and acquire that bodily soundness 
which is essential to mental integrity. 
Fig. 98.—Gen. Nbgley. 
QUALITY, ITS NATURE AND INFLUENCE. 
Having observed the general size of the head, the next 
point to be considered is the Quality of the organization, 
the chief influence which modifies the effect of mere size. 
Some phrenologists of eminence regard this as mainly a 
matter of temperament, and treat it as the resultant or cn- QUALITY, ITS NATURE AND INFLUENCE. 
205 
semble of the Vital, Motive, and Mental temperaments. 
Even Mr. Combe confounds it with the temperaments at 
times. We can not, however, thus consider Quality; for 
in our experience it assumes a relation much closer to the 
personal life—to the individual entity—than that occupied 
by the mere physiology. It is certainly exhibited by and 
Fig. 99.—Motive Temperament, Fine Quality. 
through the material organization, but is something behind, 
or fi ndamental to, organization. It declares the inner nat- 
ure, the inherited constitutional texture or calibre of the 
man or woman, and according to its degree of refinement 
contributes to his capability of culture, his facultative 
readiness and adaptation. Habit and training may mod- 
ify temperament to the extent of even”changing entirely 
the original combination. A studious, reflective life may 
render the Mental element, once suoordinate in its physi- 
cal expression to the Motive or Vital, superior to both, and 206 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
an out-of-door mechanical life may develop into predomi- 
nance the Motive element, which before was less strongly 
expressed than the Mental or Vital. An organization like 
that represented by Fig. 98, in which the balance of tem- 
perament is nearly perfect, would, under conditions like 
those just indicated, show in time a predominance of the 
temperament whose development had been specially pro- 
moted. But the Quality is not readily susceptible to train- 
ing or habit; it rather gives tone and direction to a per- 
son’s mental life—to his habit and pursuit, and indicates 
itself in the manner, the thought, the language. In sub- 
stantial agreement with this view we find Mr. O. S. Fowler 
thus emphatically declaring himself: 
“ Hereditary organic Quality is the first, basilar and all- 
potent condition of all power or function, all happiness, 
all everything. This is congenital—is imparted by the 
parentage along with life itself, of which it is the para- 
mount condition and instrumentality. It depends mainly 
on the original nature of the parents, yet parily also on 
their existing states of body, mind, and health, their mut- 
ual love or wrant of it, and on other like primal, life con- 
ditions and causes. It lies behind and below, and is infi- 
nitely more potential ihan education, and all associations 
and surrounding circumstances 
“ This condition can not well be described, hardly en- 
graved, but it is easily perceived by a practiced eye. It is 
quite analogous to temperament, on which little has yet 
been written, but lies behind and below all temperaments; 
is, indeed, their determining cause.”* 
A much later utterance is that of Mr. Nicholas Morgan, 
in a late work, viz.: “ Quality of brain is likewise a meas- 
ure of power. This fact has forced itself on the attention 
* “ Self-Instructor in Phrenology and Physiology,” p. n. QUALITY, ITS NATURE AND INFLUENCE. 
207 
of medico-psychologists; and few, if any, would attempt 
to gainsay it. Persons having heads of like size and form 
do not possess equal mental power if the Quality of- their 
brains be dissimilar. In fact, small-headed individuals, in 
consequence of having brains of finer texture, are often 
observed to far outstrip others in power of mind whose 
heads are much larger.” * ' 
It ,will not serve to refer high Quality to the Mental tem- 
perament, as some are inclined to do, since we find great 
Fig. 100.—Motive Temperament, Low Quality, 
differences among individuals alike characterized by a pre- 
dominance of the Mental temperament, differences in text- 
ure, activity, apprehension, in everything, in fact, which 
relates to mentality. Again, if the Mental temperament 
lay at the basis of Quality, how is it that we sometimes find 
persons in whom the Motive temperament predominates, 
who, nevertheless, impress us by their fineness of organic 
fiber, by their Quality, and who evince superiority in al- 
* “ The Skull and Brain,” p. 131. 208 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
most every way to others in whom the Mental tempera- 
ment is evidently strongest ? In Figs. 99 and 100 we have 
two phases of the Motive temperament, both indicating it 
as predominant in the physiology, but observe the marked 
difference in its expression; in Fig. 100 it appears rudely 
Fig. 101.—Henry Clay. 
and coarsely defined, evincing a low order of mentality, a 
mean, boorish origin. In Fig. 99 it is associated with re- 
finement and delicacy, at once impressing the observer 
with the thought: This man comes of good stock, and is 
highly bred. 
We know that a balance of the temperaments is contrib- QUALITY, ITS NATURE AND INFLUENCE. 
209 
utory to the best results in human endeavor, and wherever 
such a balance occurs, if Quality proceeds from tempera- 
mental combination, we should look for the highest order 
of Quality, but we do not find such an association to be 
the rule by any means. Cases of temperamental balance 
Fig. 102.—Gen. G 
are rare, yet, when found, exhibit wide variations in degree 
of mental capacity and constitutional refinement. See 
Figs, ioi and 102, for examples of well-balanced tempera- 
ment, with differences in Quality. 
In the endeavor to form a comparative estimate of Qual- 
ity we consider the texture of the skin, the clearness of the 
eyes, the character of the hair, the symmetry and harmony 210 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of the different parts of the body, the tone and bearing. 
A high endowment of this native family element is denoted 
by a pervading fineness of fiber, with elasticity, both men- 
tal and physical, ease of cerebral action, directness and 
facility in adapting one’s powers to the work in hand. It 
also exhibits itself in the spirit or animation which char- 
acterize one’s conduct in quick response to impressions. 
Given two persons with a similar physical structure, he 
who possesses the higher grade of Quality will show a 
Fig. 103.—Grace Greenwood. 
smoother, softer outline, a more subtle, elastic movement, 
a superior refinement of the features. The difference may 
not be appreciable by line and square; but the eye, es- 
pecially if trained, will take note of it at once, and the 
judgment instinctively ascribe to him a higher grade of 
mental capacity. In the portraits of the Adamses, from 
John to Charles Francis, we discern the markings of a fine 
Quality upon a temperament eminently Motive. We see 
them also in the portrait and bust of Henry Clay. Fig. 99, Q UALITY, ITS NA TURK AND I NFL UENCE. 
211 
as we have seen, shows the Motive influenced by a high 
Quality. How the Vital temperament may be refined by 
Quality is notable in the accompanying portrait of Mrs* 
Lippincott (Grace Greenwood). Variations of this pecu- 
liar element in the Mental Temperament may be observed 
in Fig. 104 and in Fig. 105. 
Of the Temperaments we have spoken at some length in 
a former chapter and to that we refer the student for the 
Fig. 104.—C. Kingsley. 
consideration of their modifying influence upon the men- 
tal organs. A knowledge of the characteristic expression 
of each is essential to the observer of Mind if he would 
form accurate conclusions with respect to any special case. 
He should ascertain whether the Mental, or the Motive, or 
the Vital element predominates in the organization before 
proceeding to consider the cerebral organs, and should 
bear in mind from first to last the nature of their combina- 
tion and interrelations. 212 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
Two heads may be molded exactly alike, yet the strength 
of the mental manifestations, owing to the Quality and 
temperamental influence, may differ as greatly as the oak 
differs from the palmetto. 
Fig. 105.—Mr. Chamberlain. 
“ The brain,” the author of “ The Temperaments ” 
says, “takes its form and quality from the intelligence 
which creates and makes uce of it, and the body is mod- 
eled after the pattern set by the brain The bodily 
habit is the outgrowth of a spiritual condition.”* 
* “ The Temperaments; or, The Varieties of PhysicalConstitution in Man.*’ 
D. H. Jacques, M.D. Page 33. REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT. 
213 
In the observation of the organs, it will be of advantage 
to the student to confine his attention at first to estimating 
the relative size of the different regions of the brain. 
Keeping in mind the fact that the size of the organs is in 
general measured by the distance from the medulla oblon- 
gata, and that a line drawn through the openings of the ears 
will nearly intersect this point, we are able to estimate with 
REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT. 
Fig. 106.—Large Perceptive Organs. 
sufficient accuracy the size of an organ or any region of 
the brain by the distance from the opening of the ear to 
the surface of the skull. 
The extent of the Intellectual organs in general is meas- 
ured by the projection of the forehead from a line drawn 
vertically upward from a point on the zygoma just in front 
of the ear. Men of great intellects invariably have fore- 
heads which project well over the orbits of the eyes, be- 
sides showing breadth and fullness in other directions. 
Napoleon’s forehead was remarkable for its projection and 214 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
size, and Dr. Gall, from merely seeing his bust placed 
alongside those of the Austrian Generals, predicted the 
marvelous successes over them which he afterward 
achieved. 
In the forehead, as we have seen, are located two classes 
of organs—the Perceptives and the Reflectives—which fre- 
quently differ much in size. If the lower portion projects 
well over the eyes, and the forehead slopes rapidly back- 
Fig. 107.—Large Reflectives. 
ward from the eyebrows, the Perceptives will be large and 
the Reflectives small. Such a cast of forehead as that 
shown in Fig. 106 indicates an observing, practical order of 
mind, one which readily perceives the qualities and simpler 
relations of objects. If the upper portion of the forehead 
be prominent, and the parts over the eyes be compara- 
tively flat and narrow, the organs of Reflection will be 
sarge, and those of Observation small. The individual REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT. 
215 
possessed of such a form of head will be a thinker rather 
than an observer. He will be disposed to theorize, and to 
reflect upon the causes and more remote relations of things, 
rather than to deal with the things .themselves. He will be 
good at conceiving plans, but will be wanting in practical 
ability to carry them into execution. Where these two 
regions are harmoniously developed, the forehead falls 
back but a little from the perpendicular. Planning and 
theorizing talent will then be united with observing and 
practical talent, and the intellect will be well balanced, the 
Perceptive faculties ministering actively to the Reflective, 
and the latter effectively organizing the material of obser- 
vation into forms of practical usefulness for one’s self and 
others. 
The Moral organs being situated at the top of the head, 
their development will be indicated in general by the 
height of the head above the ears. Elevation and breadth 
in this region of the brain are indicative of morality and 
rectitude of character, and a disposition to worship a Su- 
preme Being, to manifest faith in the unseen and spiritual, 
and to practice the precepts of truth and duty. (Fig- 108). 
Fig. 108.—Large Moral Development. 216 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
A head high in the crown, upward and backward from 
the ears, indicates a large development of the organs re- 
lating to personal aspiration, and a character marked by 
stability, pride, self-reliance, independence, and love of 
distinction. (Fig. 109). 
The Social region of the brain is measured by the full- 
ness of the head behind the ears. One well developed in 
this part indicates a fraternal, friendly, sociable disposition, 
and a character marked by love of country, home, friends, 
and family. 
Fig. iog.—Large Coronal Organs. 
If the head be broad above and around the ears, the 
group of the selfish propensities will be largely developed, 
and the individual will be characterized by great energy 
and force of character, and by courage, prudence, policy, 
economy, and executive ability. (Fig. no). I 
In estimating the influence which any one of these re- 
gions has upon the character, it should be borne in mind 
that it is its size as compared with the other regions, rather 
than its absolute size, by which its influence is to be meas- 
ured. Two heads, for instance, may measure exactly the 
same in circumference, breadth, length, anterior projection, REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT. 
217 
and occipital extension, yet if one be three-quarters of an 
inch higher than the other in the region of the moral sen- 
timents, the characters will be very dissimilar. The high 
head will manifest a disposition in which the virtues will 
have a most important influence in keeping the selfish and 
animal propensities under due control. In the low head 
the selfish propensities, although in reality no more power- 
ful in degree than the same faculties in the higher head, yet 
lacking the restraining influence which it is the function of 
the moral sentiments to exert, will lead the individual into 
Fig. no.—Large Executive Organs. 
excessive gratification of his lower nature. As the largest 
organs have the strongest tendency to activity, the charac- 
ter of an individual will take its direction from the class of 
organs which predominates in his brain. If the anterior 
portion of the brain is in the ascendency, it may be in- 
ferred that the tendency of the individual’s mind will be 
toward pursuits of an intellectual character. If the head 
be very high in proportion to its size in other parts, the 
natural bent of the mind will be toward the expression of 
high morality and religious sentiment. If the head be 218 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
very broad at the base and lack proportionate height, cor- 
onal fullness, and anterior length, the individual will be 
prone to low pursuits in which his animal propensities may 
find their gratification. 
Prof. F. J. V. Broussais, in his instructions to his classes, 
for the purpose of facilitating their observation of cranial 
form, defined nine classes of heads, viz.: (1) those with 
predominant propensities and weak intellect and senti- 
ments; (2) those in which the sentiments rule over the 
other organs; (3) those in which the intellectual faculties, 
as a whole, predominate; (4) those in which the percept- 
ive faculties are in excess over the reflective; (5) those in 
which the faculties called theatrical—which conduce to 
mimic talent, as Imitation, Marvelousness, and Ideality— 
have the ascendency; (6) those in which the theatrical or 
histrionic faculties are associated with a finely developed 
intellect and the higher sentiments; (7) those heads which 
are notable for moderate size and generally moderate de- 
velopment; (8) those of moderate size, with an organ or 
two strongly predominant; (9) those in which the faculties 
are all developed in the highest degree—a class mainly 
hypothetical or ideal.5)5 
DETERMINATION OF SPECIAL ORGANIC INFLUENCE. 
After the beginner has acquired some facility in estimat- 
ing the proportions of the different regions of the brain, 
he may then begin to make observations on the individual 
organs. As the predominating region of the brain imparts 
to the mind its peculiar bent, so the largest organ in any 
region will be the controlling organ of its group. If, for 
* Cours de Phrenologie. Par F. J. V. Broussais, Membre de l'lnstitut, Officier 
de la Legion d’Honneur, Professeur a la Faculty de Medecine de Paris, etc. Paris, 
1836. SPECIAL ORGANIC I NFL FENCE. 
219 
instance, among the moral sentiments, Veneration is prom- 
inently marked, while the other moral organs are inferior, 
the character will be marked by a disposition to seek the 
society of the devout, and to unite with some religious 
body. The man will be attentive to the external forms 
and ceremonies of religion, but will be likely to fail in the 
practice of the precepts which enjoin justice, charity, and 
good-will in our relations with men. If Conscientiousness 
be the predominant organ, he will be more upright than 
devotional, more just and conscientious than kind, char- 
itable, and benevolent. 
If, among the regions of the brain, the Propensities are 
the most developed and Combativeness hold the predom- 
inant sway among them, the individual will be naturally 
prone to quarrels, contentions, and brawls, and to seek op- 
portunities for gratifying this propensity both by personal 
encounters and by witnessing combats between brutes and 
between men. If Alimentiveness be developed in excess 
of other strong propensities, a tendency to gluttony will 
be the predominant trait. If Acquisitiveness be in the 
ascendency, the native bent of the mind will be toward 
money-getting, saving, and hoarding. 
The same law holds good of the organs in the anterior 
region of the brain. If Language be prominent, while the 
general intellect is not large, the individual will be charac. 
terized by garrulity. He will be constantly talking, yet his 
conversation will be about trifles; according to his educa- 
tion he will abound in words, yet be wanting in ideas. If 
Constructiveness be in excess, the mind will run toward 
mechanism, and whatever intellectual power he may pos- 
sess will be employed chiefly in the line of mechanics. 
The style of an author in whose head Comparison is pre- 
dominant, will abound in simile and metaphor. If Event- 220 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
uality be the most prominent, he will excel in describing 
action and events. If Individuality be in excess of the 
other intellectuals, he will treat his subjects chiefly by de- 
scribing their qualities and features; while predominant 
Causality will render his style abstruse and theoretical. CHAPTER XII. 
HOW CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
THE COMBINATION OF ORGANS AND FACULTIES. 
The many faculties which enter into the composition of 
the human mind, afford a boundless scope for diversity in 
combination ; and as the operation of each faculty is mod- 
ified by its relation to others, it is important, in the appli- 
cation of the science, to understand how the faculties 
combine in the production of character. The many tints 
in the rainbow result from the combination, in different 
proportions, of only three primary colors. But there are 
upward of forty primary faculties which enter into the 
composition of the human mind, so that we can form some 
conception of the reason for the unlimited variety in dis- 
position and talent which are observable among men. 
From* the three simple elements in the rainbow—blue, 
yellow, and red—it is not difficult to form the four inter- 
mediary colors which result from their combination; but 
when we depart from these fundamental colors it is found 
difficult to estimate their exact proportions in the com- 
position of any given tint. So, in judging character, it 
may not be difficult to trace out the combinations of a 
few elements in the production of common and prominent 
characteristics; but to estimate correctly the relative pro- 
portions of the primitive mental faculties in minute shades 
of character, requires a skill born of long practice and ex- 
tensive observation. The student’s own judgment and 
power of discrimination, aided by practice, must be his 
chief reliance in estimating the extent to which character 
221 222 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
is modified by the combination of its primitive elements. 
A few observations, however, may be made on this branch 
of the subject, which will be of service to the beginner, 
and which will serve to illustrate its importance. 
In the early part of Dr. Gall’s investigations with respect 
to the functions of different parts of the brain, he observed 
that a prominence in the temporal region, a little upward 
and forward from the ear, invariably accompanied a thiev- 
ish disposition, and supposing then that this part of the 
brain and this trait of character bore the relation to each 
other of organ and function, he named it the Organ of 
Theft. Further observation, however, proved to him that 
this idea was erroneous, and that the primary function of 
this portion of the brain was to give the desire to acquire 
and possess, and that it leads to theft only in combination 
with small Conscientiousness (which, when fully developed, 
imparts a due regard for the rights of others), and with 
large Secretiveness, which gives the disposition to work 
slyly and covertly. 
Large Approbativeness impresses an instinctive craving 
for praise and esteem. In combination with large moral 
organs it inspires a worthy ambition to be esteemed for 
the sake of moral excellence : honesty, kindness, and pu- 
rity of character. In conjunction with large intellectual 
faculties, it will lead one to aspire after excellence in 
science, art, or literature, according to the particular cast 
of intellect. Combined with strong propensities and an 
inferior intellectual and moral development, it will give 
one ambition to obtain notoriety in vicious or brutal in- 
dulgences, as being the biggest eater, the best fighter, or 
even the greatest libertine in the community; these tend- 
encies being shown according as Alimentiveness, or Com- 
bativeness, or Amativeness shall predominate. HOW CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
223 
Large Cautiousness, with little Hope, inclines one to 
melancholy and gloomy foreboding. Add large De- 
structiveness to this association, and we have the com- 
bination usually existing in the suicide. Large Hope with 
small Cautiousness imparts a joyous, happy, and careless 
disposition. If large Combativeness be added, there will 
be rashness, precipitancy, and indifference to conse- 
quences, unless the intellect be powerful enough to coun- 
teract the tendency of this combination of sentiment and 
propensity. 
Large Firmness and Self-esteem, associated, and in pre- 
dominating activity, render an individual headstrong, and 
set in his own way. Lie can be neither coaxed nor driven, 
but must have his own way in everything. If, however, 
some one of the social organs be prominently developed, 
he may be approached and influenced through it. It then 
becomes the open door through which wife, children, or 
friends may enter and cause the stubborn will to yield. 
Large Self-esteem combined with a moderate intellectua, 
and moral development renders the individual proud, 
haughty, and domineering. With the latter classes of fac- 
ulties duly active, it will give dignity, independence, and a 
becoming sense of what is due to one’s own personal worth. 
When Self-esteem is small and Approbativeness and Cau- 
tiousness large, the person will show diffidence in manner, 
and a sensitive regard to what others may say and think of 
him; will entertain a dread of giving offense, and if his 
intellect be weak, he may be a timid slave for the-uses of un- 
principled associates. If there be large Conscientiousness, 
Cautiousness, Approbativeness, and Benevolence, with small 
Self-esteem, one will be liable to continual annoyance, impo- 
sition, and injustice. He will give just weight and full 
measure, yet hesitate to exact the same in return. He will 224 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
abound in neighborly and generous deeds, yet will suffer 
much inconvenience through fear of trespassing upon the 
rights or feelings of others. Such a combination of facul- 
ties renders an individual the easy prey of the unprinci- 
pled. If his position in life be easy, they flock to him and 
seek favors from him with fair speech and oily tongue, and 
he is powerless to resist their solicitations. His large Con- 
scientiousness and Benevolence dispose him to believe 
them honest, and to judge them with leniency; his large 
Cautiousness and Approbativeness make him fearful to 
show the slightest distrust in their integrity, lest he may 
incur their displeasure; and from deficient Self-esteem he 
fails to perceive the indignity in their conduct toward 
him. 
Large Secretiveness, combined with deficient Conscien- 
tiousness and Benevolence, inclines one to habits in which 
duplicity, cunning, and deceit are characteristic. Add to 
this combination large Approbativeness, and we have the 
human snake in the grass—one who is specious and fair to 
the face, but treacherous in the dark. Add to these a con- 
siderable endowment of Ideality and a good intellect, and 
we have the intriguing seeker after notoriety and popular 
applause; him who attains his purpose through trickery 
and plausibility. 
These observations on the combinations of the propen- 
sities and sentiments, and their resultant manifestations in 
the mental life, as we recognize them among men, might 
be extended indefinitely. But enough, we think, has been 
said to give the beginner a practical idea of the manner in 
which the different propensities and sentiments operate in 
association. An intimate acquaintance with the individual 
functions of the different organs and the practice obtained 
by personal investigation must be his chief reliance in HOW CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
225 
tracing out the combinations lying back of the great va- 
riety of phases of character which he will meet. 
ORGANIZATION AND PURSUIT. 
As disposition is dependent upon the differential influ- 
ence of propensity and sentiment, so talent is dependent 
upon the intellectual faculties; and as success in the dif- 
ferent vocations of life is dependent chiefly upon the 
Fig. hi.—Good Mechanical Abilities. 
knowing faculties, it is most useful to understand how the 
intellectual faculties combine in the formation of talents 
for different pursuits. 
The Mechanic in general should have a good endowment 
of the observing faculties, which is indicated by breadth 
and prominence of the lower portion of the forehead; es- 
pecially should the organs of Form, Size, Weight, and Or- 226 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
der be well developed to give him a just idea of propor- 
tion, and to make him neat and systematic in his work. 
Large Constructiveness is essential to give him facility in 
the use of tools; Imitation, to enable him to work after 
models; and Ideality, to give taste and artistic symmetry 
Fig. 112.—The Business Manager. 
to his work. Causality added to this combination, makes 
the inventor. A person once presented himself for exam- 
ination to a phrenologist, and was described by him as 
capable of excelling in the field of mechanical invention, 
the opinion being based upon his very strong Causality, HOW CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
227 
Constructiveness, and Ideality. After the examination 
was finished, the young man remarked, in corroboration 
of the deductions of the phrenologist, that he had already 
brought out twenty-two inventions, although not yet 
twenty-two years of age. 
The Surveyor.—The combination of faculties essential 
to the surveyor is large Individuality, Form, Size, Calcula- 
tion, and Locality. The engineer needs besides these, 
Constructiveness and a good endowment of Causality. 
The Business Man. — Individuality, Eventuality, and 
Comparison confer talent for practical business, by the 
power which they supply for attending to the details of any 
subject. Causality gives planning talent, and the ability 
to take in far-reaching conditions, and should be added to 
the foregoing to constitute a successful manager of a large 
business. Order and Number are also essential to give 
system and ready calculation, and a good endowment of 
Acquisitiveness to give an appreciation of economy and of 
the value of property. 
The Artist.—In the realm of art a high order of Quality 
is the first requisite. Individuality is essential to give at- 
tention to details; Form and Size to a perception of shape, 
proportion, and perspective. Weight is essential to the 
sculptor, to enable him to give a natural pose to his fig- 
ures, as well as to proportion the force of his blows to the 
effect which he wishes to produce upon the marble. Color 
and Locality are essential to the landscape painter, to en- 
able him to appreciate the relations of tints and the laws 
of perspective. 
Comparison is essential to critical ability and discrimina- 
tion ; Constructiveness to manual expertness; Imitation to 
copying talent; and Ideality to taste and a sense of the 
beautiful. 228 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
As an interesting example of the dependence of talent 
on cerebral development, as well as of the facility which 
may be acquired in reading character from external forms, 
the following sketch is cited: 
“ About 1858 the author was invited to a house in New 
York, to make a few examinations. He was requested to 
call at a particular street and number, and ask for a cer- 
tain name. A few persons were collected, but the names 
were not mentioned. In the examination and description 
of one gentleman, we described him as being artistically 
inclined, but deficient in Color; he would be more likely 
to work at steel engraving, or crayon, or marble than in 
colors. There being an oil-painting and a crayon picture 
hanging in the room, of about the same size and apparent 
value, we said, by way of illustration, that if those two 
pictures were on sale at auction, he would bid forty dollars 
for the crayon, and only twenty for the oil-painting. 
“ The next man who took the seat for examination was 
described, among other things, to be very fond of art, but 
more particularly fond of colors, and the two pictures were 
again used as illustrations, by saying that if they were for 
sale at auction, he would bid forty dollars—the full value 
—for the oil-painting, and only twenty dollars—or half its 
value—for the crayon picture. When the examinations for 
the evening were closed, we were introduced to the gen- 
tlemen by name—the first being the great crayon artist of 
New York, Mr. Rouse, who made the crayon picture, and 
the other, Mr. Church, of ‘ Niagara ’ fame, who had really 
painted the picture in oil before us. We were then taken 
into the parlor and shown the original study of the ‘ Falls 
of Niagara,’ by Mr. Church.”* 
The In musical talent a large organ of Tune 
* “How to Teach.” Nelson Sizer. HOW CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
229 
is, of course, the first essential; Time is also necessary, to 
give a just perception of intervals ; Form, to supply ability 
to read music readily; Weight, to proportion the force 
with which the chords should be struck to the loudness 
of the tone which it is desired to produce; Constructive- 
ness, to impart manual expertness, and Ideality to give 
taste and exquisiteness to the performance. 
The Writer.—In literary talent a large organ of Lan- 
guage is essential, combined with Individuality to give 
point and definiteness to the expression, Eventuality to 
supply memory, Comparison to give critical ability, and 
Ideality to give taste and refinement. 
The Physicist.—A large perceptive development is in 
general necessary to a talent for the natural sciences, since 
these sciences consist chiefly in a knowledge of the exist- 
ence, the appearances, and properties of natural objects. 
A good endowment of the reflective organs is essential to 
trace out the principles and the more remote connections 
and dependencies of these objects; but we frequently 
meet with men eminent for scientific attainments in whose 
heads the knowing organs much predominate, the reflect- 
ives being only moderately indicated. 
The careful observer will notice that the local develop- 
ment of organs is influenced by their tendencies of asso- 
ciation. The strongest organ of a group will so influence 
the growth of the other members of the group, that they 
will indicate a tendency of approach toward it. Thus, 
predominant Firmness attracts Self-esteem, Veneration, 
Conscientiousness, Approbativeness, Hope, and other 
neighboring organs so that the head, in some cases, will 
appear to be massed in that region. Or Acquisitiveness, 
when very active and large, will attract Ideality, Construct- 
iveness, Time, Calculation, Causality, and others, and will 230 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
render them contributory to its operation. As a general 
rule, organs associated in mental activity grow toward each 
other, and in extraordinary cases, this growth is so consid- 
erable that an organ may appear to be quite out of its nor- 
mal situation. The semi-intellectual organs exhibit much 
Fig. 113.—The Scientist.—Dr. R. 
variation in this respect. When closely allied in activity 
with the perceptive faculties, they appear to be drawn for- 
ward and downward. When working with the reflectives, 
their direction of growth is forward. While in close sym- 
pathy with the moral sentiments, they show an upward HCJV CHARACTER IS MANIFESTED. 
231 
tendency. If, however, they co-operate mainly with the 
physical forces, the growth takes a downward course. 
Some writers who have noticed this characteristic of brain 
development and deduced composite mental qualities, have 
sought to subdivide some of the organs, assigning to their 
front, back, and side parts, functions of an intermediate 
Fig 114.—The Artist—Delaroche. 
class. For instance, Prof. L. N. Fowler divides roost of 
the large organs into three sections. Veneration, in his 
scheme, consists of Worship, with an anterior division de- 
fined as Respect, and a posterior division entitled An- 
tiquity; Acquisitiveness is made up of Acquiring, Saving, 
and Hoarding;' Ideality, of Expansiveness, Refinement 232 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
and Perfection; Friendship, of Gregariousness, Love of 
Family, Sociability; Alimentiveness, of Desire for Liquids, 
and Desire for Solids; Comparison, of Criticism and Com- 
parison.* 
Practical Importance of the Propensities.—In these re- 
marks on the combinations of intellectual faculties it 
should be borne in mind that the propensities and senti- 
ments exercise a very important influence in the manifes- 
tation of talent. Many persons having the intellectual 
qualifications which would enable them to take a leading 
position in almost any pursuit, occupy an inferior station 
from lack of energy and force of character, qualities con- 
ferred by large Combativeness and Destructiveness. Oth- 
ers whose talents are excellent, fail to accomplish results in 
proportion to their talent, through constitutional sensitive- 
ness and diffidence, the effect of small Self-esteem in asso- 
ciation with large Cautiousness and Approbativeness, 
Others, again, abuse intellectual gifts of a very high'order . 
by perverting them to base and immoral purposes, a weak 
endowment of moral sentiment failing to restrain their 
active and powerful propensities. The intellectual organs 
which give a talent for drawing and painting may be per- 
verted by powerful Amativeness and a generally low or- 
ganization, to the representation of lewd and immoral 
pictures; or from the predominant activity of the higher 
sentiments, the artistic talent may be directed to the pur- 
est and loftiest conceptions of art. In Buonarroti, Dela- 
croix, Da Vinci, Delaroche, and other eminent artists whose 
best works are of a religious type, the great moral devel- 
opment of their heads is at once noticed. 
* See L. N. Fowler’s Bust of Phrenology. IMPORTANCE OF THE FA CEL TIES. 
233 
RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF THE FACULTIES. 
Every mental faculty has its legitimate sphere of activity 
and is essential in adapting man to his relations and sur- 
roundings in the present life. If any organ be deficient 
in the brain, the mind in that particular will be wanting 
in the completeness of its manifestation. But some organs 
are much more important than others in the influence 
which they exert over the life and conduct of the indi- 
vidual. Color, for instance, may be entirely wanting, yet 
the person be well qualified to win success in vocations 
where a capacity to judge of hue and tint is not required; 
or he may be deficient in the organ of Tune, and yet have 
excellent capacity for a wide sphere of usefulness. If, 
however, the organ of Cautiousness be very small, there 
will be a lack of prudence and forethought which will ex- 
tend to every department of the individual’s activity, and 
prove a serious hindrance to his success in any independ- 
ent vocation. Or, if Firmness be wanting, vacillation will 
characterize the individual in all his affairs, and prevent 
him from accomplishing results which in other respects he 
may be admirably fitted to achieve. On the other hand, 
as every organ tends to activity with a degree of energy 
proportioned to its size, if one be developed much in ex- 
cess of all the others, it will give a bias to the mind which 
it will be difficult to correct. An intellectual organ may 
be possessed in a very large degree, and seek its gratifi- 
cation to the fullest extent without detriment to the indi- 
vidual or the community ; but an exceedingly large organ 
of propensity or sentiment will warp the character, and 
may prove a serious impediment to the success and happi- 
ness of the individual. Bidder and Colburn, through very 
large organs of Number, while yet mere children, aston- 234 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ished the world by their mathematical calculations. 
Mozart’s greatly developed Tune sought its gratification, 
at a very early age, in musical composition, and in after 
years delighted the world with divine symphonies. We 
look upon these men in wonder, and admire their genius. 
But had this excessive development been in the region of 
propensity, at Amativeness or Alimentiveness, for instance, 
we would have been disgusted with their exhibitions of 
sensuality or gluttony. Or had these intellectual organs 
changed places with the sentiments of Hope or Benevo- 
lence, we would have pitied them for the failure and 
misery brought upon themselves and others through ex- 
cessive hopefulness and generosity. 
Thus, when any mental organ is greatly predominant or 
deficient, the result is necessarily a departure from har- 
mony in the mental manifestations, and from symmetry of 
character. 
But some faculties are higher in authority than others, 
and are naturally fitted to be the guiding and controlling 
powers of the mind. Hence a mind well constituted to 
cope with the existing conditions of human life should 
possess these powers a little in excess of the inferior or 
ancillary faculties, so as to enable them to exercise the 
habitual supremacy which is necessary to regulate prop- 
erly the moral and secular life. 
The careful reader of the preceding chapters will need 
but little reflection to determine for himself what organs 
should be the stronger for this purpose. CHAPTER XIII. 
THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
All the Mental faculties in their individuality are mere 
instincts. They spring involuntarily into activity on being 
excited, and though we may repress their manifestation, 
we can not avoid the feeling which accompanies the exer- 
cise of an organ, when once it has been excited to activity; 
Acquisitiveness, for instance, instinctively desires to pos- 
sess, and the accumulation of property affords it gratifica- 
tion. If there were no feeling of fear, nor any sentiment 
of justice in the mind, it would seize upon property 
wherever it existed without regard for the rights of others, 
or dread of the pain which might be inflicted by him 
whose rights it would assail. 
In the squirrel, Acquisitiveness acts thus blindly and 
instinctively. The mere sight of an ear of corn would be 
sufficient to excite it to activity, and impel it to seize 
upon the grain, and to store it away for future use. Just 
so Alimentiveness acts in the bird, prompting it to help 
itself to seeds which may be exposed to its gaze. The 
only power of mind which would prevent these from 
instantly gratifying their desire is Cautiousness, which, if 
danger were near, would repress the manifestation of Ac- 
quisitiveness in the squirrel, and Alimentiveness in the 
bird. They have neither Conscientiousness to remind 
them of the rights of others, nor intellect to teach them 
235 236 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
how they may supply themselves with food without vio- 
lating any principle of duty. 
Philoprogenitiveness is equally blind and instinctive in 
its activity. It is naturally related to children, and they 
are the objects which afford it gratification. If they are 
well and happy, it delights in their felicity, or if they are 
in pain, it is grieved and troubled; but it is incapable of 
perceiving what is good for these, children for their own 
sakes, or of devising schemes for promoting their welfare 
and enjoyment. This is abundantly evident from the 
commonly observed fact that many mothers, through the 
great activity of Philoprogenitiveness unregulated by rea- 
son, pamper and spoil their children, and bring upon them' 
as well as upon themselves much unnecessary trouble and 
unhappiness. 
The Intellectual organs, in like manner, respond in- 
stinctively to impressions. A very active organ of Tune 
tends involuntarily to activity, and makes music through 
its own instinctive impulses. Number, also, when very 
large, instinctively prompts the individual to perform 
arithmetical computations. And even Causality, the high- 
est organ of intellect, in its own individuality is a mere 
instinct, blindly seeking to know causes and remote rela- 
tions, but there its activity stops. Of itself it can not ap- 
ply the knowledge which it acquires to any useful purpose. 
Every-day life brings us into contact with men who think, 
theorize, and scheme without any apparent object of a 
practical or useful nature. Books of large dimensions are 
published, which are full of dreamy speculation, and lack- 
ing entirely in positive application to any subject. 
When we rise into the Moral region, we find its faculties 
characterized by the same instinctive activity. Benevo- 
lence, for instance, acting alone, would prompt the indi- THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
237 
vidual to rush to the aid of the distressed without con- 
sidering the danger which might threaten it, and to give 
liberally of its bounty to relieve suffering, though by doing 
so it might take the bread out of the mouths of the chil- 
dren which it loved, and reduce itself to poverty. 
Veneration in like manner gives a mere impulse to 
reverence or worship. In itself it can not discern what 
objects are worthy of its homage, as is shown by the 
religious practices of the uncivilized or unenlightened 
races in bowing down to stocks and stones, and even to 
animals of the lowest order. 
Conscientiousness, although possessing a very high office 
as a regulator of the other faculties, is blind and instinctive 
in its activity. It prompts to the performance of duty, 
obligation, and justice, but the nature of duty and obliga- 
tion as understood by any one person is dependent upon 
his birth, training, and associations. The “ conscience ” 
of a Carib, or Hindoo, differs much from the moral sense 
of the Englishman. A Carib, stimulated by the feeling of 
duty to his people and himself, would do things which an 
Englishman would regard with abhorrence. In its appli- 
cation to human affairs, Conscientiousness under the 
guidance of the intellect is necessarily variable. It may 
decide upon a case to-day in accordance with the facts 
which are laid before it, but to-morrow, when new facts 
are acquired, it may give an entirely different, perhaps 
opposite decision. It restrains the other faculties be- 
cause it is pained when they pass beyond the bounds 
of what, is just and right, but it is the intellect which 
defines those boundaries. 
"Thus each faculty acting alone seeks its gratification 
blindly, and with a degree of energy proportioned to 
its size and the influences of quality and temperament. 238 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
It has no power of itself to set a limit to its activity, but 
seeks its indulgence without restraint, except that imposed 
by the other faculties. 
Special Characteristics of the Classes.—We come now to 
consider the question : In what faculty or class of faculties 
does the restraining and guiding power of the mind over 
its own activity reside ? This will be understood clearly, 
we think, after we shall have discussed the peculiar char- 
acteristics of the three great classes of faculties, viz.: the 
Animal, the Intellectual, and the Moral. The peculiar 
characteristic of the animal faculties is selfishness. Their 
activity terminates in self, family, or friends, and they 
never seek the welfare of mankind in general. The pro- 
pensities, located at the side-head around the ears, are 
entirely personal in their activity. Alimentiveness is re- 
lated to the food which nourishes the individual’s own 
body. Vitativeness gives him a love of life from the mere 
pleasure of existence. Combativeness imparts the bold- 
ness to oppose all encroachment on his own individual 
rights. Destructiveness seeks to destroy, that the indi- 
vidual himself may not be destroyed. Acquisitiveness is 
gratified with accumulating for the mere pleasure which 
it experiences in self-aggrandizement. Secretiveness sup- 
presses feelings which it may be injurious to one’s inter- 
est to manifest, and gives slyness and reserve which are 
often highly useful in maintaining the individual against 
superior power; and Cautiousness supplies the prudence 
and guardedness essential to the maintenance of existence 
amid the countless dangers which beset man’s pathway. 
These faculties may minister greatly to the welfare and 
happiness of mankind in general, as well as to the indi- 
vidual’s own aggrandizement. Acquisitiveness, for in- 
stance, may accumulate that one may give the more liberally THE ACTION OF THE FAC CL TIES. 
239 
to objects of charity. Combaliveness may fight valiantly 
in defense of the weak and the oppressed, without con- 
sidering its own advantage. Secretiveness and Cautious- 
ness may be exercised in the interest of a stranger, with- 
out any regard to self; but it is only as they are conjoined 
with the higher sentiments of justice and benevolence, that 
their motives are subservient to the welfare of others. 
In the Domestic propensities we appear to make some 
advance upon the individual selfishness of the faculties 
which we have been considering, but they are entirely 
selfish in their nature. They terminate in other individu- 
als, and experience pleasure in the happiness of those 
individuals, or are pained by their suffering, but it is only 
because of their natural relation to those objects. The 
love which springs from Amativeness in its severalty is 
faithless and indifferent to the welfare of the object of 
its attachment; but in combination with the other social 
organs and the moral sentiments, it becomes a most power- 
ful element in the maintenance of social order; some of 
the noblest institutions of a philanthropic and esthetic nat- 
ure known to man have sprung from its influence. 
Philoprogenitiveness gives a love for children and an 
interest in them solely because they are the objects to 
which it is naturally related. It generally acts along with 
Benevolence, and a disinterested regard for its object 
mingles with and elevates the mere instinct of parental 
affection. But in its own individuality it is entirely 
selfish. 
Adhesiveness inclines us to make friends, and to in- 
dulge social and fraternal feelings; but it does not give 
us an interest in its object for that object’s sake. It loves 
merely for the sake of the pleasure which it experiences in 
the object of its attachment. The ox will sometimes pine 240 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
and become sick when his companion is removed, but he 
does not grieve for his companion on that companion’s 
account, but solely because his Adhesiveness is-disagree- 
ably affected by the absence of an object which afforded it 
pleasure. His grief is of the same stamp whether his com- 
panion has been led to the slaughter-house, or introduced 
to a much more agreeable condition, and is assuaged 
only by time, or the introduction of another object upon 
which Adhesiveness may be exercised. 
The sentiments of Self-esteem and Love of Approba- 
tion are entirely personal in their nature; the former leads 
us to esteem ourselves and whatever belongs to us, and is 
completely centered in self; the latter is delighted with 
praise, and the good-will and respect of our fellow-men. 
It may, indeed, lead us to treat them kindly, and to make 
considerable sacrifice of ease and comfort to do them 
service; not, however, that they may be made happier, 
but that we may be gratified by the praise and esteem 
which will be accorded in return for our kindness. 
‘Thus all the propensities and feelings which man pos- 
sesses in common with the lower animals center in self as 
their object, and never lead the individual to do good to 
others purely from a desire to promote their welfare. 
The common characteristic of the Moral Sentiments, 
on the other hand, is unselfishness. They tend to lead 
the individual’s thoughts and desires from self outwardly, 
and they would sacrifice every selfish impulse to duty and 
principle. 
Benevolence is entirely unselfish in its nature. The 
misery and unhappiness of others cause it pain, and it 
finds its highest gratification in alleviating their distress 
and promoting their enjoyment. Its activity, indeed, 
affords the individual himself much pleasure, but the THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
241 
normal activity of any organ is attended with pleasure. 
Its ultimate aim is the good of others. 
Veneration gives the tendency to worship the Supreme 
Being, and to reverence whatever is great and good. It 
is directed exclusively to other objects, and tends to 
humble self in the contemplation of their noble and vener- 
able qualities. Hope looks with happy anticipations to 
the future, and is delighted with the expectation of good 
to come. It may, indeed, lead the individual to look for- 
ward to a good which shall be exclusively his own, but it 
is not necessarily selfish in its activity. Marvelousness 
gives faith in the unseen, and a love of the new and the 
wonderful, but there is no appropriation to self in its 
activity. Conscientiousness recognizes our own rights as 
well as those of others, but it would not diminish these, 
or add to those, one iota beyond the strict requirements 
of justice. It raises the individual entirely above all 
personal considerations, and enables him to condemn 
himself as readily as another, and to sacrifice every per- 
sonal, family, or friendly interest on the altar of duty. 
Thus the Moral sentiments, inasmuch as they tend to 
lift the individual above all selfishness, and prompt him 
to seek the welfare and happiness of other beings as their 
object, are superior to the animal propensities and senti- 
ments, and are naturally constituted to exercise a restrain- 
ing influence over them whenever their undue activity 
would lead to abuse. But we have seen that the moral 
sentiments themselves are blind and instinctive in their 
activity, and when excessively developed, just as liable 
to run into abuse as the propensities; hence, while they 
are naturally constituted to exercise the restraining power 
over the mind, they are not fitted to be the guides of 
any faculty or class of faculties. This is the BRAIN AND MIND. 
242 
PROVINCE OF THE INTELLECT, 
which is fitted to gather knowledge from every quarter 
of the universe, to trace out the laws which govern the 
world, and to perceive the relations which every being 
and every object hold to each other. It thus gives us 
the power to foresee consequences and to anticipate re- 
sults, which may be in the highest degree useful in ward- 
ing off calamities and in promoting enjoyment. 
Acquisitiveness, for instance, being large and active, 
may desire to acquire wealth. A well-developed Con- 
scientiousness may exercise its due authority, and restrain 
Acquisitiveness from encroaching on the rights of others, 
in gratifying its desire. But unless the Intellect be well 
instructed in the details of the occupation through which 
gratification is sought for, failure and chagrin will be likely 
to ensue. Given equal Acquisitiveness and Conscien- 
tiousness, the larger the Intellect, and the better informed 
it is in regard to the laws of trade and the relations of 
the things with which men deal, the more complete, far- 
reaching, and comprehensive it is in its operation, and 
the greater will be the success in the accumulation of 
property. 
Benevolence may be possessed in such a large degree 
that the mind may run habitually on schemes of charity; 
but unless the Intellect be sufficiently powerful and well 
informed to form wise plans, and to carry them out com- 
pletely, Benevolence will fail of its purpose. 
Through the organ of Veneration, man is naturally prone 
to religion, and disposed to worship the Supreme Being, 
and to reverence whatever is great and sacred; but if we 
look back over the history of any people, we will find that 
the worthiness of the object on which their Veneration has THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
243 
been exercised has, in general, accorded with their degree 
of intelligence. Unenlightened by Intellect, Veneration 
has led man to prostrate himself before idols of wood and 
stone, and to worship beasts and disgusting reptiles. It 
has made him the slave of superstition, and caused him 
to bow down in abject submission to priests, to yield im- 
plicit obedience to the asserted representatives of Divinity, 
even to the giving up of life and property at their com- 
mand ; and it has invested with the utmost sacredness 
meaningless forms and ceremonies in religious worship. 
As man has risen in intelligence, priestly authority has 
decayed, superstition has given place to intelligent faith, 
forms and ceremonies have lost their sacredness, and the 
objects of veneration have risen to the true dignity of 
man’s nature. 
Amativeness, Conjugality, and others of the domestic 
faculties, may inspire a person with a powerful interest 
in another, and ardently desire to form an alliance with 
him. This love may be sanctified by the truest and purest 
devotion which Conscientiousness and Benevolence can 
inspire; yet if the Intellect show the alliance to be im- 
proper, unhappiness will inevitably ensue. The true cause 
of a very large proportion of marital infelicity lies just 
here. In selecting matrimonial partners, the feelings are 
too often allowed to forestall the judgment. They fasten 
upon their object before the Intellect has had an oppor- 
tunity to become familiar with its qualities. Were the 
Intellect keen enough to discern character and motive, 
and powerful enough to rise above the bias of the feel- 
ings, it would be in the best condition to guide the indi- 
vidual to an object in which every feeling might be grati- 
fied, and the person find enduring happiness. 
The peculiar province of the Intellect, then, is to guide 244 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
and direct the other faculties in their efforts at gratifica- 
tion. It may be exercised in conjunction with the moral 
sentiments, and devise schemes for the promotion of jus- 
tice, charity, and good-will among men; or, combined 
with the propensities, it may lay plans which will subvert 
justice, destroy happiness, and bring untold miseries on 
mankind. If the moral sentiments are deficient, the 
stronger the Intellect, the greater will be the individual’s 
capacity for knavery. The shrewdest criminals possess 
keen powers of observation which are made the servants 
of the masterful propensities, and minister to their grati- 
fication ; the moral sentiments not being powerful enough 
to exercise their rightful authority over the other faculties. 
Right Conduct results from the harmonious activity of 
these three classes of faculties. The propensities impart 
prudence, forethought, courage, and energy to the char- 
acter ; the moral sentiments supply the principles by 
which conduct should be regulated; and the Intellect 
is the discriminating power which is essential to guide 
the other faculties in their instinctive efforts at gratifica- 
tion. In order, however, to fit the Intellect to perform 
this duty successfully, it must be fully instructed in the 
laws and relations of the objects on which the other facul- 
ties are exercised. By nature, the Intellect is constituted 
to acquire information concerning all the relations of man, 
and is susceptible of training and culture to an indefinite 
extent, there being no contingency in this life which the 
reasoning sense can not fairly resolve. 
Looking at human nature from the point of view at which 
we have now arrived, we are able to obtain a rational view 
of the springs of human conduct, and to comprehend the 
true source of a large proportion of the miseries which af- 
flict mankind. If all conduct be right which is in harmony THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
245 
with the dictates of the moral sentiments and enlightened 
intellect, and all conduct be wrong which is contrary to the 
bearing and spirit of these higher powers; then, if society 
be constituted on the principles of justice and benev- 
olence, we may suppose that he who lives habitually un- 
der the dominion of these higher powers will derive the 
greatest advantages from existence, and that he who lives 
contrary to their dictates will be wanting in the purest and 
best enjoyments. This, accordingly, we find to be the 
fact. 
Two examples.—Imagine an individual to set out in life, 
actuated by the conviction that the moral sentiments are 
naturally supreme, and that they should be the controlling 
motives of his conduct He would, in the first place, de- 
rive from the mere activity of the higher sentiments a pure 
and soul-satisfying enjoyment, which no gratification of the 
selfish faculties can ever confer. He would be an object 
of the love and confidence of his fellow-men, and on this 
account would derive from them many personal advan- 
tages, as well as the intense gratification which naturally 
flows from their good-will and esteem. The propensities 
and inferior sentiments themselves would furnish him with 
the highest pleasure of which their activity is capable, be- 
cause sanctioned by pure motives and correct principles. 
In the domestic relations such an- individual would be 
capable of inspiring the purest and most devoted affec- 
tion. How fondly would a wife cling to a husband whose 
love went out to her with the kind and unselfish devotion 
which Benevolence inspires; whose active Conscientious- 
ness entirely removed from her the fear of treachery and 
deceit, and who manifested in his conduct toward her that 
consideration which results from a due endowment of Con- 
jugality. The children of such an individual wquld cher- 246 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ish for him sincere respect and fond affection in return for 
the kindness, the truthfulness, yearning, and justice which 
he would manifest in his habitual treatment of them. His 
example also would tend to cultivate in them the same 
truthfulness, integrity, and benevolencewhich character- 
ized his own conduct. 
In his friendships also, such an individual wrould mani- 
fest a sincerity, a deference to the wishes and peculiarities 
of his friends, and an unselfish interest in their welfare and 
happiness, which would bind them to him in the closest 
bonds. In short, the individual who habitually repressed 
every manifestation of the propensities and selfish senti- 
ments, not sanctioned by the moral sentiments, would pass 
through life, receiving—in accordance with the universal 
law, that “ whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also 
reap,”—kind, sincere, respectful, and generous treatment 
from his fellow-men. 
On the other hand, let us imagine an individual to set 
out with no higher idea of life than that it is simply a game, 
of which the stakes are personal advantage and emolu- 
ment. The motives of his conduct springing mainly from 
the propensities and inferior sentiments, his intercourse 
with his fellows would be characterized by devotion to his 
personal interests. He would be selfish in his domestic 
affections, selfish in his friendships, selfish in his pursuit 
of wealth, selfish even in his deeds of charity and in his 
exercises of devotion. Such an individual could not win 
the love and esteem of his fellows. They would see and 
feel the inherent egotism of his character, and would look 
coldly upon him. Even in his deeds of charity, in his ex- 
ercises of devotion, and in his protestations of friendship 
and good-will, they would suspect a selfish motive, and 
would withhold from him that love and that sincere respect THE ACTION OF THE FACULTIES. 
247 
and confidence which only the pure and disinterested man- 
ifestation of the higher sentiments of Justice, Benevolence, 
and Veneration can inspire. 
If he possessed intellectual penetration, he would recog- 
nize the fact that his friendships and all his intercourse 
with his fellow-men were founded upon an unsubstantial 
basis, and this would give rise to feelings of distrust and 
disquietude, and cause him to look upon all men as hol- 
low-hearted and insincere. Such an individual would 
never experience the deep gratification -which flows from 
possessing the esteem of the virtuous; he would be denied 
the internal satisfaction which naturally results from pure 
motives and correct moral principles; and he would nat- 
urally become an object of the ill-will and hatred of his 
fellow-men. Thus would the selfish faculties, by their un- 
regulated activity, defeat the very purposes which they 
most ardently desired; and the individual would be de- 
nied both the pure enjoyment which flows from the activ- 
ity of the moral sentiments, and the high advantages 
which result from the gratification of the selfish faculties 
themselves. He would pass through life deploring the 
selfishness and hollow-heartedness of a world whose no- 
bler qualities he was incapable of evoking or appreciating, 
and he would look back upon his career, when it was fin- 
ished, and complain that all had been u vanity and vexa- 
tion of spirit.” But the fault would be his own; for as he 
had sown, so would he also reap; and he would have no 
good reason to complain if the fruits of his sowing should 
prove ashes and bitterness to his soul. CHAPTER XIV. 
THE RELATION OF PHRENOLOGY TO METAPHYSICS 
AND EDUCATION. 
If the doctrines unfolded in the previous chapters be 
true, the most important results will naturally flow from 
their practical application. In the first place, they furnish 
a scientific basis for the facts and phenomena of mind, and 
thus enable an observer to analyze and classify those phe- 
nomena, and to deduce a system of principles which shall 
prove eminently serviceable in mental education, and in 
the development of character. 
Previous to the dawn of anatomical and physiological 
science, the structure and functions of the human body 
were unknown. Men suffered countless evils in conse- 
quence of this ignorance, through infringement of the laws 
which govern the physical system. When disease attacked 
them, they could not fell which organ was affected. They 
knew little of the nature of the disease, the causes which 
produced it, or the remedies to be applied for its removal. 
People of strong religious sentiments regarded disease as 
a judgment sent upon them from heaven in consequence of 
their sins, and to be removed only by prayer, and stricter 
attention to moral duty. Among many of the heathen 
nations sickness is regarded still as resulting from the ma- 
lign influence of an evil spirit, and its removal attempted 
through sorcery and incantations. 
Now, civilized nations no longer suffer from the terrible 
248 METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
249 
plagues which once devastated whole lands: because of our 
greater knowledge of physiology, and our attention to the 
hygienic conditions essential to the preservation of health. 
It is true that much suffering is still endured on account 
of ill-health, even in our most enlightened communities; 
but it is only because people are willfully ignorant of what 
they might know, and selfishly disobedient where obedi- 
ence would prevent or alleviate their sufferings. 
The science of Phrenology stands in a similar relation 
to the mind that the science of Physiology does to the 
body. It defines the organs of the mind, their locations 
and functions, and interprets the laws which govern their 
activity, health, and development. No other system of 
mental philosophy.recognizes the fact that every faculty of 
the mind has a special organ for its manifestation. In- 
deed, the most contradictory opinions are held among 
metaphysicians in regard to these faculties; some attribut- 
ing to the mind powers and qualities which are denied by 
others. Some vaguely utter opinions writh reference to 
supposed locations of the intellect and the passions, and 
some gravely debate as to whether the mind operates 
through the agency of any material organ. Were the 
science of Physiology in so uncertain and variable a state 
as metaphysics, it is obvious that men generally would re- 
ceive its teachings with very little confidence. If some 
physiologists were to assert that assimilation, nutrition, de- 
cay, and renovation were original functions of the body, 
and others were to argue that they were not original pow- 
ers, but only the results of functions still more primitive ; 
if it were debated among them whether digestion, circula- 
tion, secretion, and excretion were or were not bodily 
functions; if it were asserted that the bodily functions 
were carried on by the body as a whole, and that there 250 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
was not the slightest reason for supposing that the body 
was made up of many separate organs, each possessing a 
distinct office in the animal economy; it is clear enough 
to our present intelligence, that so crude a condition in 
physiology would furnish us no practical and reliable rules 
for our guidance either in promoting health or in removing 
disease. 
Now it appears to us that the old systems of mental phi- 
losophy stand in a similar relation to the mind, its organs 
and faculties, that this hypothetical condition of the 
science of Physiology would hold to the bodily organs 
and functions; and that Phrenology, by discovering the 
dependence of the mind upon organization, the relations 
subsisting between the mind and the brain, and between 
the different faculties of the mind, has given to the science 
of mind a definiteness and accuracy hitherto unknown, and 
substituted the certainty of demonstration for the confu- 
sion and uncertainty of speculation. 
MIND DEPENDENT UPON BODY. 
If the brain be the organ of mind, it is reasonable to 
suppose that the better the health, and the higher the con- 
dition of that organ, the more vigorous will be the mani- 
festation of its powers ; the brain being a part of the ma- 
terial system, it is necessarily subject to the same physical 
laws which govern the other parts of the organism. If any 
part of it be called into activity the blood is determined 
toward that part, and the processes of exhaustion, decay, 
and renovation go on more rapidly. If the exercise be re- 
sumed at regular intervals, and not carried too far, the 
part grows in size, strength, and facility of action. If, 
however, the exercise be excessive, and the part be not 
allowed the repose necessary to restore the waste of its METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
251 
activity, it becomes exhausted, disease may supervene, and 
imbecility or insanity follow as the natural consequence. 
A knowledge of this law of the brain’s activity is very im- 
portant in education. Ignorance, or inattention with re- 
spect to it, has brought weakness, disease, and premature 
death on many brilliant minds, and defeated the ends 
which they most ardently desired to attain. It is in ac- 
cordance with this law of the brain’s activity that great 
grief, severe misfortune, and exalted excitement often pro- 
duce insanity. The mind brooding continuously on one 
thing, keeps the material organ constantly on the strain, 
and the excessive activity thus induced causes it to become 
exhausted, weakened, and diseased; and then we have a 
deranged manifestation of its faculty. 
The light which Phrenology throws upon the education 
and training of the young may now be appreciated. By 
indicating the nature of mind and the elements in its com- 
position; by showing that each of these elements or fac- 
ulties has an appropriate organ in the brain, which may be 
excited to activity independently of the rest; by disclosing 
the laws which govern the exercise of these organs, it pro- 
vides information of a most valuable and practical char- 
acter with respect to mental growth and training. 
Some differences noted between Metaphysical views and 
Phrenology.—In the education of the intellect it has long 
been known that the exercise of any talent increases its 
energy and facility of action ; but the principle upon which 
this improvement takes place was not understood before 
the discoveries of Dr. Gall, and even at the present day it 
is unknown to the great majority of teachers. The meta- 
physicians readily concede that musical or mathematical 
talent may be greatly improved and strengthened by cul- 
tivation; but they nowhere treat of a talent for music and 252 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
computation as original faculties of the mind, nor as de- 
pending upon distinct cerebral organs. They treat of per- 
ception, conception, sentiment, memory, judgment, etc., as 
original powers of the mind; but our philosophy teaches 
that these are only modes of mental activity common to 
many different faculties. The organ of Form, for instance, 
enables us to perceive the shape of an object; Size, its 
magnitude; Weight, its density; Color, its hue; Order, the 
arrangement of its parts; Calculation, their number; and 
Locality, the place which it occupies. Each of these dis- 
tinct modes of mental activity may be correctly termed 
perception. Each of these organs, in like manner, when 
internally active, may present to the mind ideas corre- 
sponding with its function without the visible presence of 
an object which is naturally adapted to excite it to activity. 
This mode of action is properly termed conception, and is 
common to all the intellectual faculties. Memory, also, is 
a term applicable to nearly every faculty of the intellect, 
and is not itself a distinct power of mind. For it is well 
known that an individual may have a good memory of 
faces, but a poor memory of names; a good memory of 
colors, but a poor memory of tunes; a good memory of 
places, but a poor memory of dates; a good memory of 
facts, but a poor memory of principles or theories. Were 
memory a separate power of the mind, these phenomena 
could not occur, for it would then be capable of recalling 
with equal facility, every class of ideas which had once 
been a part of the mind’s experience. 
Now it is clear, if the phrenological theory be the true 
one, that any rules laid down for the cultivation of percep- 
tion, conception, memory, etc., as primitive or independ- 
ent faculties of the mind, must be exceedingly partial and 
indefinite. If a metaphysical professor were to say to his METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
253 
pupil, “ Your faculty of perception, or your faculty of con- 
ception is weak; in order, therefore, to strengthen it, please 
give it exercise,” the pupil would be at a loss to know 
where to begin, or how to proceed. But if the phreno- 
logical theory of the organs and faculties were explained to 
him, together with the principles which govern their activ- 
ity, he might enter upon the improvement of his defective 
mental faculties with intelligence. He might then find, 
perhaps, that his deficiency in perception was only partial; 
that while his perception of forms, proportions, or colors 
might be imperfect, his perception of harmony in music 
and melody might be excellent. In memory, also, he 
might find that he could easily recall principles, while facts 
and circumstances would be remembered with difficulty; 
that while his verbal memory might be good, his memory 
of the places which he had once visited might be wreak ; 
that while being able to recall dates and figures easily, the 
faces and names of persons would be retained with diffi- 
culty. These remarks apply with equal force to many 
other original faculties of the old systems of mental phi- 
losophy, and serve to illustrate the partial, unreliable, and 
impracticable results which flow from an imperfect—be- 
cause scarcely more than hypothetical—method of mental 
investigation. 
APPLIED IN THE EDUCATION OF CHILDREN. 
Turning our attention to the propensities and sentiments, 
we find that our philosophy furnishes equally precise and 
practical information in regard to the training of the dis- 
position and the development of character. Many fond 
parents refrain from correcting their children in the early 
period of their existence under the impression that they 
are too young to appreciate moral training, and that when 254 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
they become older, their intellects will enable them to dis- 
tinguish between good and bad conduct; and that then 
they may be addressed, and a reform effected, through the 
reason. But our philosophy teaches that while the intellect 
may exert a reforming, because enlightening, influence 
over the conduct, its power to do so depends in general 
upon its development as compared with that of the pro- 
pensities and sentiments. Phrenology refers the violent 
temper, the stubborn, willful, and perverse disposition, the 
tendency to deceitfulness, etc., to the primitive faculties 
of the mind, and shows that in order to modify the dispo- 
sition, the material organs through which the faculties are 
manifested must be reached, and our influence exerted 
directly on them, either to restrain the bad or to call forth 
the good, in accordance with the laws of their organ- 
ization. 
What these laws are may be easily apprehended. Every 
mental organ is naturally related to a certain class of ob- 
jects which, when presented to it, excite it to activity, 
and by this activity it grows in strength and facility of ac- 
tion, just as a muscle grows in size and power by exercise. 
Thus, danger and objects of terror are the natural stimu- 
lants of Cautiousness; praise, of Approbativeness ; opposi- 
tion, of Combativeness; food, of Alimentiveness, etc. 
Now, Alimentiveness, Combativeness, and Destructive- 
ness come into activity almost at the beginning of the 
child’s existence, while Cautiousness, Approbativeness, 
and Firmness may be very influential elements in the dis- 
position long before the intellect has been sufficiently de- 
veloped to enable it to judge wisely in regard to conduct. 
‘‘Let it not be forgotten,” writes Spurzheim, “that from 
the earliest age, the feelings as well as the intellectual 
faculties may be educated, and that young children show METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
255 
no less difference in their characters than in their talents. 
They are patient or obstinate, indolent or lively, timid or 
courageous, attached to, or careless about others,” etc.* 
If, therefore, parents allow the propensities of their 
children unrestrained activity during their infancy under 
the belief that when they are older, they may be reasoned 
out of their evil tendencies, they commit as great a folly 
as would the husbandman who should allow weeds to grow 
up among his corn, under the impression that when it was 
well grown, it would better bear their eradication. The 
weeds smother the corn and obstruct its growth from the 
very beginning, and the longer they are allowed to grow, 
the more difficult becomes their extermination. 
Three Methods Indicated.—In the training of the pro- 
pensities of children three methods may be pursued : first, 
physical restraint; second, a withdrawal from them of 
their natural stimulants; and third, their arraignment be- 
fore the intellect and moral sentiments, as the powers 
naturally adapted to exercise authority over them. Ali- 
mentiveness is naturally the first propensity which comes 
into activity. It responds to the body’s need of nourish- 
ment, and when instructed and unperverted, is a reliable 
guide as to the kind and amount of food necessary for the 
maintenance of the physical system ; but this organ, in ac- 
cordance with the laws of hereditary descent, which gov- 
ern every part of the body, is most surely liable to be 
transmitted from parents to children with an excessive 
degree of energy, so that in the very commencement of 
the child’s existence it may give a desire for a much 
greater amount of food than is necessary to supply the 
needs of the system. Unless this desire be restrained 
within reasonable bounds, it is clear that it will be likely 
* “ Education Founded on the Nature of Man.” J, G, Spurzheim. 256 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
to work much injury to the health of the child by impos- 
ing on the stomach an excess of work, and clogging the 
system with a superabundance of food-material. The 
organ itself increases in size and vigor by unrestrained 
indulgence, and thus becomes more and more a source of 
evil and unhappiness to its possessor. Many parents are so 
ignorant in regard to proper methods of training, and so 
biased in their judgments through a foolish fondness in- 
spired by the unregulated activity of Parental Love, that 
they not only allow their children an injurious indulgence 
of the appetite, but even make it a means of securing 
their obedience. They quickly perceive what a powerful 
influence it gives them over their children, and it is ap- 
pealed to on every occasion as a chief means of discipline. 
A sugar-plum, a stick of candy, or a piece of cake is, with 
such persons, the current payment for obedience, and thus 
the gratification of an inferior propensity is trained to hold 
the high place of a motive to conduct, which should be 
occupied only by the moral sentiments. 
Furious Anger arises from the unrestrained activity of 
Combativeness and Destructiveness, while Self-esteem and 
Firmness are the sources of a willful and stubborn dispo- 
sition. If a child be allowed uncontrolled liberty of ac- 
tion, and is permitted to have its own way and to carry 
its point in the face of opposition, these organs may ac- 
quire a fearful ascendency in its disposition, manifesting 
themselves in a pettish, willful, and headstrong temper, 
and in an impatience of restraint which is the occasion of 
the most violent and ungovernable passion. Some children, 
from a larger original endowment of the organs on which 
these characteristics depend, are naturally prone to a high 
temper, and an obstinate, headstrong disposition. These 
must be treated with special care. All manifestation of METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
257 
passion in dealing with them should be avoided; for it is 
a law of the mental organs that they are excited to activity 
by the manifestation in their presence of the same charac- 
teristics which it is their function to manifest. A proud 
and haughty manner exercised toward an individual nat- 
urally excites his pride in return. Stubbornness in one in- 
dividual calls up the same trait in another, as is abundant- 
ly illustrated in the common affairs of life, where we see 
men contending over trivial matters, actuated by no other 
principle but a determination not to yield a single point so 
long as their opponents refuse to do the same, and engaging 
in expensive litigations in which the stake at issue is un- 
important compared with the expense of gaining it. A 
balky horse is a good illustration of this disposition. Whip- 
ping and harsh treatment only make him the more stub- 
born, while kindness will often render him tractable and 
obedient. 
In dealing with a headstrong and passionate child, the 
parent should be gentle, firm, and self-possessed. His 
manner toward it should result from the dictates of the in- 
tellect and the moral sentiments. The manifestation to- 
ward it of these higher faculties will naturally excite to ac- 
tivity the corresponding organs in the child; while the ab- 
sence of passion and unreasoning obstinacy in the parent’s 
conduct offers no excitement to the inferior faculties of the 
child. Such treatment will be conducive to that true 
mental development in which the intellect and moral 
sentiments exercise the authority which rightly belongs to 
them over the other powers. 
An illustration of wise management on the part of a 
mother is seen in the following extract from a letter re- 
ceived lately by a well-known teacher of Phrenology in 
New York from a lady residing in the West, viz: 258 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
“ I have been at Mount C., Mich., taking baths, and the 
lady I boarded with told me about taking her little child, 
then four years old, into your office for an examination. 
Among other things, you said, ‘ When this child has fits of 
passion, don’t punish him, but draw his attention as quickly 
as possible to something else.’ The child was subject to 
most violent fits of passion; would upset and throw every- 
thing he could lay his hands upon, although he knew he 
must restore things to their proper places in the end. The 
way you suggested was one she had never tried, and she 
found it to work admirably. 
“ Sometimes she would pick up a book and begin to read 
poetry, of which the child was very fond, and soon he 
would steal up to her side and lay his head on her shoul- 
der, completely subdued. At other times, and always with- 
out noticing him, she would begin to talk about some sub- 
ject of special interest to him, and he would forget his 
rage. Patiently working in this manner, the gentle Chris- 
tian mother has won her reward in one of the most dutiful, 
thoughtful, pleasant-tempered, and alfectionate of sons. 
You said that he would make either a very good man or a 
very bad one, and now, at fourteen, he promises fair to be 
a very good one. H. L. M.” 
Bribes a?id Threats Imp?'oper.—Cautiousness and Ap- 
probativeness are often developed to a prejudicial extent 
through wrong training. The element of fear is generally 
one of the most influential among the mental traits of 
young children, and on this account is frequently made 
use of as a means of discipline. Ignorant nurses and 
servants, as well as ignorant or injudicious parents, are 
prone to make use of the easiest means of governing chil- 
dren. They purchase obedience by bribing the appetite or METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
259 
by bestowing upon the child extravagant praise, or by ex- 
citing its fear through threats of terrible punishments. It 
is too often the practice to frighten children by absurd, 
hobgoblin stories. Thus the organs which are already over- 
developed, and should have their activity repressed, are 
stimulated to further excesses of activity. Cautiousness is 
perhaps more frequently abused in this way than any other 
faculty. From inexperience and undeveloped reason, chil- 
dren are exceedingly credulous. They readily believe the 
most absurd stories of goblins and witches; and threats 
to shut them up in the dark, where they will see raw 
heads and bloody bones, or to cut off their ears, or to call 
the rats or a big dog to devour them, will excite terror in 
their minds in proportion to the degree in which the organ 
of Cautiousness is developed. A severe strain is thus often 
produced on the nervous sensibilities of children which is 
exceedingly prejudicial to their physical health, and some- 
times proves the cause of morbid nervous conditions and 
even of insanity. 
Praise.—A child whose Approbativeness is largely de- 
veloped, will be very sensitive to praise and to blame. 
This faculty, indeed, is seldom deficient in children, and is 
frequently rendered excessively active by injudicious praise. 
A child is often flattered by its parents through over-fond- 
ness. It is flattered by visitors to please the parents, as 
well as to gratify the child. Whatever “ smart ” thing it 
says or does is rehearsed in its presence, and its impro- 
prieties are even excused on the score of its age or the dis- 
covery in them of some element of supposed talent. Un- 
der such constant stimulation, the love of praise soon comes 
to be the chief motive of the child’s conduct, and unless 
the intellect and moral sentiments are powerful enough to 
rise above this false training, vanity and a vulgar love of 260 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
display and ostentation will be likely to cling to the child 
through life. With the votaries of fashion Approbativeness 
is generally the controlling organ. We do not find them 
asking whether or not a given line of conduct is consistent 
with good sense, or kind, just, and honorable, but what does 
society think of it? What will people say? And whatever 
will win the favor or attention of others as vain and frivolous 
as themselves will be adopted and acted upon, though it 
may be in plain contradiction to the dictates of intellect 
and moral sentiment. 
Moral Training Essential. — It is of the highest im- 
portance also, in the training of children, that the moral 
sentiments be called into habitual activity, that they may be 
accustomed to exercise over the propensities and inferior 
sentiments the authority which rightly belongs to them. It 
is not enough to say to a child, Do this, or Do not do that, 
but the reasons why it should do this or should not do that 
ought to be explained to it in so simple a manner that its 
own intellect may perceive the wisdom of the command, 
and its own Conscientiousness be led to decide on the 
right and the wrong in the matter. If a parent wishes his 
child to grow up with a kind and benevolent disposition, 
he must not rest content with the mere precepts which en- 
join good-will and charity to men; he must accustom his 
child to the actual performance of self-denying acts and 
deeds of kindness and benevolence. The excuse, “Too 
much trouble,” or “ I haven’t time,” is a wretched plea on 
the part of a parent who is negligent in this most impor- 
tant branch of child-training, and the waywardness of 
many a boy or girl of good original endowment may be 
traced directly to the negligence which was sought to be 
palliated by such a plea. A well-known American kinder- 
garten-teacher says, appreciatively : “ One needs always to METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
261 
remember that discipline is only to be the assistant of the 
true educator, and not the principal motive. When one 
commands, as has been said before, it must be done qui- 
etly, but decidedly, and take care not to resort to the two 
favorite methods of rewards and threats, both of which pre- 
suppose the possibility of disobedience, and are, therefore, 
not decided enough, and are defective also in so far as they 
are simply external motives of actions. The individuality 
of each child must also be brought into consideration, as 
well as their physical constitution and disabilities. The 
most difficult of all things during the first years of the 
child’s life, is the task of awakening and preserving the 
germs of goodness in his heart. At this tender age these 
germs may be led into two opposite directions; according 
to the influencing circumstances they may become virtues 
or vices. Thus timidity may grow to be modesty or ab- 
jectness; fear may grow to be prudence or cowardice; 
the natural roguishness or foolhardiness of children may 
develop into energy, executiveness, or cruelty and rude- 
ness. It requires as much decision, tact, and watchfulness 
to stem the flow of any capacity or tendency in the di- 
rection of vice, as it requires care and trouble to fan the 
tiny little flame of the natural disposition in the direction 
of virtue.** 
Necessity of Example. — The music-teacher never ex- 
pects to. make his pupil an expert performer by mere pre- 
cept ; however thorough his instruction, the pupil will fail 
of excellence unless her fingers are trained by persistent 
practice to touch the keys with facility and exactness. So 
in the culture or growth of character, we must go back to 
the original mental organs and excite them to activity by 
the actual practice of those virtues which we desire to de- 
* Mrs. L. Pollock’s “ Kindergarten Lecture.” 262 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
velop, if we would obtain permanent and useful results. 
In the accomplishment of this purpose it should be remem- 
bered, also, that example will exert a powerful influence. 
It will be of little use for a parent to inculcate the precepts 
of truthfulness, justice, kindness, honor, and discretion, if 
his own actions belie his teachings. He must not only 
preach, but practice what he preaches, else his children 
will lose confidence in his precepts and despise his author- 
ity. Children are very quick to notice any neglect of 
duty or inconsistency between precept and practice on the 
part of their parents, and many children are taught the 
manners of cunning and duplicity by fathers or mothers 
who lay down laws for their little ones and give little heed 
to observing their spirit themselves. 
THE CRIMINAL CLASS—THEIR TREATMENT- 
The laws of mental activity which have been discussed 
in the foregoing remarks on the training of children, are 
universal in their application. All conduct, the virtuous 
as well as the vicious, has its origin in the mental organs, 
and to them we should go in our endeavors to root out vice 
and to promote virtue; for no reform can be permanent 
which does not reach back to the sources of moral conduct. 
Hence, in our treatment of criminals it is not enough that 
we shut them up in prison and train their hands to some 
useful employment. This treatment is good so far as it with- 
draws them from the natural stimulus of their evil propen- 
sities and calls into activity the higher power of intellect; 
but we can not hope to reform them and make them good 
citizens unless our influence reaches their moral senti- 
ments. These must be called into exercise and trained to 
exert their proper influence in the mental economy, to METAPHYSICS AND EDUCATION. 
263 
control the inferior powers of mind, else we can have no 
assurance that the criminal will not relapse into crime as 
soon as he is released from physical confinement. In deal- 
ing with the criminal classes it should be remembered that 
they are such in consequence of a preponderance of the 
animal nature over the moral, a positively unbalanced men- 
tal condition, and that they are, therefore, as truly deserving 
of sympathy as the deformed or the idiotic. The better 
class of the community—those whose higher faculties ex- 
ercise an habitual control over the lower—are, in a social 
sense, the keepers of these unfortunates. It is for them to 
remove temptation as far as possible from the propensities 
of their weaker brethren, to destroy all causes which in- 
flame their animal passions, and to surround them with 
those influences which tend to call forth whatever may exist 
in them of the qualities which dignify and ennoble human 
nature. In the performance of these duties their own 
moral sentiments will be rendered habitually active, and 
thus develop a truer manhood, while, at the same time, they 
are lifting their unfortunate fellow-men from degradation, 
rendering them self-helpful, and relieving the community 
from the unhappy results of crime. 
Brain and National Growth.—The customs and institu- 
tions of a people can never be superior to their mental 
development. If we examine the crania of the different 
nations of the earth, we will find a direct correspondence 
between them and the degree of the nation’s civilization ; 
and the typical cranium of any period in a nation’s prog- 
ress from barbarism to the highest civilization is an indi- 
cation of the development of their mental organs; and 
from this development we may infer in general the char- 
acter of their pursuits, their amusements, and their institu- 
tions. The physiologists are wont to refer to crania like 264 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
the Neanderthal, Mentone and Calaveras skulls as repre- 
sentative of the mental conditions of ancient man. 
All our schools and institutions of learning promote 
popular advancement by the cultivat'on and development 
of the intellectual faculties, and, coincidently, knowledge is 
diffused. Our asylums, our prisons, and reformatory in- 
stitutions are useful to society in so far as they tend to 
place a restraint on the undue activity of the propensities, 
and to secure the normal and harmonious activity of the 
mental faculties. Our laws and political institutions are 
indispensable to the welfare of the people, because essential 
to regulate the activity of the selfish and physical faculties; 
and our religious societies are in the highest degree pro- 
motive of human progress, because, while they inculcate 
precepts which appeal directly to man’s moral nature, and 
thus tend to exercise those powers which are naturally 
constituted to promote virtue and to repress vice, they 
present the most powerful motive to right conduct by link- 
ing the concerns of the present life with a future and 
spiritual one. 
A General Conclusion.—After what has been said, it may 
be unnecessary to observe that the material organs of the 
mind are the basis on which all human improvement, as 
it is exhibited to our physical consciousness, must be built. 
There can be no progress except through the instrumen- 
tality of these organs, and any reform in the life and con- 
duct of an individual must take place in accordance with 
the laws which govern their activity. Experience may 
teach us in a vague and indefinite manner the general 
method by which these laws operate, as experience will 
teach the farmer the general method of managing his soil 
and crops. But as the farmer who ignores science, as it 
is related to his vocation, would be liable to defeat his own METAPHYSICS AND ED UCA TION. 
265 
best interests frequently through ignorance of the laws 
and conditions under which nature operates, so the most 
strenuous endeavors of the virtuous and benevolent in be- 
half of the amelioration of their fellow-men will often prove 
abortive and defeat their own ends, unless guided by a 
thorough knowledge of the mental constitution, its laws, 
and modes of activity. CHAPTER XV. 
VALUE OF PHRENOLOGY AS AN ART. 
Phrenology, as a system of mental philosophy, is 
superior to any other science of mind which has been 
formulated. But beyond the advantages which it pos- 
sesses over other systems as a science, it stands alone in 
the application of its principles to the delineation of char- 
acter. No other system of mental science makes any pre- 
tensions to character-reading as an art, but is confined to 
collecting and collating the facts and phenomena of mind 
as they appear through consciousness. We do not by any 
means claim that Phrenology is complete as an art any 
more than we do that it is complete as a science, or that 
the most skillful will not frequently make mistakes in 
judging character from external forms. The chemist, the 
geologist, the astronomer make mistakes in their respect- 
ive spheres and are excused. Any one who will give his 
attention for a little time to the matter, will be able to ap- 
preciate the magnitude of the difficulties under which the 
practical phrenologist often labors in estimating correctly 
the size of mental organs, the manner in which they com- 
bine, the degree in which the activity of each is modified 
by its combination with others, and the effect of the modi- 
fying conditions of temperament, health, education, activ- 
ity, etc. And any one who will make himself familiar 
with the grand principles of the science, so as to compre- 
hend their immense practical utility in all theconcerns of 
266 PHRENOLOGY AS AN ART. 
267 
life, will concede that it is worthy of the very highest con- 
sideration, although its application to the delineation of 
character were a chimera. 
But while the deductions of the practical phrenologist 
may not always possess the certainty of a mathematical 
demonstration, we claim for Phrenology, as an art, peculiar 
and important advantages. In our social, domestic, and 
business relations the characters of those with whom we 
have to deal are linked in a very important degree with 
our individual interests. Merchants are liable to be de- 
frauded by employing dishonest clerks. Persons in the em- 
ploy of the Government frequently embezzle funds which 
are intrusted to their care; servants often cause their em- 
ployers much inconvenience and annoyance through their 
incompetency, and their deceitful and unamiable conduct; 
in short, we are liable to be continually deceived by those 
with whom it is necessary for us to deal, but whose char- 
acters are unknown to us by experience. It is true, in 
general, that we need not place our property in the hands 
of others without exacting bonds for their good conduct, or 
employ clerks or servants without a certificate of previous 
good character. But bonds do not always save us from 
loss, and recommendations are by no means assuring. We 
need to make use of every safeguard, and any means which 
will increase our security in the good conduct of those with 
whom we have to deal should be assiduously cultivated. If 
the experienced practical phrenologist were always at hand 
to pronounce judgment on the character and ability of 
those seeking places of trust and responsibility, we feel 
confident that losses to employers from dishonest and 
incompetent employes would be greatly diminished. The 
phrenologist should be consulted just as the lawyer or the 
doctor is, and a certificate of character from his hands 268 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
should be deemed as essential to one seeking employment 
as a recommendation from a previous employer. If the 
two certificates agreed, we might rely with confidence on 
the character which they ascribed to the individual, while 
any discrepancy between them would naturally put us on 
our guard, and lead us to make careful inquiry into the 
character which the person had previously borne. 
SOME ILLUSTRATIONS. 
As an instance of the practical utility of Phrenology 
when applied in the manner above recommended, Mr. 
Combe relates that, in one instance, he refused to hire a 
boy because he found that his head indicated a low grade 
of development, although the boy was introduced by a 
woman whose good conduct and discrimination he had 
long known, and who gave him an excellent character. 
The woman was at first greatly incensed by Mr. Combe’s 
refusing to engage the boy; but within a month she re- 
turned, and said that she had been greatly imposed upon 
herself by a neighbor whose son the boy was; that she 
had since learned that he was a thief, and had been dis- 
missed from his previous service for stealing. 
On another occasion, Mr. Combe hired a female servant 
because of the testimony of her head as to rectitude, etc., 
although her former mistress gave her a very different 
character. She turned out an excellent servant, and re- 
mained with him for several years. He afterward ascer- 
tained that her former mistress possessed a head of an in- 
ferior order and hence was continually nettled by the 
superior mental endowment of her servant. The servant’s 
ill-humor was naturally excited by the causeless irritability 
of her mistress, hence she appeared to the latter hasty in PHRENOLOGY AS AN ART. 
269 
temper, obstinate, and disagreeable, and was given a cor- 
responding character. 
A year or two since, one of the authors of “ Brain and 
Mind ” having occasion to select a house servant, did so 
in accordance with his knowledge of the human organiza- 
tion. The young woman when first presented to his fam- 
ily did not make a favorable impression, some of its 
members declaring that her appearance was much against 
her, and that ‘‘she would not do at all;” that there was 
“ an untrustworthy look about her.” A week’s stay, how- 
ever, showed her to be a most industrious and faithful do- 
mestic, and kindness brought out a strong expression of 
regard on her part. 
The experience of eminent practitioners of Phrenology 
can furnish hundreds of instances which illustrate the im- 
portant aid this science confers on society. Scattered 
through its literature are the acknowledgments of a great 
multitude of men and women, testifying to the benefit 
which they received from an examiner’s counsel or the read- 
ing of a phrenological work. Well might a distinguished 
educator say, “ If Phrenology could be proved to be a 
science, it would be a more beneficent invention than the 
electric telegraph, because it would help to put the right 
man in the right place.”* 
Of Special Importance Where.—These observations on 
the application of Phrenology to the selection of clerks 
and servants have a bearing on all our intercourse with 
our fellow-men. Even if we’lack the practical experience 
necessary to judge of character from external forms, a 
knowledge of Phrenology as a science will be found 
eminently useful in enabling us to analyze the characters 
of those whom we meet, and to discern the motives and 
* Pres. Hunter, New York Normal College. 270 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
sources of their conduct. How much domestic infelicity 
might be avoided if the real character of those about to 
unite in matrimony were laid open to view, and each were 
enabled to dissect and analyze the mental traits of the 
other with the critical and dispassionate eye of science ! 
What severe and mortifying disappointments Avould not 
many an individual be spared if, when about to choose his 
life pursuit, he would listen to the voice of science as 
interpreted by a competent phrenologist, and choose his 
calling in accordance with his natural endowment. Through 
ignorance of physiology and the constitution of the mental 
faculties many parents seem to think chat a child may be 
molded into any form that their fancy may dictate, just as 
a sculptor would carve an image from a block of marble; 
and so they place their children under the tutelage of in- 
structors to be developed into successful doctors, lawyers, 
divines, or men of science. The sculptor can chisel the 
inanimate marble into any form which may be desired, and 
the beauty of the image will depend upon the skill of the 
artist. With the living human subject, however, the law of 
his being determines the form without. Skillful training 
may accomplish much for any one, but its influence is 
limited to developing what already exists as a native en- 
dowment. It can not create a single faculty; it can only 
work on the material which nature has already supplied, 
and in accordance with the laws which she has imposed 
upon it. Hence the importance of making use of every 
means in our power to ascertain the qualities and faculties 
which nature has bestowed, that we may co-operate with 
her in the production of perfect mental forms, and that we 
may not be found wasting our resources in a futile attempt 
to mold a colossus out of the material of a pigmy. 
To the teacher, the lawyer, the doctor, and the clergy- PHRENOLOGY AS AN ART. 
271 
man, a knowledge of this science will be found especially 
useful. The peculiar vocation of the teacher is to train and 
develop the youthful mind. In order to be successful in 
this, it would seem to be of the highest importance that 
the elements, or faculties, of the mind should be definitely 
known, and that the laws which govern their activity 
should be thoroughly understood. Children differ greatly 
in their mental constitutions, hence the same modes of in- 
struction and discipline can not be employed with equal 
success in all cases. The teacher should be able to esti- 
mate and appreciate this difference that he may adapt his 
method of instruction to it, and thus act in harmony with 
nature, and not in antagonism, as one is likely to do who 
is not conversant with the laws of human organization. 
Much of the lawyer’s success depends upon his ability to 
read and comprehend the motives or sources of human 
conduct. He should be able to discern readily the facul- 
ties which are most influential in the character, that, like 
a skillful general who knows thoroughly the position of 
the enemy, he may determine when and where to move 
his forces that they may prove the most effective. Patrick 
Henry’s success at the bar was due, in a large measure, to 
his intuitive knowledge of human nature. He studied the 
faces of jurymen that he might discern the effects of his 
arguments, and learn how his appeals should be urged in 
order to win them over to his views. 
The clergyman, for many reasons, will find a knowledge 
of this science highly advantageous to success in his avo- 
cation. An individual’s religious character is not some- 
thing which is stamped upon his life by external influ- 
ences, but results from the calling into activity of powers 
which the Creator has already implanted within him. 
“ Besetting sins” result more from the unregulated activity 272 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of the physical and passional elements than from the in- 
fluence of circumstances. To teach his people how to 
overcome these, as well as how to develop their moral 
faculties, a correct theory of mind is indispensable. 
One of the most eminent of American pulpit orators was 
once asked whether or not Phrenology had aided him in 
his profession as a preacher, and he promptly replied: 
“ Suppose I were on an island in mid-ocean, and perma- 
nently cut off from obtaining anything from the rest of 
the world, but having all the tools and machinery for 
raising crops and manufacturing other useful things; and 
suppose some night pirates should land and rob me of all 
they could carry off, and burn my books, tools, and ma- 
chinery, and leave me, despoiled and desolate, to construct 
such rude tools as might be possible under the circum- 
stances. Without Phrenology and the aid it gives me in 
treating of mind, I should be as much at a loss how 
to proceed effectively in my vocation as I should to 
carry on farming with my appropriate implements de- 
stroyed.” 
These remarks are applicable in a greater or less degree 
to every pursuit where mind comes in contact with mind. 
To know how to meet men, to avoid exciting their dis- 
agreeable characteristics, and to call into activity their kind 
and amiable qualities, will greatly facilitate our intercourse 
with them, and prove highly advantageous in promoting 
our individual interests. Any philosophy which professes 
to unfold human nature as it is, and to lay open the secret 
springs of human conduct, is surely worthy of our consid- 
eration. And in proportion as such a philosophy is prac- 
tical and adapted to the every-day needs of men must it 
be valuable. 
The venerable John Neal, long known among American PHRENOLOGY AS AN ART. 
273 
authors of eminence, wrote the following emphatic state- 
ment a few years before his death : 
“ I am asked what I have to say about Phrenology in 
this age of the world. To which I answer, first, that I 
look upon Phrenology as now understood, by experts and 
professors, not only as a science worthy the name of sci- 
ence, but as one of the greatest discoveries, and one of the 
most beneficent and useful, if rightly employed, that was 
ever made by mortal man. There was a time when it 
would have passed for inspiration. But what has it done 
—what is it doing for mankind ? Much every way—in- 
finitely more than the people have an idea of. It is modi- 
fying our whole system of education. It is changing all 
our notions of insanity, and leading to new treatment in 
our hospitals and courts of justice.”* 
* Am. Phrenological Journal, Sept., 1866. CHAPTER XVI. 
PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
A treatise on Phrenology intended for general reading 
would be lacking in completeness did it not include a sur- 
vey of the state of the science at this day, of the progress 
which its principles have made in the literature and gen- 
eral scientific thought of the day. 
Fifty years ago the advocates of the system introduced 
by Drs. Gall and Spurzheim constituted a class by them- 
selves. Their opinions with respect to the structure of 
the brain, and its mental relations, were so new, and so 
revolutionary that most of the leaders in the old schools of 
anatomy and metaphysics, in spite of the. clearness of the 
demonstrations of Spurzheim, and the comprehensive rea- 
soning of George Combe, held aloof, nursing their con- 
servatism and distrustful of the evidence furnished by 
their senses. 
The spirit of the early opposition to the new doctrines 
is well indicated in the published attacks of Dr. John 
Gordon of the University of Edinburgh, of Mr. Jeffrey, so 
long the editor of the Edinburgh Review, and of Sir Wil- 
liam Hamilton. The underlying motive or chief stimulus 
of these attacks appears to have been the belief current 
then in English and Scottish religious circles that Phren- 
ology sustained or tended to materialism and infidelity, 
and this impression led men hitherto generally recognized 
as calm, dispassionate critics, to indulge in bitter expletives, 
274 PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
275 
and often to forget the canons of logic and rhetoric. The 
most notable attack was that of Sir William Hamilton, 
and it may be taken as an embodiment of all the objections 
that Scottish philosophy and physiology had to urge against 
Phrenology. 
THE OBJECTIONS OF SIR WILLIAM HAMILTON. 
Hamilton, on two several occasions, read papers on the new 
system before the Royal Society, in which he criticised it as 
set forth in a treatise by Dr. Spurzheim. As soon as Spurz- 
heim heard of Hamilton’s proceeding, he sought an oppor- 
tunity to reply before the same audience, but was refu.sed 
on a merely technical ground, that of his not being a mem- 
ber of the society. Then he endeavored to bring about a 
discussion before the public between Hamilton and him- 
self, in which the points of Hamilton’s papers should be 
the topic. But the staid and somewhat ascetic Hamilton 
was disinclined to such a proceeding. A long controversy 
ensued, in which Mr. George Combe took the most promi- 
nent part, and in which, occasionally, Dr. Combe appeared 
as it were to furnish some needed testimony in support of his 
brother’s statements. A meeting between Hamilton and 
George Combe, however, was in the meanwhile brought 
about before three gentlemen of well-known reputation, but 
no definite result was reached, as the arbiters concluded, 
after a few hearings of what the contestants had to advance, 
that the whole party should attend the pathological dis- 
sections at the Infirmary and Fever Hospital, as one of the 
only means of obtaining correct data for their purpose.* 
Finding subsequently that the observations that they had 
begun would require years before they could arrive at any 
* See letter of Mr. George Combe in the Caledonian Mercury, dated January 
33, 1828, at the end of this chapter. 276 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
general result, the matter was suffered to drop. This was 
in 1827. Later on, the voluminous correspondence be- 
tween Hamilton and Dr. Spurzheim and Mr. Combe, 
which was conducted in the first three months of 1828, 
brought out many of the points of objection entertained 
by Sir William, and exhibited in a clear light the moral 
tenor of his attack. 
In a letter to the Caledonian Mercury, under date of 
19th of January, 1828, Sir William tabulates fourteen 
“ Phrenological Propositions,” and an equal number of 
“Counter Propositions,” which substantially embraced the 
points which he had proposed for the determination of 
the three arbiters the year before. In that letter he re- 
iterates a statement made in a letter to Mr. Combe, which 
runs thus : “ I bind myself to prove, not simply that the 
assertions of Drs. Gall and Spurzheim, in regard to the 
fundamental conditions of their hypothesis, are false, but 
that they are diametrically opposite to the truth.” As Ham- 
ilton is to-day with many, whose personal knowledge of 
phrenological doctrines is scanty, the “ great demolisher ” 
of the Gallian system, it may prove interesting to the 
reader to cite at length the propositions upon which his 
grand effort at demolition was founded. 
“ I. Phrenological Proposition.—In old age the walls of 
the skull increase in thickness, and the cases in which the 
cranial bones wax thinner as the subject declines in life 
constitute exceptions from the general rule. 
“Counter Proposition (Hamilton’s).—The rule is here 
the exception, and the exception the rule. 
“ II. Phrenological Proposition.—Young and adult (sic) 
persons have no cavities between the tables of the frontal 
bone ; and the real frontal sinuses occur only in old per- 
sons, or after chronic insanity. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
277 
“Counter Proposition.—The absence of the sinus in 
young and adult subjects, so far from constituting the uni- 
versal law, is a rare if not a doubtful anomaly. 
“ III. Phrenological Proposition.—Before the age of 
twelve or fourteen the frontal sinus never, or almost never, 
exists. 
“Counter Proposition.—Before this age the sinus is fre- 
quently, if not generally, present. 
“ IV. Phrenological Proposition.—The frontal sinuses are 
rarely to be found in women. 
u Counter Proposition.—i. These cavities are rarely absent 
in the female cranium. 2. Even more rarely than in the male. 
'l V. Phrenological Proposition.—The sinus, when pres- 
ent, betrays its existence and extent by an irregular eleva- 
tion of a peculiar character, constituting a bony crest, or 
ridge, or blister, and is distinguished from the forms under 
which the phrenological organs are developed. 
“Counter Propositioti.—There is no correlation between 
the existence and extent of a sinus, and the existence and 
extent of any such elevation, whether superciliary or 
glabellar—either may be present without the other ; and 
when both are co-existent, they have no reciprocal propor- 
tion in their dimensions, or in their figure. Neither is 
there any form of cranial development which excludes the 
subjacent presence of a sinus. 
“VI. Phrenological Proposition.—In ordinary cases the 
sinus only extends an obstacle over two organs (Size and 
Lower Individuality), or, at most, partially affects a third 
(Locality). 
aCounter Proposition.—In very ordinary cases the sinus 
covers a greatly larger proportion of the supposed organs, 
and frequently affects more than a third part of the whole 
thirty-six. 278 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
“ VII. Phrenological Proposition.—The opposite sides 
of the cranium are in general commensurate; and when 
not symmetrical, this inequality is the effect, and conse- 
quently the index, of disease in the brain. 
“Counter Proposition.—The opposite sides of the cranium 
are very rarely symmetrical, very frequently widely differ- 
ent in development; and this disproportion is seldom the 
consequence of any morbid affection. 
“VIII. Phrenological Proposition.—The convolutions 
of the opposite hemisphere of the human brain £re almost 
perfectly symmetrical. 
“Counter Proposition.—Neither in the upper nor in the 
under surface of the brain, and no age or sex of the 
human subject, have the convolutions of the two hemi- 
spheres any reciprocal symmetry, but differ remarkably 
from each other in figure, connexion, situation, length, and 
breadth. 
“ IX. Phretiological Proposition.—The whole brain (en- 
cephalon) does not in general attain its full complement of 
size till thirty, and in many individuals not till forty years 
of age. 
“Counter Proposition.—From the age of seven the cere- 
bral mass gains little or nothing in volume; and the in- 
crease of the head about the time of puberty, and after- 
ward, is determined by the greater development of the 
cranial bones, muscles, integuments, and hair. 
“ X. Phretiological Proposition.—The cerebellum only 
attains its full relative proportion to the brain proper from 
the age of eighteen to twenty-six. 
“Coutiter Proposition.—The cerebellum reaches this pro- 
portion many years before puberty, and even probably as 
early as three years old. 
“XI. Phrenological Propositio?i.—In male animals the PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
279 
cerebellum proportionally even to their larger brain is gen- 
erally greater than the cerebellum of females of the same 
kind ; and this difference is still more decided in man than 
in the other species of animals. 
“Counter Proposition.—The cerebellum of women (and 
the analogy holds true throughout nature) is, on an aver- 
age, in proportion to their smaller heads, much larger than 
the cerebellum of men. 
“XII. Phrenological Proposition.—As the female cere- 
bellum, even in proportion to a lesser brain, is relatively 
smaller than the male, the ratio of its inferiority in size will 
be greatly increased if the two parts are compared directly 
with each other, according to their absolute proportions. 
"Counter Proposition.—Though on a smaller head, the 
cerebellum of women (and probably the same is true of 
other females, as compared with other males) is, on the 
average, absolutely larger than that of men. 
“ XIII. Phrenological Proposition.—In women, as more 
frequently actuated by a strong natural propensity to de- 
votion, the organ of Theosophy, or Veneration, is in gen- 
eral more largely developed than in men. 
''''Counter Proposition.—The manifestation can not be de- 
nied ; but those dimensions of the head which determine 
the size of the supposed organ of religious sentiment, are, 
proportionally, even to the smaller size of the female 
head, much less on the average in women than in men. 
“ XIV. Phrenological Proposition.—As the ‘ knowing 
faculties ’ are in full energy at a much earlier period than 
the ‘ reflective,’ the lower region of the brow, along which 
the organs of the former are distributed, is found more 
largely developed in children than the superior parts of 
the forehead, in which are situated the organs of the latter. 
“Counter Proposition.—-The manifestation is notorious; 280 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
but the heads of children are peculiarly and remarkably 
distinguished from those of adults, by the greater develop- 
ment of the higher.region of the brow, as compared with 
the smaller development of the lower.” 
The reader who is conversant with the status of cranial 
and cerebral anatomy to-day can easily perceive by these 
propositions that the phrenologists were in advance of the 
commonly received opinions among anatomists when 
Hamilton leveled his artillery at Gall and Spurzheim. 
He summons to his support, in defending the declarations 
under the general title of ‘‘Counter Propositions,” the 
concurrent testimony of anatomists, intimating that he had 
made a careful study of the authorities in vogue at the 
University, of whose faculty he was an eminent member. 
It should be remarked here that both Dr. Spurzheim and 
Mr. Combe protested against Sir William’s construction of 
phrenological doctrine in several of his “ Phrenological 
Propositions.” For instance, Dr. Spurzheim challenged 
him to state the source of the assertions in the Vth, Vllth, 
VUIth, and XIVth “ Phrenological Propositions,” and de- 
clared the statements therein “ to be inexact ” and not his 
opinions.* 
But taking the assertions of Sir William as they stand, 
and comparing them with the teaching of the later anato- 
mists—for instance, Dr. John Gray, Dr. J. C. Dalton, Prof. 
Alexander Ecker, Prof. Turner of Scotland, and others of 
acknowledged high authority—it will be apparent that the 
phrenologists of 1827 and the anatomists of 1879 are, in 
general terms, accordant. No one questions the fact that 
the brain in old age naturally shrinks in volume, and that 
the cranial bones actually thicken on account of the re- 
* Letter to the Caledonian Mercury, 23d January, 1828. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
281 
cession of the inner table from the outer table of the skull 
in correspondence with the brain shrinkage; that the true 
sinuses do not appear until near the age of puberty; that 
they are more marked in man than in woman ; that they 
are indicated by a bony ridge or protuberance, which is 
usually proportioned to their extent; that the opposite 
sides of the cranium are in general commensurate ; that 
there is a close resemblance between the two hemispheres 
of the brain; that the brain grows until a person has at- 
tained forty years; that the cerebellum does not reach its 
maximum until twenty; that the male 
cerebellum is larger than the female, gen- 
erally in animals, and absolutely in man; 
that in women the head is usually fuller 
and more rounded in the superior or 
sincipital region than in men; that young 
children do not show elevation of fore- 
head, but development of the lower or 
perceptive range of the intellectual fac- 
ulties. 
The extraordinary allegation in the 
Vlth “ Counter Proposition ” with refer- 
ence to the sinus affecting “ more than 
a third part of the whole thirty-six ” 
organs recognized by Spurzheim, is so 
palpably absurd that he who is convers- 
ant with the arrangement of the phrenological organs would 
be disposed, at its first reading, to charge its author with 
sheer ignorance or willful misrepresentation. Ordinarily 
the sinus can not affect the examination of more than 
three organs—Form, Inviduality, and Size; while an ex- 
ceptionally large sinus may trespass upon the lower border 
of Locality. It must be stated, however, that the com- 
Fig. 115. — Frontal 
Sinus — A reduc- 
tion FROM NATURE. 282 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
petent phrenologist can approximately determine the ex- 
tent of a sinus by its exterior indications, just as an ex- 
perienced. physician can determine the extent of the tho- 
racic cavity, and the condition of the lungs of a patient, 
notwithstanding the thickness of the chest-walls. The 
situation of the brain in the cranium, as known to every 
anatomist, and as shown in the illustration which repre- 
sents the usual relation between the brain and the skull, is 
such that the mass of the frontal lobes lies above the part 
of the cranium in which the frontal sinuses lie. The 
lower surface of the frontal lobes rests upon the supra- 
orbital plates, their inner margins dipping a little in con- 
sonance with the osseous depression in which lies the 
crista galliy and at the bottom of which the olfactory 
nerves pass. 
As the organ of Form lies in the first frontal convolution, 
which is situated partly in this depression, its determina- 
tion appears to be the most affected by the existence of a 
sinus. Nevertheless, the phenomena attending the de- 
velopment of Form are so well defined that phreno- 
logical observers generally consider it an easy organ to 
estimate. 
The general similarity of the cerebral hemispheres in 
the same brain, and of one brain to another in adult age, is 
recognized now by the leading neurologists, and maps 
and diagrams showing the arrangement of the gyri and 
sulci are among the of a thorough study of 
brain anatomy.* 
The XHIth “Phrenological Proposition,” perhaps rests 
more upon the evidence of essentially phrenological data 
*See “ The Cerebral Convolutions of Man.” By Alexander Ecker, Professor of 
Anatomy in the University of Freiburg. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
283 
than the other “ propositions,” but its truth may be easily 
confirmed by the reader or student if he will observe the 
form of the heads of 
women as he meets 
them in his ordinary 
routine, and will com- 
pare it with that of 
the heads of an equal 
number of men. One 
investigator of emi- 
nence, Huschke, who 
is cited by Maudsley 
and others, found that 
the upper part of the 
brain and the posterior 
lobes to be proportion- 
ately larger in women than in men, and these regions he 
designated as having more to do with feeling than with 
the understanding. 
Fig. 116 represents a well-proportioned male cranium, 
and Fig. 1x7 a well-bal- 
anced female cranium, 
as taken by photography 
from originals in the 
collection of the Ameri- 
can Institute of Phre- 
nology. The greater ele- 
vation of the female skull 
at the middle superior 
region is evident, and 
conducive to larger de- 
velopment of the organs 
which inspire the send- 
Fig. ti6.—Male Cranium. 
Fig. 117.—Female Cranium. 284 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ments of devotion, submission, and trust. An examination 
of the heads or crania of women of barbaric tribes will 
show a similar comparative development, while the type 
of the organization is lower than the European. 
The advocates of Phrenology to-day have some reason 
for thanking Sir William Hamilton for his zeal in endeav- 
oring to refute the doctrines of Gall and Spurzheim. His 
examination and arrayal of the old anatomists against the 
German philosophers but brought into strong relief some 
of the anatomical facts which the latter had personally 
ascertained in the course of their study of brain structure; 
and as science now recognizes those facts, Hamilton stands 
in the position of a witness unconsciously awarding the 
credit of their discovery to those two great apostles of 
Phrenology.* 
THE DISCLOSURES OF GALVANISM. 
Neurological science has had for many years eminent 
observers who have given exclusive attention to the brain, 
and its physical relations. But ten years ago it was discov- 
ered by Fritsch and Hitzig, of Germany, that the brain is 
electrically excitable, and this new fact at once imparted a 
powerful impulse to experiments on living animals? The 
results of a course of such experiments which have been 
* That Hamilton was really not entirely familiar with “ the concurrent testimony 
of anatomists ” of his own time and the century immediately preceding, is fairly 
shown by Professor Huxley in a recent contribution to The Nineteenth Century, 
in the course of which he remarks: “ Even Sir William Hamilton, learned historian 
and acute critic as he was, not only failed to apprehend the philosophical bearing 
of long-established physiological truths; but, when he affirmed that there is no 
reason to deny that the mind feels at the finger-points, and none to assert that the 
brain is the sole organ of thought, he showed that he had not apprehended the 
significance of the revolution commenced, two hundred years before his time, by 
Descartes, and effectively followed up by Haller, Hartley, and Bonnet in the mid- 
dle of the last century.” PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
285 
published by Dr. David Ferrier, of King’s College, Lon- 
don, are exceedingly interesting to the student of Phre- 
nology, because they constitute a physical demonstration 
of the fact that the brain is an assemblage of centers sub- 
serving distinct functions. To be sure, the results which 
Ferrier has tabulated * relate simply to the mechanical 
organism ; but the evident impossibility of obtaining purely 
mental responses by the galvanic excitations of an animal, 
which had been rendered unconscious by anaesthesia, can 
not impair the observed facts of mental manifestation. 
Fig. 118 is taken from Prof. Ferrier’s work, and repre- 
Fig. 118.—Mechanical Centers of a Monkey’s Brain. 
sents the left hemisphere of a monkey’s brain, with the 
centers or regions numbered, which are said to be pro- 
ductive on irritation of certain muscular movements, i, 
for instance, is related mechanically to “advance of the 
opposite hind limb as in walking.” 3, has to do with 
“ movements of the tail, generally associated ” with other 
movements. 9 and 10 are related to “opening of the 
mouth with protrusion (9), and retraction (10) of the 
* “ The Functions of the Brain.” By David Ferrier, M.D., F.R.S, Ed. 1876 286 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
tongue.” 13 and 13', cause “ the eyes move toward the 
opposite side with an upward or downward deviation ac- 
cording as the electrodes are on 13 or 13'. The pupils 
also generally become contracted.” 14, “ Pricking of the 
opposite ear, head and eyes turn to the opposite side, 
pupils dilate widely.” 
Here (in 13, 13', and 14), we have movements which are 
suggestive, if of anything emotional, of watchfulness, 
caution, and slyness; and it is curious to notice that the 
region designated by the numbers are analogous to the 
locations of Cautiousness and Secretiveness in the phren- 
ological order. 
THE SPEECH CENTER. 
Allusion has been made elsewhere to the determination 
of a speech center by observations of the phenomena of 
aphasia, and the repeated examination of the brain of apha- 
sic persons after death. That this center is situated in the 
third frontal convolution near the Island of Reil in the left 
hemisphere of the brain, all the physiologists agree. Some, 
however, Dalton, Lauder Brunton, and Ferrier being among 
them, are inclined to believe that a corresponding center 
lies in the right hemisphere. Prof. Ferrier explicitly says: 
“ The speech center is, as has been stated, in the great 
majority of cases, situated in the left hemisphere. But 
there is no reason beyond education, and heredity, why 
this should necessarily be so. It is quite conceivable that 
the articulating centers of the right hemisphere shall be 
educated in a similar manner. 
“A person who has lost the use of his right hand may, 
by education and practice, acquire with his left all the 
cunning of his right. In such a case the manual motor 
centers of the right hemisphere become the centers of PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
287 
motor acquisitions similar to those of the left. As regards 
the articulating centers the rule seems to be that they are 
educated, and become the organic seat of volitional ac- 
quisitions on the same side as the manual centers. Hence, 
as most people are right-handed, the education of the 
centers of volitional movements takes place in the left 
hemisphere. This is borne out in a striking manner by the 
occurrence of cases of aphasia with left hemiplegia in left- 
handed people.”* 
This reasoning accords with the phrenological doctrine 
of the double organization of the brain, each hemisphere 
being a complete set of centers, motory, sensory, and men- 
tal. Observers of the form of heads know that the left 
side of the cranium is generally larger than the right, a 
natural consequence of the superior activity and use of the 
left hemisphere in the mental life of men. The differences 
in minute structure which are noticeable in the right and 
left hemispheres of the adult brain, are explicable by the 
same law of growth and development which governs in the 
case of our arms and hands. 
According to Gratiolet, the brain of the Hottentot Venus, 
who was not idiotic, presented a simple and regular ar- 
rangement of the convolutions of the frontal lobe, the two 
hemispheres being almost perfect in symmetry. Her type 
of organization being low, and her mental faculties being 
almost limited in their exercise to the simple processes 
which relate to gratifying the animal instincts, there was 
nothing of that elaboration which is conspicuous in the 
brain of the white at the normal stage of development, f 
A Case quoted by an Opponent.—As Dr. Maudsley appears 
* “ Functions of the Brain,” p. 278. 
t “ The Physiology of the Mind,” Henry Maudsley. 288 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
to belong to the class of thinkers who attribute the growth 
of the intelligence peculiar to man to his superior power of 
attention, and to experience, it could scarcely be expected 
that he would show much favor toward the phrenological 
doctrine of localization ; yet he occasionally supplies an 
incident or argument in his works which can be made 
serviceable in behalf of that doctrine. For instance, to his 
chapter on “Hemispherical Ganglia” (Physiology of the 
Mind), he appends a very interesting account of the French 
sergeant’s case as reported by Dr. E. Mesnet.* 
A young French soldier was wounded at the battle of 
Bazeilles by a gun-shot which fractured the left parietal 
bone. Hemiplegia ensued, from which he recovered, but 
subsequently peculiar disturbances of the brain were man- 
ifested, which have recurred since, periodically. The 
sergeant, in his normal condition, is an intelligent and 
faithful hospital attendant at Mayence, but in an instant he 
becomes unconscious of his surroundings, and acts like 
an automaton. The only sense by which an impression 
may then be made upon him is that of touch. His hearing 
is entirely lost; pins may be thrust into his body, and 
strong electric shocks administered without producing the 
least evident effect. He may be given to drink water, 
vinegar, assafoetida, etc.; they are all alike to him. His 
sight is so far lost, that it evidently conveys to his percep- 
tion only vague impressions of brilliant objects. He eats, 
drinks, smokes, walks in his usual manner, repeating in the 
course of an attack his accustomed habits. There are, 
however, one or two manifestations which entirely belong 
to his abnormal state. The sergeant becomes a klepto- 
maniac during the attacks, purloining everything he can 
* "La Union Medicate'' July ai and 23, 1874. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
289 
take and concealing it. If he find no property belonging 
to others, he hides, “ with all the appearance of secrecy,” 
small articles belonging to himself. Can it be doubted 
that the parietal fracture so injured the brain-tissues that 
some permanent lesion was produced, and an inflammatory 
disturbance brought about in the region of the organs 
known in Phrenology as Acquisitiveness and Secretive- 
ness? It is to be regretted that Dr. Maudsley was not 
more definite in his location of the injury. 
dr. charcot’s testimony. 
In the discussion of abnormal mental phenomena, and 
their relation to pathological conditions of the cerebrum, 
Professor J, M. Charcot, of Paris, has shown a rare 
minuteness in tracing the boundaries of an affected region. 
It must be admitted that his position as chief of the great 
Salpetriere hospital, has afforded him exceptional opportu- 
nities fcr the study of cerebral disease. Nevertheless, 
modern science is indebted to him for the earnestness and 
care which characterize his investigation. One case which 
he notes in its bearing on aphasia, was that of a woman 
named Farn She lost the faculty of speech, yet 
exhibited “ no trace of paralysis, either of motion or sensa- 
tion.” Aphasia was “the only symptom, and atrophy of 
the third convolution was also the only corresponding le- 
sion revealed by autopsy.* 
The illustration from Charcot exhibits the region of 
disease as it appeared in examination in this case, which 
is one of the most interesting recorded of its class. One 
of the primary conclusions to which Dr. Charcot has been 
♦“Lectures on Localization in Diseases of the Brain.” By J. M. Charcot. 
Translated by E. P. Fowler, M.D. 1878, p. 53. 290 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
led by his investigations is there epitomized in one of his 
lectures : 
“ Long explanations are unnecessary to convey what is 
meant by localization in cerebral physiology and pathol- 
ogy. The term has long since become a common one, and 
its meaning is well known. I will therefore only remind 
Fig. 119.—Diseased Brain, Anterior Lobe, Deft Side. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
291 
you that the principles of cerebral localization rest upon 
the following proposition: The encephalon does not 
represent a homogeneous organ, an unit, but rather an as- 
sociation, or a confederation, composed of a certain num- 
ber of diverse organs. To each of these organs belong 
certain distinct physiological properties and faculties.”— 
Idem, p. 2. 
NOTE. 
THE COLOR SENSE. 
A good deal of attention hag been given of late to that 
varied defect in the perception of colors, found in many per- 
sons, which is called “ color-blindness.” So many accidents, 
involving loss of human life, had occurred, the cause of which 
seemed inexplicable, that European physiologists were in- 
duced to look to the physical organism of sense perception 
for a clew to their solution. It was asked—might a collision 
of two vessels at sea, or of two railway trains on land, be the 
result of some positive organic defect , in the look out or 
engineer, which led him into an error of judgment? As 
lookouts, engineers, guards, switchmen, and others in cases 
of accident, now and then were found to have mistaken the 
color signals, and were totally at a loss to account for their 
mistakes, it was deemed proper to examine into the nature 
of color preception, and the most surprising revelations have 
followed such investigation in Europe and America. Dr. 
Holmgren, of Upsala, Sweden, published a volume in 1877 
on “ Color-Blindness, and its Relations to Railroads and the 
Marine,” which embodied the fruits of an extended course of 
observation. This book awakened general interest in the 
matter, and several publications have recently appeared con- 
taining a great amount of data derived from a variety of 
sources. The employes of railway and steamship companies, 
operatives in factories, children and youth in the public 
schools and higher educational institutions, have been made 292 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
the subjects of optical experiment by those who have taken 
up this new branch of scientific inquiry. 
It has been found that a large number of people are defect- 
ively constituted for recognizing colors. Dr. B. Joy Jeffries, 
of Boston, Mass., states that one male in twenty-five is color- 
blind in some degree.* In woman this defect is rare, as has 
been shown by an extensive examination of the eyes of school- 
girls and women in Europe and this country. Dr. Holmgren 
found but io at all affected among 7,119 females of all ages 
and vocations. Dr. Jeffries reports only 4 among 7,942 stu- 
dents and scholars. This proving is in close accordance with 
the observation of phrenologists that the organ of Color in 
woman, as compared with man, exists in a much higher state 
of development. 
Among the conclusions of value to us which have been 
reached on the subject, are these: 
Color-blindness is a congenital defect, and incurable. It is 
not connected with any special color in the iris, or in the 
humors which are inclosed by the eyeball. It may be due 
to an hereditary disease which affects the optic nerve, pro- 
ducing a form of atrophy. 
Tobacco and alcohol may produce color-blindness. So, 
too, accidents, ecpecially those accompanied with severe jar 
or shock, may cause this abnormality in the sense of vision. 
Professor Wilson, of Edinburgh, who, as far back as 1855, 
had given some attention to the phenomena of color-blind- 
ness, reports the case to a physician, who, after having been 
thrown from his horse, “ suffered great cerebral disturbance,” 
and his perception of colors was found to be permanently 
impaired, so that the flower which once charmed him by its 
contrst of tint, appeared of a uniform, dull hue. 
The data of this interesting semi-pathological phase of 
human vision are not deemed sufficient to warrant physiolo- 
gists at large in concluding that it is due to some defect in 
the retina, or that its cause must be looked for in the brain. 
* Color-blindness : Its Dangers and its Detection. 187?}. PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
293 
although Dr. Niemetscheck and Dr. Aubert, of Germany, 
hold that in the color-blind there is a contraction of the 
anterior lobe, so that the brain mass is actually smaller than 
in those whose color sense is perfect. This conclusion was 
based upon certain measurements of the distance between 
the pupils of the eye in color-blind persons. Dr. Cohn, Pro- 
fessor Holmgren, and some others do not accept the views of 
Niemetscheck and Aubert, while they agree substantially 
that this class of abnormal vision may be caused by a defect- 
ive constitution of the optic nerve or by some cerebral weak- 
ness or disturbance congenital in the person affected, or be a 
sequence of brain disease. 
But to us, it seems evident enough that when a person is so 
deficient in the apprehension of colors, that he can not dis- 
tinguish red from green, the physical apparatus in his head, 
which has for its function the discernment of color, has lost 
or lacks one-third of its power, red being one of the three 
primary or foundation colors. This lack is naturally exhibit- 
ed by a reduction of the volume of the nervous substance in 
which the function resides, just as weakness of vision or 
blindness can be traced to disease of the substance of the 
brain, in which the optic nerves terminate, and a consequent 
atrophy of center and process. The distinctness of the dif- 
ference between mere vision and the appreciation of hues is 
acknowledged by all observers ; that one may possess excel- 
lent eyesight, but be greatly wanting in the determination of 
colors, is a surprising anomaly to those who do not accept 
the phrenological solution. The phrenologist understands 
how a man with eyes, in themselves anatomically perfect, 
may not be able to estimate with average correctness the size 
of a packing-box, or the weight of a horse, while another, 
whose eyes are so impaired that he must employ spectacles, 
will respond to a challenge of this sort by a prompt and close 
estimate. 
It requires not argument to prove that there are persons 
with good vision, who are unable to appreciate the beauty of 294 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
a picture or a statue. Their eyes take it in as a mere object, 
they may perceive its symmetry and fidelity to the original, 
but they have so weak an endowment of the artistic sense 
that they can not trace the relations which make a work of 
art beautiful, and, as such, a source of gratification. It is 
evident that the idea of beauty is not due to the eye, but to 
the exercise of a faculty in the mind which uses the eyes as 
an instrument. 
The cat and the eagle have better eyesight than human 
beings, yet no one supposes that they perceive beauty as man 
perceives it. They lack the artistic sense, or ideality. There 
are thousands of men who have good eyes, considered as a 
piece of mechanism, and though they may see all the parts 
of an object, it has in it principles and ideas which they do 
not comprehend. They see it, but they do not see into it, or 
appreciate it. 
As a writer has said, the eye in itself is a machine adapted 
to the recognition simply of light and shade, just as a photo- 
graphic instrument may be said to perceive an object. The 
latter reproduces the object to which it has been directed, 
not with its contrasts of color, but with variations of light 
and shade ; the red parts will be dark or black, according to 
the brightness of the red; the blue parts light, approaching 
whiteness, in accordance with their variation in tone. If the 
artist would have the camera reproduce a picture with all its 
charming effect of tint, he must find a substance which will 
be susceptible to the delicate impression of the light reflected 
by different colors. Such an invention would be analogous 
to the wonderful nervous process in the brain, which resolves 
differences of light and darkness into a great variety of hues, 
and contributes in no small degree to man’s enjoyment of 
nature and art. 
There is an evident analogy between the phenomena of 
aphasia and the phenomena of imperfect vision, which the 
earnest physiologist can scarcely overlook, we think. The 
persons who are affected by aphasia experience more or less PHRENOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
295 
difficulty in the use of language, according to the extent of 
the cerebral disturbance, and the anatomical examination of 
the brains of those who have died from aphasia has led to 
the establishment of a nerve-center for language to the satis- 
faction of physiologists generally. In other words, the path- 
ological phenomena of the faculty of Language have shown 
to the scientific world the soundness of the phrenological 
theory that claims an organ of Language as an integral part 
of the anterior lobes of the cerebrum. 
So with regard to the '‘color-sense,” the investigations 
which are in progress concerning its abnormal and pathologi- 
cal phenomena, will doubtless result in the “ discovery ” of a 
region of the brain specially charged with the function of 
apprehending colors, and in that portion of the frontal or in- 
tellectual lobes where Dr. Gall and Dr. Spurzheim placed it, 
in accordance with their observations of the contour of the 
forehead in those endowed with a high discrimination of 
color, and in those who were defective in its appreciation. CHAPTER XVII. 
THE PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
Probably no point in the system of Phrenology has been 
more opposed and berated than that with reference to the 
location of the sexual principle in the cerebellum. Physi- 
ologists speak of it as a “ center presiding over equilibra- 
tion and general muscular co-ordination,” and, at the same 
time, their experiments on living animals exhibit phenom- 
ena of a most confusing and contradictory nature. From 
Flourens’ early experiments to those of the latest investiga- 
tors, the alleged results which have been published well sus- 
tain the statement by Dr. Flint in one place, that “ There 
are still the widest differences of opinion among physiolo- 
gists with regard to the functions of the cerebellum.”* Al- 
though, in another place on the same page, he uses language 
like this: “There is now no difference of opinion among 
physiologists with regard to the general properties of the 
cerebellum.” An examination of authors such as Hitzig, 
Foster, Ferrier, Budge, Schiff, Pinel, Dalton, Carpenter, 
and others of reputation, with the view to obtaining some 
definite conclusions on the special office of the cerebellum, 
has resulted in complete failure. We have found varia- 
tions and inconsistencies of statement in the same volume, 
and emphatic expressions of disagreement of one author 
with another. The fact appears to be, in brief, that many 
* Text-book of Human Physiology. By Austin Flint, Jr., M.D. Page 708. 
296 PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
297 
results of the electrical excitation of the cerebellar lobes 
simulate results which follow such stimulus when applied 
to different parts of the cerebrum, and to partis of the upper 
extremity of the spinal cord. Dr. Dalton summarizes his 
views in a fashion which tallies with this opinion : 
“ Everything which we know with certainty, therefore, 
in regard to the cerebellum indicates its close connection 
with the power of co-ordination over the movements of 
the body and limbs. It can not be regarded as exclusively 
presiding over this function; since there is strong evi- 
dence that the posterior columns of the spinal cord are 
in great measure devoted to the same purpose, and their 
morbid alteration necessarily induces in man the disease 
known as locomotor ataxia The spinal cord itself 
is, of course, essential to the co-ordinated motions of the 
body, arms, and legs, since its posterior columns are for 
them the direct agents of control and communication, but 
the cerebellum may also be regarded as a focus or nervous 
center of reflex action over all the more vigorous and com- 
plicated movements of the trunk and limbs.”* 
But could it be ascertained by the mechanical pro- 
cesses of experiment that the cerebellum is a specific center 
for certain physical movements, such a fact would not in- 
validate the claim of the phrenologist with respect to the 
location of Amativeness, or the sexual instinct in the cere- 
bellum, for the simple reason that just as mental impulse 
and physical action are inseparably interblended in human 
life, so the nervous centers and processes which belong to 
each are associated in the encephalon. Parts which co- 
ordinate in the production of external manifestations are 
intimately associated in physical structure. This is a law 
* “ Human Physiology.” By J. C. Dalton, M.D. Page 499. 298 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
of nature, and the discoveries which have been made, with 
the assistance of the electrode, by Hitzig, Ferrier, and the 
other experimenters, so far as they go, are in accordance 
with it. 
From observations of his own, made on a very large 
number of animals, Prof. J. Yimont, of Paris, derived the 
following: “ In all the animals which multiply rapidly, 
and which propagate several times a year, the cerebellum 
is, in general, very largely developed It may also 
be asserted that in the Rodentia, which is precisely that 
class of animals that multiplies most rapidly, the cere- 
bellum is found largely developed, regard being always 
had to the size of the brain.” 
“ The carnivorous animals which present a great develop- 
ment of the cerebellum, such as dogs and cats, are very ar- 
dent in love. Among more than two hundred skulls of 
cats in my collection I have examined the brains of up- 
ward of thirty, and I have constantly found, in all the 
very ardent females, a voluminous cerebellum. ”* 
The eminent physiologist, F. J. V. Broussais, a member 
of the Institute of France, in discussing the cerebellum 
and its functions, before his classes in the University of 
Paris, emphasizes his opinion in the following language : 
“ These observations of Dr. Gall have been subsequently 
confirmed by all inquirers who have studied the subject 
with due attention, and especially with impartiality; and 
phrenologists possess considerable collections of skulls and 
casts which support them. The evid ence is thus conclusive 
that the generative function is ascribed to the cerebellum, 
but without being able to affirm that it executes no other 
functions. Nevertheless, some individuals who are oppos- 
* “ Traitd de Phrenologie Humaine et Comparde.’ Vol. II. Edition 1835. PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
299 
ed to Phrenology, maintain that the generative propensity 
has been observed very powerful in persons who had 
scarcely any cerebellum, or whose cerebellum had been 
destroyed, or in whom only the rudiments of it existed. I 
do not know to what extent such alleged facts merit our 
confidence. For my own part I declare that they will 
inspire me with none until they shall have been verified 
by phrenologists. It is necessary to be on one’s guard 
against facts which are attested only by the adversaries of a 
science; because it is well known to what extent the spirit 
of speculation may lead to falsehood in assertion. We 
exhibit collections of positive facts; and we daily repeat 
our observations. If some exceptions exist, we do not 
deny them, but set them down as points to be explained. 
It is not sufficient to show us merely single cases. Our op- 
ponents must make collections in contradiction to ours, 
and the histories of the individuals must be completely 
authentic. This has not been done ; and we are justified 
in doubting the truth of these assertions. I defy those 
who advance them to produce proofs—I shall not say 
superior to those which we exhibit, but at all events equal 
to them. For my own part, whenever, since I knew the 
system of Gall, I have been consulted by individuals who 
complained of the inactivity or infidelity of the generative 
organs, I have always directed my attention to the cere- 
bellum, and I have always found it very depressed. When 
children have been presented to me who, before the age of 
puberty, have manifested an extraordinary propensity to- 
ward the sexual act, and who had divined the process sup- 
plementary to it, I have always found the cerebellum very 
largely developed. This has never failed. I defy the op- 
ponents to produce pathological facts which can be weighed 300 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
in the balance against those which I possess of this de- 
scription.”* 
Prof. Broussais’ reasoning is pertinent to much of the 
criticism which opponents at the present day are much 
given to indulging. Indeed, with authorities like Vimont, 
Elliotson, Caldwell, and Broussais at command, the science 
of Phrenology has that (objective and subjective) support 
which should elicit the sober consideration of the learned 
of the present day, and compel the silence at least of su- 
perficial dilettanteism. 
But there are physiologists not committed to the side ot 
Phrenology who incline to the belief that both the center 
of the sexual instinct and that of muscular co-ordination 
may lie in the cerebellum. Among these is M. Serres, 
contemporary with Mr. Combe, who was of opinion that 
the median lobe may preside over the generative instinct, 
and the lateral lobes over muscular co-ordination. An- 
other is Dr. W. B. Carpenter, who has been conspicuous in 
his antipathy to the doctrines of Gall and Spurzheim, yet 
“ is far from denying in ioto that any peculiar connection 
exists between the cerebellum and the genital system,” cer- 
tain facts having come under his personal observation 
which force him to that avowal.t 
Dr. J. C. Dalton thinks that a certain part of the in- 
terior median region of the cerebellum may be related to 
the sexual property; his reviewal of the phenomena of pa- 
thology, and the data of vivisection, leading to such an in- 
ference. 
* “ Cours de Phrenologie.” Page 167, etc. 
+ “ Principles of Human Physiology.” Smith’s Edition. Page 521. PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
301 
Perhaps it would appear to the learned reader somewhat 
evasive were we to pass over the last-named author with- 
out an allusion, more or less particular, to the broad criti- 
cism of phrenological doctrine, which appears in his 
“ Treatise on Human Physiology,” edition of 1864. Dr. 
Dalton was evidently at some pains in writing out his views, 
as they cover over two pages, and conclude thus : 
‘‘While Phrenology, therefore, is partially founded on ac- 
knowledged physiological facts, there are yet essential de- 
ficiencies in its scientific basis, as well as insurmountable 
difficulties in the way of its practical application.” 
Now, Dr. Dalton has not, as we can learn from this or 
later published statements, attempted to reduce the data of 
Phrenology to practice, and therefore has no apparent ex- 
perience with regard to the “ difficulties ” in its application, 
and we can not but regard his assertion with respect to 
their “ insurmountable ” character as entirely gratuitous. 
What he offers in the way of special objections indicate a 
misapprehension of the uses which phrenological science 
subserves. These objections may be summed up thus : 
1. More observations, more data are required to estab- 
lish the science than Gall or Spurzheim could have made 
or acquired in a lifetime. 
2. The gray matter of the brain has no anatomical divis- 
ions or limits, corresponding to the supposed phrenologi- 
cal organs. 
3. The convolutions of the gray matter of the brain pene- 
trate deeply into the central portions of the brain, and can 
not, therefore, be measured by external manipulations. 
The learned and well-known medicist, Dr. Russell T. 
Trail, a few years ago reviewed Dr. Dalton’s objections, 
SOME GENERAL OBJECTIONS CONSIDERED. 302 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
and exhibited, in a clear light, their futility. And we can 
scarcely do better than to use his own words on these and 
other points of importance. Dr. Trail very aptly says : “ If 
Prof. Dalton wants to read the historical data (of Phrenol- 
ogy) for himself, he has only to look through Dunglison’s 
‘ Physiology,’ a contemporary work, in which he will find 
ample evidence that the needed observations have been 
accumulating for more than two thousand years. For con- 
clusive evidence that different portions of the brain exer- 
cise different functions, I will refer Prof. Dalton to his own 
book. On page 366 is a cut representing two Aztec chil- 
dren, a boy and a girl, aged respectively five and seven 
years. Their foreheads are so low and sloping that any 
phrenologist would, at the first glance, pronounce them 
idiotic in the reflective intellect—reasoning powers— 
while the perceptive range is quite prominent. Now, mark 
what the professor says of these children : * The habits of 
these children, so far as regards feeding and taking care of 
themselves, were those of children of two or three years of 
age. They were incapable of learning to talk, and could 
only repeat a few isolated words. Notwithstanding, how- 
ever, the extremely limited range of their intellectual pow- 
ers, these children were remarkably vivacious and excitable. 
While aw'ake they were in almost constant motion, and 
any new object or toy presented to them immediately at- 
tracted their attention, and evidently awakened their 
lively curiosity. They were accordingly easily influenced 
by proper management, and understood readily the meaning 
of those who addressed them, so far as that meaning could 
be conveyed by gesticulation and the tones of the voice. 
Their expression and general appearance, though decid- 
edly idiotic, were not at all disagreeable or repulsive; 
and they were much less troublesome to the persons who PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
303 
had them in charge than is often the case with idiots pos- 
sessing a larger cerebral development.’ 
“ Idiots may possess a larger cerebral development, that 
is, a larger mass of brain, and yet have smaller intellectual 
organs than the Aztec children; they would be more idiotic 
intellectually, and less idiotic alfectionally. They might 
have normal feelings, emotions, sentiments, and passions; 
yet not intellect to guide and direct them, their mani- 
festations would necessarily be to a great extent abnormal 
and erratic. Dogs, cats, sheep, horses, cattle, monkeys, 
elephants, whose reflective organs are small or merely rudi- 
mental, answer precisely to Prof. Dalton’s description of 
the Aztec children. They have a comparatively large de- 
velopment of the merely observing portions of the brain, 
but are idiotic (compared with men) in the reasoning 
powers. 
“ The Aztec children were fairly developed in the per- 
ceptive intellect ; hence their vivacity and curiosity. And 
now, when an objector will find any person whose head 
is very small in the region where phrenologists locate 
Causality and Comparison (no matter how much brain he 
may have elsewhere), and who is a good reasoner, then he 
has one fixed fact to urge against Phrenology. If he had 
found the Aztec children capable of reasoning, destitute 
of vivacity, and the disposition to notice things, he would 
then have had a fact against Phrenology; but as the case 
stands, all his facts are, ‘ on the contrary, quite the re- 
verse.’ ” * 
As for the second objection, it entirely falls to the ground, 
in the light of recent investigations of brain functions 
through the instrumentality of galvanism. Simply accept- 
* “ Annual of Phrenology and Physiognomy,” for 1873. 304 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
ing the claims of the experimenters themselves is suffi- 
cient ; the physiologists offer to the scientific world, as has 
been already stated, tabulated results, with diagrams of the 
brute and human encephalon, in which many points or 
places in the brain substance are specified as having direct 
relation to certain muscular phenomena. In other words, 
they have found special centers of mechanical impulse ; 
yet they can not indicate any lines of separation in the 
anatomical structure. Dr. Trail said, on this point: “ The 
brain, as an organ of mind, is a unit. The brain, as related 
to different objects and diverse functions, is a plurality of 
organs. The ganglia of the nerves are appropriated to 
various organs of different functions, or serve as reservoirs 
and distributors of nervous energy. The vital organs are 
not intimately associated in functional action as are the 
mental. The nervous ganglia may be compared with ten 
thousand electro-magnetic batteries, scattered all over the 
world, each managing the telegraphic wires in its own 
vicinity. The brain may be likened to a telegraphic head- 
quarters, or general office, where the ten thousand batteries 
report and concentrate; and the brain organs to the per- 
sons or officers who manage the general office. It is no 
objection to this theory that we can not see the functional 
divisions of the brain anatomically. The anatomy is too 
fine for our vision, as is the constitution of protoplasm, or 
the structure of the primordial cell, or the shape of the 
ultimate atom of matter.” .... 
“ The skin is a unit—a homogeneous structure ; as a 
whole it is the organ of touch. There are no anatomical 
limitations or divisions anywhere to be found, yet its feel- 
ing or sensibility is very different in different parts, both in 
degree and kind. The sensibility of the scalp is very dif- 
ferent from that of the soles of the feet; and the sensibility PHYSIOLOGISTS AND THE CEREBELLUM. 
305 
of several other parts of the surface is different from either, 
and from each other Now, although the skin is the 
general organ of touch, to prove that different parts of it 
exercise particular kinds of sensibility, one has only to 
manipulate his own surface in different places. And 
although the brain is the general organ of mind, to prove 
that different portions of its substance perform different 
functions, one has only to manipulate the head (or body 
even) so as to call different parts of the brain into exercise.” 
The third objection, to one who is not well informed in 
Phrenology, appears very formidable, but it has been 
answered many times. Most writers, in its dicusssion, 
indicate a want of familiarity, not only with the phreno- 
logical authors, but also with the latest showings of their 
contemporaries in physiology. This objection weakens 
at once when the law of development in vital organ- 
isms is considered. The framework of the body in all 
stages of growth, corresponds with the organs and struct- 
ures; the bony walls or coverings are adapted to their 
contents; so the bones of the cranium are developed with 
the brain and increase with the dimensions of its various 
parts; unfolding from their central points, the convolutions 
enlarge the whole skull according to the size of the whole 
brain ; and special parts of the skull indicate fullness or 
prominence according to the size of the brain within. 
Experimental science has confirmed the phrenological 
doctrine, that functional expression is on the surface, in 
the cortical layers. It has been shown that development 
of any one part has to be estimated by its radial distance 
or extension from the medulla oblongata, the common cen- 
ter of the brain. It has been shown, in the order of our 
treatment of the subject, that the constitution of the brain 
in its fineness, density, etc., depends upon the quality and 306 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
temperament of the individual. Education has its influ- 
ence and is a factor in nervous growth, which must he con- 
sidered if an accurate judgment is to be formed by the 
observer. A pertinent remark by Dr. Trail is not out of 
place here : “ Were the brain divided into distinct por- 
tions anatomically, as Prof. Dalton seems to think should 
have been the arrangement if the organs were intended to 
be multiple, the unity, harmony, co-operation, and intimate 
association of the mental operations would have been de- 
stroyed. For the purpose of human life it is often impor- 
tant that one organ or mental power should be exercised 
alone and intensely; on other occasions two, five or ten 
may be associated in action; and these actions, singly or 
variously combined, must be rapidly changed. And for 
this purpose—to allow the greatest action with the least 
possible friction—the brain substance is semi-fluid, eight- 
tenths being water. Were the more solid structure—the 
muscles and nerves, for example—subjected to such rap- 
idity of action they would soon wear out.”* 
No intelligent phrenologist claims for a moment that all 
the organs of the brain have been discovered. On the 
contrary, it is believed that we are very far from a practical 
comprehension of the whole field of mental inquiry. The 
areas allotted to the several organs are so large, that it 
seems unquestionable that intermediate ones exist, and 
await the determination of observers, while there may be 
others situated interiorly. 
* It is due to Dr. Dalton to state that the late edition (1875) of his “Treatise on 
Physiology” contains no such reference to the phrenological system as that quoted 
from the edition of 1864, and it is reasonably inferred that the learned author has 
found occasion to modify his opinion. What he had written, however, in 1864, so 
well repiesents the common objections made, even to-day, by medicists, that it was 
appropriated by the authors of “ Brain and Mind,” for examination. Since 1864, 
remarkable changes have been witnessed in Neurology, and Dr. Dalton has been 
among the first of American physiologists to appreciate them, and is, we think, en- 
tirely worthy of the eminent position he holds as a teacher and author. CHAPTER XVIII. 
PHRENOLOGY IN GENERAL LITERATURE. 
With the lapse of time, the efforts of those who have 
made Phrenology their vocation, and by tongue and pen 
taught its principles, have succeeded in imbuing the 
thought of the present with many of its practical truths. 
When George Combe, more than fifty years ago, fearlessly 
published to the world his “Constitution of Man,” and ex- 
plained in terms of limpid clearness, the influence of organ- 
ization upon human conduct, the religious community drew 
back in amazement and taunted the great author with im- 
piety and presumption, and heaped derision upon all who 
approved his opinions. But now, those very opinions are, 
for the most part, accepted wherever the sun of science 
illumines the land. The medicist, the economist, the pub- 
lic teacher, the pastor, all who add liberal learning to in- 
telligence, agree in the belief that qualities of mind and 
peculiarities of body are transmitted from parent to child; 
that “ the tree is known by its fruit,” and that grapes can 
not be gathered from thorns, or figs from thistles. These 
simple deductions from the common phenomena of human 
life, asserted by the early phrenologists, raised cries of 
“materialism ! ” “ fatalism ! ” “ infidelity! ” and even now, 
the same cries are reiterated by some inconsiderate per- 
sons, and furnish serious obstacles to the labors of many a 
devoted humanitarian. To the objector of to-day, we 
307 308 
BRAIN AND MIND 
would address language similar to that of Spurzheim when, 
on one occasion, he said to an assembly in Boston, Mass., 
shortly before his memorable death in that city: “I do 
not want you to believe what I propose to you; I only 
want you to hear what I have to say; and then go into the 
world and see, and judge for yourselves whether it be true. 
If you do not find it true to nature, have done with Phre- 
nology; but if it be true, you can not learn it one minute 
too soon.”* 
No matter what the department of literature, phreno- 
logical truth now pervades it, and is essential to its practi- 
cal appositeness where it concerns education and moral 
reform. The reader who is familiar with the writings of 
our most eminent essayist, Emerson, will recall many 
passages in which doctrine is introduced like that enuncia- 
ted in this book. For instance, “ People seem sheathed in 
their tough organization. Ask Spurzheim ; ask the doctors ; 
ask Quetelet, if temperaments decide nothing ? or if there 
be anything they do not decide ? . . . . How shall a man 
escape from his ancestors, or draw off from his veins the 
black drop which he drew from his father’s or his mother’s 
life ? .... At the corner of the street you read the pos- 
sibility of each passenger, in the facial angle, in the com- 
plexion, in the depth of his eye. His parentage determines 
it. Men are what their mothers made them. You may 
as well ask a loom which weaves huckabuck, why it does 
not make cashmere, as expect poetry from this engineer, 
or a chemical discovery from that jobber. Ask the digger 
in the ditch to explain Newton’s laws; the fine organs of 
his brain have been pinched by overwork and squalid pov- 
erty, from father to son for a hundred years.” t 
* “ Biography of Spurzheim.” By Nahum Capen, LL.D., p. 147. Ed. 1833. 
+ “ The Conduct of Life—Fate.” By Ralph Waldo Emerson. PHRENOLOG Y IN GENERAL LITERA TURE. 
309 
Mr. Alexander Bain has devoted a volume to the con- 
sideration of Phrenology—and he discusses it as a meta- 
physician—as a rationalist, not as an observer of the actual 
phenomena of mental action ; not as a recorder of ob- 
jective data—yet he finds much to approve in the phren- 
ological system, and is at least willing to admit its claim to 
be “ a science of characterAs a metaphysician, he finds 
occasion here and there to criticise the Phrenology of Mr. 
Combe, in his ascription of certain properties, or modes of 
activity to a faculty or organ, and often it seems to us he 
merely adopts the method of old philosophers who differ 
so much in their definitions and reasoning, and formulates 
opinions which appear to be founded chiefly upon his own 
mental introspection. 
Our intention in this concluding part of our treatise is 
to show by a few examples how very common the use of the 
terms and philosophy of Phrenology has become in the 
writings and sayings of those who supply our reading mat- 
ter. Just as the books and publications of Greece, two 
thousand years ago, when letters reflected the high culture 
of her people, contained frequent allusions to the character- 
istics symbolized or indicated by face and form in man or 
woman ; when artists, poets, and essayists illustrated the 
prevailing belief of the people in a science or system of 
physiognomy: so to-day, our best general literature 
abounds in interpretations of the appearance and con- 
duct of men which are referable to standards whose dem- 
onstrations may be scarcely found outside of phrenolog- 
ical formulas. Many authors hesitate not to use the terms 
and ipsissima verba of Phrenology; but most are contented 
* “ On the Study of Character." Alexander Bain, M,A., p. 24, et, seq. Ed. 1861 310 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
with drawing from the resources of its philosophy without 
repetition of its special technology. 
An eminent American thinker and clergyman, James 
Freeman Clarke, recently said in a lecture on Self-Knowl- 
edge : “ I recommend the phrenological arrangement of 
human powers simply as a convenient one in self-study. 
If a man wishes to know what he is fit for, and capable 
of, this gives him a useful method of investigation. It 
divides, for example, all our powers into mental, moral, 
and passional; intellect, morals, and affections. To the 
intellectual region belong, first, the perceptive faculties, by 
which we take notice of outward objects; notice their 
size, form, weight and color. Then the reasoning powers, 
by which we compare objects to see if they are alike or 
unlike, if they are cause and effect, if they are congruous 
or incongruous. Then there is the imagination, which 
makes a picture of the whole while examining the parts. 
Then, again, come the moral qualities—sympathy, rever- 
ence, conscience, firmness. Then follow the passional and 
energetic powers, which supply movement and force, as 
self-reliance, the desire of approbation,the desire for home, 
the love of family and friends, the passion for battling 
with difficulties, the passion for destroying evils, the passion 
for collecting property in all its forms, the desire of con- 
struction, which is the basis of all art. Now, this may be, 
or may not be, the best classification of human powers; but 
it is, at least, an exhaustive classification.” 
Farther on, in the same connection, he said: “ One 
advantage of this system is, that it shows us how every pow- 
er has its use and its abuse; how God has made everything 
in us good, but that we can abuse everything by excess. 
It also shows how one faculty may correct the excesses of 
another, or supply its deficiencies. Thus, what the phre- PHRENOLOG V IN GENERAL LI TER A TURE. 
311 
nologist calls the organs of Combativeness and Destructive- 
ness, are most important and valuable in their proper 
sphere. They help us to wage the battle of life, to conquer 
difficulties, to meet opposition, to resist and destroy evil 
and wrong; in short, to fight the good fight, and finish 
the work given us to do. No man can be an eminent 
philanthropist or a martyr without them. But they can 
easily be excess, or exercised in a wrong direc- 
tion. Then they make us quarrelsome, controversial, satir- 
ical, vindictive, lashing others with, tongue or pen, and 
striking them with the dagger of sharp, poisonous, bitter, 
unkind words. They make termagants and scolds, fault- 
finders and Papal inquisitors. On the other hand, the best 
moral tendencies may be excessive, or misdirected. The 
lovely power of sympathy, which causes so much happiness, 
which makes men enter into the feelings of others, rejoice 
with those who rejoice, and weep with those who weep; 
which constitutes so much of the sweetness and comfort 
of life; this, also, may be excessive or one-sided. Then it 
makes persons weak and false, yielding to the present in- 
fluence, loving the person who is near, forgetting the one 
who is absent, neglecting past promises, and so leading to 
insincerity. Therefore this tendency needs to be re- 
strained by Firmness, Self-esteem, and Conscientiousness. 
But these, in turn, though good, are also easily carried to 
excess. Self-esteem produces self-reliance, which is one 
of the most essential features of character. Without it, 
character can hardly exist. It is the organ of sincerity, 
of independence, of personality. Yet it tends to dogma- 
tism, to egotism, to assumption of superiority, to over- 
bearing manners which forget the claims of others; and 
it makes the character hard and cold. A person can be 
even too conscientious. Conscience may be too irritable, 312 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
or too scrupulous; it may be always tormenting the soul 
with questions about imaginary sins ; it may make us so 
afraid of doing wrong that we shall never do anything 
right. Firmness may become obstinacy; the love of order 
may grow into pedantry; the love of home take one away 
from social and public duties. Even reverence may be- 
come a fault. It is the crown of the whole moral nature, 
and has been therefore fitly placed by phrenologists on 
the summit of' the head. It produces that beautiful mod- 
esty which, when accompanying manliness, is so charm- 
ing ; it creates that respect for all that is above us, which 
lifts the soul; it is the great incentive to nobleness; it is 
the power which enables us to rise above ourselves in the 
worship of goodness, whether human or divine.”* 
Another American divine whose eloquence has long 
placed him among the few who occupy the front rank of 
American oratory, often imparts special vividness to his il- 
lustrations by the employment of figures and metaphors 
derived from the philosophy of Phrenology. In a dis- 
course whose theme was “ The Higher Uses of Destructive- 
ness,”! he reasoned after this manner : “ Combativeness 
and Destructiveness are the architects, the engineers, the 
mechanics of human society. Men plow through the very 
rock-ribbed hills; and by their explosive powder they 
drive their way through mighty mountains, that a path 
may be made for commerce. They make new rivers where 
they please. They shut off the sea from its accustomed 
haunts. They pierce the heavens and the earth. They go 
here and there with saw and chisel and plane, changing 
* “ Self-Knowledge.” A Lecture delivered to the Church of the Disciples, Bos- 
ton, Dec. 2, 1877. 
+ Preached in Plymouth Church, Brooklyn, N. Y., Dec. 29, 1878, by Henry Ward 
Beecher. PHRENOLOG Y IN GENERAL LITERA PURE. 
313 
the primitive forms of nature to adapt them to the wants 
of human life and civilization. Thus they become men’s 
engines. They are the propelling forces of men of thought 
and enterprise. They are the power that lies behind men 
to enable them to execute. They are the bow by which, 
in the affairs of life, the arrow is made to fly swiftly to its 
mark. They do not die. They live on and on. There is 
thunder in the soul of every highly organized man; but 
they have risen a step higher than the lowest sphere. 
“ As society advances and its material wants in its higher 
estate are relatively supplied, Combativeness and De- 
structiveness, though they never cease, rise to yet higher 
functions. They lend themselves to the reason, to the 
will, to the affections, and to the moral sentiments. And 
here is a very subtle and transcendent fact to be observed. 
If you find a man without Combativeness and Destructive- 
ness, then you find a man that is like grain which has not 
stiffness enough in the stem to enable it to stand up, and 
which will break and fall down and rot on the ground. A 
man must have Combativeness and Destructiveness if he 
is going to have any back-bone. That affection is of little 
value which has no power to send it with force. Love 
ought to fly like an arrow from a strong bow. It ought to 
speed like lightning. It ought to have intense power. Be- 
nevolence that has no energizing principle under it, is 
moonshine in which nothing grows; but benevolence that 
works into philosophy, and defends the unprotected, and 
slays the malignant enemy, and carries blessings to the 
needy, and compels machinery to work for benevolent ends, 
and builds ships to circumnavigate the globe for the good 
of mankind, and tears down mischiefs, and overcomes the 
devil—that has substance in it. The benevolent man that 
cuts off the leg that is diseased, that would destroy the 314 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
life of a fellow-man if it were not cut off, and who has the 
energy which enables him to destroy for the sake of saving 
—he is a truly benevolent man; but the sapless man of 
benevolence, who faints when he sees a drop of blood 
—what use is he for a surgeon or anything else? You 
want to give a man a great deal of thunder if you are 
going to make much of him in the direction of benevo- 
lence. 
“ The man, therefore, who has Combativeness and De- 
structiveness in him, and knows how to use them so that 
they shall give vigor and intensity to his affections, so that 
they shall make the will well-nigh omnipotent, so that they 
shall quicken the understanding, so that they shall propel 
the sentiments by which he, as an orator, affects his audi- 
ence, destroying error, driving away darkness, lighting up 
hope, and inspiring right purposes in them—that man has 
power to benefit his kind as no other man has.” 
We can not ask for a clearer exposition in brief, of the 
action of the two faculties named in the mental life than 
this, and it points unmistakably to no merely superficial 
glancing at an author or two, but to deliberate study and 
thought in connection with the system of which the terms 
used are a technical part. 
A brief survey of current scientific literature on the 
European side of the Atlantic, finds in the foreground other 
appropriate illustrations of the fact stated at the beginning 
of this chapter. In a lecture before his class, in the med- 
ical department of the University of Edinbwrgh, Professor 
Gairdner discussed at some length the alleged phenomena 
of Spiritualism, and expressed certain personal convictions 
in such definite terms as these : 
“ I have never gone into this matter professionally, or 
even as a scientific man; but I have always, on the other PHRENOLOG Y IN GENERAL LITERA PURE. 
315 
hand, held that the duty of a physician toward these things 
was to have as little as possible to do with them. But still, 
in my career instances have come to my knowledge, and it 
was in consideration of all these, that I was led to attempt 
to formulate, a few nights ago, the state of my mind upon 
the subject by saying—and it is something like a distinct, 
and I think not an untrue, and unintelligible definition— 
that I call the state of mind of people inclined to Spiritual- 
ism, a diseased condition of the facility of Wonder. I hold 
that the faculty of Wonder, or Reverence, if you will call 
it so, is an innate and necessary part of the human mind. 
Nay more, it is one of the most essential, one of the most 
beneficial of our endowments—that faculty by which we 
grasp; by which we strive, to a certain extent, to compre- 
hend, and if we do not comprehend, to submit ourselves 
to, and even delight in, the unknown—by which we strive 
to apprehend that which we can not comprehend. You 
will easily see that the higher aspect of this faculty of 
Wonder is the basis of the whole of our religious aspira- 
tions. Therefore, it can not be that I mean to denounce 
it—to speak ill of it. But like all our other faculties, this 
part of our mental constitution is liable to abnormal action ; 
in fact, to get into a state of disease. 
“What I said of this faculty is, that when it is rightly 
applied by a fairly healthy mind to the connection between 
the spiritual and the material world, it does, or should, 
find abundant opportunity for its exercise within the realms 
of strict law. I do not mean here to touch or raise the 
question whether there are what are called miracles con- 
nected with the spiritual world any more than in the phys- 
ical world. That is beside my argument. My argument 
at present is simply this, that within the realm of law, clear- 
ly understood as such, there is food for the faculty of Won- 316 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
der in all its aspirations, far more enduring, far greater, and 
far grander than anything that can be developed in the way 
of these communications of table-turnings, table-rappings, 
or anything of the kind.”* 
In the literature of Anthropology or any of the depart- 
ments of that extensive domain of human science, the use 
of the phrenological technology is frequent. Prof. S. G. 
Morton, of Philadelphia, employed it in his much-esteemed 
Crania Americana,f and Mr. J. W. Jackson, of England, 
a later author in ethnology, deems the system of Gall 
and Spurzheim an indispensable auxiliary to the proper 
classification of the races. In a volume which possesses 
many more features of attractive interest for the general 
reader than the average essay on a scientific topic, he 
succinctly portrays the mental characteristics of the an- 
cient and modern peoples. From a carefully-drawn sketch 
of the French type of organization, we copy the follow- 
ing: 
“ The Intellectual faculties approximate to, but do not 
equal, the Grecian type, their power being that of appre- 
ciation rather than origination; while there is, at the same 
time, a want of that harmonious balance which character- 
izes the superior Hellenic cranium. Nevertheless, with 
all its defects, this Intellect is the strong side of the Gallic 
mind, and by its astuteness, readiness, and taste, often 
gives its active and showy possessor a temporary superi- 
ority over the slower, but more powerful, Teuton. The 
Perceptives are prominent, and can not fail to give accu- 
racy of observation and quickness of apprehension. Ex- 
* yournal of Mental Science for April, 1879. London. 
t “Crania Americana; or, A Comparative View of the Skulls of Various Abo- 
riginal Nations of North and South America.” By Samuel George Morton, M.D., 
Professor of Anatomy in the Medical Department of Pennsylvania College ; Mem- 
ber of the American Philosophical Society. Folio, PH RENO LOG Y IN GENERAL LI TER A TURE. 
317 
cept in a few favorable instances, however, they are un- 
equal in development, and seem more suited for the scien- 
tific investigation of natural phenomena than for the 
higher pursuits of art. They will eminently conduce to 
delicacy and precision in mechanical manipulation, and 
as they are usually combined with considerable Construct- 
iveness and Ideality, much ingenuity will be manifested 
in the finer trades, which are devoted to the production 
of ornaments and the decoration of either persons or 
buildings. With all this, however, there is, as we have al- 
ready observed, good taste rather than creative power, the 
volume of brain not being sufficient for the latter. Hence, 
a people so constituted may lead the fashion in dress, 
jewelry, household arrangements, and even manners, and 
yet never attain to the highest rank in poetry, music, or art; 
and while pre-eminently excellent in toys, will fail to en- 
dow the world with those great mechanical inventions 
which change the destiny of nations and inaugurate a new 
era for humanity.” * 
In France the multiple organization of the brain claims 
many advocates of eminence in physiological investigation. 
We have already had occasion to refer, with some particu- 
larity, to Prof. Charcot, chief physician in La Salpetriere, 
Paris, whose views with regard to localized mental function, 
carry high authority. The name of Dr. Guetan de Lau- 
ney, too, has been mentioned elsewhere, but not with that 
emphasis which it deserves. He has given much attention 
to the study of the heads and intellectual character of dif- 
ferent classes in the Paris population, and the data which 
he has obtained and published have excited great interest 
in learned circles. 
One feature of Dr. de Launey’s observations was the 
* Ethnology and Phrenology, as an Aid to the Historian. London, 1863. 318 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
measurement of the hats of different classes of men from 
the lowest artisan to members of the Academy of Science. 
From an article published in the Tribune Medicale, last 
year (1878), we translate a paragraph or two: 
“ In general, large heads belong to persons who give 
themselves to intellectual studies, but it is important to 
distinguish among these studies. For instance, the mem- 
bers of the Academy of Sciences have larger heads than 
their associates in other sections of the Institute. Accord- 
ing to my researches, the Polytechnicians have a larger 
head than the St. Cyrans. In the same way, the pupils in 
the Normal School have a head greatly more developed 
than the pupils of the school of St. Sulpice. Indeed, 
the hats of the first have an ‘opening,’ that is the technical 
word, of five points, five and a half, six and six and a half 
points, representing fifty-eight, fifty-nine, and sixty centi- 
meters in circumference, while those of the second have an 
‘opening’of four, four and a half, five, and five and a 
half points, or from fifty-five to fifty-eight centimeters of 
circumference. Pupils in the Normal School have, then, a 
mean circumference of two and a half centimeters larger 
than the St. Sulpiceans. Moreover, the opening of the hats 
of the high form made at Paris, is from four and a half 
points to five and a half, fifty-six to fifty-eight centimeters, 
with a medium of five points, or fifty-seven centimeters. 
This medium is superior, then, by a quarter of a point, to 
the medium of St. Sulpice, which is four and three-fourths 
points, which proves that the Sulpiceans have not only a 
smaller head than the Normals, but smaller even than 
the people at large. In general, this smallness of the head 
is prevalent among religious people, as the hatters in 
the quarter of St. Sulpice and of the Faubourg Germain 
have assured me, that they fit only fine heads. The quar- PH RENO LOG Y IN GENERAL LITERA TURF.. 
319 
ter where we find the largest heads is that of the schools. 
Indeed, the head-coverings which one finds among the 
hatters in this quarter, have a mean of five and a half 
points to six and a half, fifty-eight to sixty centimeters. 
According to some researches made by M. Brocetre in 
the hospital of Bicetre, the medical attendants have much 
more fullness of head than the invalids. M. Lacassaque, 
Professor in the Val de Grace, having measured, with 
the assistance of a conformateur, the heads of two hun- 
dred doctors of medicine, pupils of the Val de Grace, and 
of two hundred soldiers, found that the latter had much 
smaller heads than the former.” 
The life of Prince Bismarck, Chancellor of the German 
Empire, furnishes an incident of importance to phrenolo- 
gists. According to Dr. Busch, the prince’s late biog- 
rapher, Bismarck once met with an accident which de- 
veloped certain remarkable mental phenomena. He fell 
headlong, with much violence, from his horse while riding 
and was taken up in an unconscious state. The prince is 
quoted as saying, with reference to his sensations after 
the accident: “ I lost consciousness, and when I recov- 
ered it, I had only half. That is, one part of my intellect 
was clear and good, the other half had gone.” His biogra- 
pher relates that, finding (on examination) his saddle 
broken, the prince called for his groom’s horse and rode 
home. When the dogs there barked, by way of saluta- 
tion, he thought them strange dogs, and scolded them 
angrily as such. Then he said the groom had fallen with 
the horse, and they should go and fetch him, and he be- 
came angry when they would not do that (because of a 
sign from his brother). He seemed to be himself and at 
the same time the groom. After eating and sleeping, he 
was all right next morning. He points out that he had 320 
BRAIN AND MIND. 
done all that was necessary in a practical respect; herein 
the fall had caused no confusion of ideas. “ In short, it was 
a remarkable illustration of the fact that the brain lodges 
different mental powers; but one of these had been stupe- 
fied for some longer period of time by the overthrow.”* 
* “ Bismarck in the Franco-German War.” Dr. Moritz Busch. ILLUSTRATIONS. 
PAGE. 
Alimentiveness, Large 69 
Small 70 
Acquisitiveness, Large 82 
Small 96 
Amativeness, Large 140 
Small 140 
Approbativeness, Large 159 
Small (Captain Ward) 161 
Agreeableness, Large 193 
Small 194 
Artist, The (Paul Delaroche) 231 
Brain in the Skull 48 
“ Showing the Convolutions 50 
“ “ Inner Mesial Surface 52 
Bones of the Skull 54 
Benevolence, Large (Father Mathew) 187 
** Small 189 
Business Manager (The) 226 
Brain Diseased, Anterior Lobe 290 
Combination of Temperaments (Lord Derby) 44 
“ “ (Mrs. Mott) 45 
Combativeness, Large 74 
“ Small 72 
Chinaman 90 
Color, Large 95 
“ Small 96 
321 322 
ILLUSTRATIONS. 
Calculation, Large 99 
“ Small (George Combe) .. 100 
Comparison, Large 119 
“ Small 119 
Causality, Large 121 
Small.. . 119 
Constructiveness, Large 126 
“ Small 127 
Concentrativeness, Large. 151 
Cautiousness, Large 156 
“ Moderate 157 
Concientiousness, Large 172 
“ Small 173 
Conjugality, Large 198 
“ Small 199 
Clay (Henry) 208 
Chamberlain (Mr.) 212 
Coronal Organs, Large 216 
Cranium of Male. 283 
“ Female 283 
Destructiveness, Large 76 
“ Small 77 
Eventuality, Large 106 
“ Small 107 
Executive Organs 217 
Form, Large 88 
“ Small 89 
Friendship, Large 149 
“ Small 146 
Fossati (Dr.) 165 
Firmness, Large 167 
“ Small , 164 
Female Cranium 283 
Groups of Organs 63 
Greek Skull 182 ILL USTRA TIONS. 
323 
Gentle Horse I9° 
G (General) 209 
Greenwood (Grace) - 210 
Hope, Large I75 
Human Nature, Large *92 
Individuality, Large 87 
Small 102 
Ideality, Large *3° 
Small 130 
Imitation, Large I32 
Small J33 
Indian, Civilized *38 
Inhabitiveness, Large *46 
“ Small 146 
Kingsley (Charles) 211 
Low Type, Idiot Skull 21 
Lavater 87 
Locality, Large 102 
“ Small 102 
Language, Large I][6 
“ Small 116 
Lee (Ann) J8o 
Motive Temperament (Gov. W.) » 38 
“ “ (Mrs. H.) 39 
Mental “ (F. A. C.) 42 
“ “ (Miss W.) 43 
Monkey, Head of *35 
Mirthfulness, Large *37 
“ Small 138 
Moral Development, Large 2I5 
Mechanical Abilities, Good 225 
Male Cranium 283 
Mechanical Center of Monkey’s Brain 285 
Negley (General) 2°4 324 
ILL ULTRA TIONS. 
Organic Development. * 56 
Organs, Groups of 63 
“ Relation 64 
“ Large Perceptive 213 
“ Large Reflective 214 
“ “ Coronal 216 
“ “ Executive 217 
Order, Large 98 
“ Small 98 
Philoprogenitiveness, Large i42 
“ Small , 142 
Perceptive Organs, Large 213 
Quality, Fine 204 
“ “ Motive Temperament 305 
“ Low “ 207 
Relation of Organs 64 
Reflective Organs, Large 214 
Skull, Idiot 21 
“ Well Developed 21 
“ Bones of the 54 
“ Greek 182 
“ Tahitian 182 
“ Large Conjugality 197 
Secretiveness, Large 80 
“ Small 77 
Size, Large gi 
“ Small 92 
Self-Esteem, Large 163 
Small 164 
Spirituality, Large 178 
Sublimity, Large 195 
Scientist, The (Dr. R.) 230 
Speech Center, Diseased 290 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
325 
Temperaments, Motive in Man 38 
“ “ Woman 39 
“ Mental in Man 42 
“ “ Woman 43 
“ Combination in Man 44 
“ “ Woman 45 
Time, Large (Lowell) 109 
“ Small 130 
Tune, Large 112 
“ Small 113 
Tahitian Skull 182 
Vital Temperament (Dumas) 40 
“ (Queen of Spain) 41 
Vitativeness, Large 71 
“ Small 72 
Veneration, Large 184 
“ Small 185 
Well-developed Skull 21 
Weight, Large 93 
“ Small 102 
Ward (Captain) 161 
Zanzibar, Native of 143 INDEX. 
Ancient and Modern Philosophy, Survey of 9 
Alpine Cretins, The 28 
Alimentiveness 69 
Acquisitiveness. 80 
“ Dr. Gall’s Mistake 83 
Adaptation of Nature a.. 103 
Amativeness, Organ of 139 
Adhesiveness “ 148 
Approbativeness “ 158 
“ “ in brutes 162 
Agreeableness 193 
Artist, Organization of the 227 
Action of the Faculties 235 
Applied in the Education of Children 253 
Anger, Furious 256 
Brain Development and Mentality 22 
Brain, a Congeries of Organs 24 
Brain and Skull, Structure of 48 
Bones of the Skull 55 
Bull-dog and Game-cock, The 75 
Benevolence, Organ of 186 
“ in Animals 190 
Bain (Ale crnder) on Size 202 
Business-Man, Organization of 227 
Body, Mind dependent upon 250 
Bribes and Threats Improper 258 
Brain and Natural Growth 263 
Beecher (Rev. H. W.) on its Utility 272 
Blindness, Color 291 
327 328 
INDEX. 
Broussais on the Cerebellum 298 
Bain on Phrenology 309 
Bismarck, Incident in the Life of 319 
Cretins of the Alps, The - - 28 
Classification, The Later .... 39 
Cerebrum and Cerebellum 49 
Classification of the Faculties 62 
Combativeness 73 
Chinese large in Form, The... 90 
Color, Organ of 94 
Calculation, Organ of 99 
Combe’s (Geo.) statement of himself 100 
Comparison, Organ of 118 
Causality “ 120 
“ Dr. Spurzheim on 122 
Constructiveness, Organ of 125 
Cuckoo’s peculiar habit, The 145 
“ Concentrativeness ” 150 
“ Dr. Browne on 152 
“ Judge Dean on 152 
Cautiousness, Organ of 155 
Conscientiousness, Organ of 170 
Conjugality 197 
Character Manifested, How 221 
Combination of Organs and Faculties 221 
Church, Mr., and Mr. Rouse 228 
Classes, Special Characteristics of the 238 
Conduct, Right 244 
“ Contrasted examples of 245 
Children, Applied in the Education of 253 
Criminal Class, Treatment of 262 
Conclusion, A General 264 
Clergyman on its Use, A 272 
Center for Speech, Physiological 286 
Case quoted by Opponent 287 
Charcot’s (Dr.) Testimony 289 
Color Sense, The 291 
Color Blindness 291 INDEX. 
329 
Cerebellum, the Physiologists and the 296 
Clarke (James Freeman) on Self-knowledge 310 
Dreaming, Phenomena of 32 
Domestic Propensities, The 63 
Destructiveness, or Executiveness 76 
Denise, The Woman 71 
“ Historical Illustrations of 78 
Dean (Judge) on Concentrativeness 152 
De Launey (Dr.) on the Size of Heads 203 
Development, Regional 213 
Differences between Metaphysics and Phrenology 251 
Disclosures of Galvanism 284 
Dalton’s (Dr.) Criticism 301 
Destructiveness, Higher Uses of 312 
De Launey on Hats and Character. 317 
Exercise of Mental Organs 46 
Executiveness, Organ of 76 
Eventuality “ 104 
“ Anecdote concerning 106 
Esquimaux, Parental Affection of. 142 
Examine Heads, How to.. 200 
Examples of Conduct Contrasted 245 
Education, in Relation to Phrenology and Metaphysics 248 
Example, Necessity of 261 
Emerson on Character and Capacity 308 
Edinburgh Professor on Wonder, An 314 
Faculties at Rest and in Exercise 32 
Frontal Sinus, The 59 
Faculties, Classification of the 62 
“ Perceptive, or Observing 66 
“ Semi-perceptive, or Literary 66 
“ Reflective, or Reasoning 66 
Form ... 88 
Flint’s (Dr.) opinion on Language 115 
Friendship, Organ of 148 
Firmness, * 167 330 
INDEX. 
Faculties, Action of the , 235 
Furious Anger ; 256 
French Soldier’s Case 288 
French and German Character 316 
General Principles 20 
Genius, or Talent Partial * 26 
Gall’s (Dr.) discovery of Imitation 133 
Garrick’s Talent for Mimicry 134 
Goldsmith’s and Gosse’s Benevolence 188 
General Conclusion, A 264 
Galvanism, Disclosures of 284 
Gairdner (Prof.) on Spiritualism 314 
Hemispheres 51 
Hunter’s (Dr.) illness 94 
Hoppe’s (Dr.) Case no 
Hood (Mr.) of Kilmarnock 117 
Hope, Organ of 175 
Human Nature 191 
Heads, How to Examine 200 
How Character is Manifested 221 
Hamilton’s (Sir Wm.) Objections 270 
Higher Uses of Destructiveness 312 
Hats and Mental Power 317 
Introduction 9 
Idiocy and Insanity, Special 27 
Injuries to Brain parts 30 
Intermediates, The 65 
Intellectual Faculties 65 
Intellect, Of the 86 
Individuality. 86 
Ideality, Organ of 129 
Imitation “ 132 
Inhabitiveness 146 
Importance of the Propensities 232 
Intellect, Province of the 242 
Illustrations, Some 268 INDEX. 
331 
Jackson (J. W.) on the Character of the French .. 316 
Lobes of the Brain, The 52 
Locality, Organ of 101 
Literary Organ, The.... 105 
Language, Organ of ... 114 
1 “ Flint’s opinion on 115 
Literature, Phrenology in, 307 
Morbid Conditions, Effect of 23 
Movement 23 
Mental Faculties successively indicated 26 
Motive System, The. 39 
Mental “ “ .... 40 
Motive Temperament, The.... 41 
Mental “ “ 44 
Membranes of the Brain, The 53 
Moral Sentiments, The 65 
Mr. Milne’s Case 96 
Mocking-bird, The 135 
Mirthfulness, Organ of 136 
Moral and Religious Sentiments 170 
Marvelousness, Organ of 178 
Manifestation of Character 221 
Mechanic, Organization of the 225 
Movement of Organs in Growth 230 
Metaphysics as related to Phrenology and Education 248 
Mind dependent upon Body 250 
Methods Indicated, Three 255 
Moral Training Essential 260 
Nature, The Adaptation of 103 
Necessity of Example 261 
National Growth, Brain and 263 
Neal (John) on the Utility of Phrenology 273 
Note on the Color Sense 291 
Note, apologetic 307 
Organ and Function, Special 26 
Occupation, Variety of 33 332 
INDEX. 
Organs and Faculties defined 67 
Order 97 
Organs Recently Defined and Probable. 191 
Organic Influence, Special 218 
Organs, Combination .' 221 
Organization and Pursuit 225 
“ of the Mechanic 225 
“ “ Surveyor 227 
“ “ Business Man 227 
“ “ Physicist 229 
“ “ Writer 229 
Objections of Sir William Hamilton 275 
Phenomena of Dreaming 32 
Propensities, The Domestic 63 
“ “ Selfish 64 
Perceptive Faculties, The 66 
Physico-preservative, or Selfish Organs 69 
Probst, the Murderer 79 
Philoprogenitiveness, Organ of 141 
“ Anatomical relations of 144 
Parental Affection of the Esquimaux 142 
Pinel’s Melancholy Case 157 
Pride and Vanity. 164 
Probable Organs 191 
Pursuit and Organization 225 
Physicist, Organization of the 229 
Propensities, Practical Importance of the 232 
Province of the Intellect 242 
Phrenology as related to Metaphysics and Education 248 
Praise, its influence on Children 259 
Phrenology as an Art, Value of 266 
Physiology and Phrenology ' 275 
Propositions (Sir William Hamilton’s) 276 
Physiologists and the Cerebellum, The 296 
Phrenology in General Literature 307 
Quality, its Nature and Influence 204 
“ Hereditary 206 INDEX. 
333 
Reflective, or Reasoning Faculties 66 
“ “ “ 118 
Religious Sentiments, The 170 
Regional Development * 213 
Relative Importance of Faculties 233 
Right Conduct 244 
Results of Moral Control 245 
“ Dominant Selfishness 246 
Size and Intelligence r 21 
Size and Mental Power 33 
Spurzheim’s Classification.. 36 
Sanguine Temperament, The...... v 37 
Sanitary Influence... 45 
Structure of Brain and Skull.,. 48 
Selfish Propensities, The 64 
Sentiments, The Selfish 64 
“ Moral 65 
“ Semi-intellectual 65 
Semi-perceptive, or Literary Faculties, The 66 
“Sketches of Bedlam”.., 78 
Secretiveness 79 
Size, Organ of 91 
Scotch Barrister’s Mechanical Turn, A 128 
Social Affections, Organs of the 139 
Sprague, The Case of Mr 149 
Selfish Sentiments discussed 155 
Self-esteem, Organ of 162 
Phenomena, when diseased 165 
Spirituality, or Marvelousness 178 
Sublimity 195 
Special Organic Influence 218 
Surveyor, Organization of the 227 
Special Characteristics of Classes i 238 
Some Illustrations 268 
Speech Center, The 286 
Self-Knowledge, J. F. Clarke on . . 310 
Temperaments, of the. 36 334 
INDEX. 
Temperaments, The Sympathetic ... 37 
“ “ Sanguine 37 
“ “ Bilious 37 
“ “ Nervous 38 
“ “ Combinations of 44 
Travelers, Locality in Great 102 
Time, Organ of 108 
Tune, “ hi 
“ An Instance of Large 113 
Threats and Bribes Improper 258 
Treatment of the Criminal Class 262 
Vital System, The 40 
“ Temperament, The 42 
Vitativeness, Organ of 72 
“ in the Hindoo 73 
Veneration, Organ of 181 
“ and the propensity to steal 185 
Value of Phrenology as an Art 266 
Vimont on the Cerebellum... 298 
Wright’s (Byron) Case 31 
Weight, Organ of 93 
Wasp’s Intelligence, A 123 
Writer, Organization of the 229 WORKS OK 
Phrenology and Physiognomy. 
COMBE (GEO.) A System of 
Phrenology, with One Hundred En- 
gravings. $1.50. 
The Constitution of Man, con- 
sidered in relation to External Objects. 
With portrait. $1.50. 
Lectures on Phrenology, with 
an Essay on the Phrenological mode of 
Investigation, and a Historical Sketch. 
By Andrew Boardman, M.D. $1.50. 
Moral Philosophy; the Dntios of 
Man in his Individual, Domestic, and So- 
cial Capacities. $1.50. 
Uniform Edition. 4 vols., extra Cloth. $5. 
Library Edition. 4 vols., $10.00. 
WELLS (SAMUEL B.) New 
Physiognomy; or, Signs of Char- 
acter, as manifested through Tempera- 
ment and External Forms, and especially 
In the “Human Face Divine.” Nearly 
1,000 Illustrations. Muslin, $5; Calf, 
$8 ; Turkey Morocco, gilt, $10. 
Wedlock; or, the Right Relations 
of the Sexes. A Scientific Treatise, dis- 
closing the Laws of Conjugal Selection, 
showing Who May and Who May Not 
Marry. 11.50; full gilt, $2. 
Annuals of Phrenology and 
Physioguomy. For 1865, ’66, ’67, ’68, 
’09, ’70, ’71, ’72, '73, nine years combined 
in one volume. 350 Illustrations. $2. 
How to Bead Character. A 
New Illustrated Hand-Book of Phrenol- 
ogy and Physiognomy. $1. Muslin, $1.25. 
New Descriptive Chart for Use 
of Examiners, giving a Delineation of 
Character. Paper, 25 cents ; flexible mus- 
lin, 50 cents. 
FOWLER (O; S.) Self-Culture 
and Perfection of Character, 
with Management of Children. $1.25. 
Memory and Intellectual Im- 
provement, applied to Self-Education 
and Juvenile Instruction. $1.25. 
Education and Self-Improve- 
ment Complete. Comprising Physi- 
ology-Animal and Mental; Self-Culture 
and Perfection of Character, and Memory 
and Intellectual Improvement. 1 vol. $3.50. 
Phrenology Proved, Illustra- 
ted, and Applied. $1.50. 
FOWLER (L. N.) Marriage. A 
Phrenological and Physiological Exposi- 
tion of the Functions and Qualifications 
for Happy Marriages. $1.25. 
SPURZHEM (J. G„ M.D.) Ed- 
ucation: Its Elementary Principles 
founded on the Nature of Man. $1.25. 
Natural Lawn of Man. Ques- 
tions with Answers. 50 cents. 
SIZER (NELSON.) How to Tench 
According to Temperament and Mental 
Development; or, Phrenology in the 
School-room and (he Family. $1.50. 
Choice of Pursuits, or What to 
Do and Why; and How to Educate each 
Man <or his Proper Work, and the Tal- 
ents and Temperaments required. $1.75. 
Domestic Lite, or Marriage Vindi- 
cated and Free Love exposed. 25 cents. 
WEAVER (Rev. 6. S.) Mental 
Science, according to the Philosophy 
of Phrenology. $1.25. 
BELL (SI H CHARLES ) Expres- 
sion, its Anatomy and Philosophy. $1.25. 
BOAUDMAN (ANDREW, M.D.) 
Defense of Phrenology, contain- 
ing an Essay on the Nature and Value of 
Phrenological Evidence. $1.25. 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
Phrenological Busts. Showing the 
latest classification and exact location of 
the Organs of the Brain. Large size, $1, 
by express ; small size, bymall, 50 cents. 
Self - Instructor In Phrenology 
and Physiology. With over One 
Hundred Engravings and Chart for Ex- 
aminers. Paper, 50 cts.; Cloth, 75 cts. 
Symbolical Head and Phrenological 
Map. On fine tinted paper. 10 cents. 
Phrenology and the Scriptures. 
Showing harmony between Phrenology 
and the Bible. 25 cents. 
Synopsis of Phrenology, and Chart 
for describing the Phrenological Devel- 
opments. 10 cents. 
Religion and Science. The Psycho- 
logical Basis of Religion considered from 
the standpoint of Phrenology. Paper, 20c. 
Harmony of Phrenology and the 
Bible, including the Definition of the 
Organs, their Use, Excess, and Deficiency, 
with Quotations from the Bible recogniz- 
ing every faculty, sanctioning their use, 
and warning against their abuse. 10 cts. 
Combiued Annuals, New Series. 
1874, ’75, and ’76 in one oct. vol. Paper, 50c. 
Phrenological Annual and 
Health Almanac for cur’t year, 10c. 
Phrenological Journal and Sci- 
ence of Health. Published monthly, 
in octavo form, at $2 a year in advance, 
or twenty cents a number. 
All works pertaining to the “ Science of Man,” Including Phrenology, 
Physiognomy, Ethnology, Psychology, Physiology, Anatomy, Hygiene, Dietetics, 
etc., supplied. Inclose stamp for Special Terms to Agents. Address 
S. R. WELLS & CO., Publishers, 737 Broadway, N. Y. HEALTH BOOKS. 
TRALL (R. T., M.D..) Ana- 
TOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL PLATES. 
Plates arranged expressly for Lectures on 
Health, Physiology, etc. A set of six 
colored and mounted on rollers. $20 by 
express. 
-—Hydropathic Encyclopedia, 
A System of Hygiene, embracing Anatomy, 
Physiology, Preservation ol Health, in- 
cluding the Nature, Pauses, Symptoms, 
and Treatment of Diseases. $4.00. 
Uterine Diseases and dis- 
placements. A Practical Treatise on the 
Various Diseases, and Structural Derange- 
ments of the Uterus. Colored plates. $5.00. 
The Hygienic Hand-Book, A 
Practical Guide for the Sick-Room. $1.50. 
■ Family Gymnasium. Approved 
methods of applying Gymnastic, Calis- 
thenic, Kinesipathic, and Vocal Exercises. 
Fully illustrated. $1.50. 
Hydropathic Cook-Book, A 
Philosophical Exposition of the Relations 
of Food to Health. With recipes. $1.25. 
The True Temperance Plat- 
form. The Fallacy of Alcoholic Medica- 
tion. 50 cents. 
Fruits and Farlnacea the 
Pboper Food of Man. By Smith. Notes 
by Trall. $1.50. 
Mothers’ Hygienic Hand- 
Book, for the Normal Development and 
Training of Women and Children and 
Treatment of Diseases. $1.00. 
Popular Physiology. A Com- 
plete Exposition of the Structures and 
Functions of the Human System. $1.25. 
Diphtheria; its Nature, History, 
Causes, Prevention, and Treatment. $1.25. 
Digestion and Dyspepsia. An 
Explanation of the Physiology of the Di- 
gestive Processes, and the causes and 
Treatment of Dyspepsia. $1.00. 
The Human Voice. Its Anato- 
my, Physiology, Pathology, Therapeutics, 
and Training. 50 cents; cloth, 75 cents. 
Water-Cure for the Million. 
The Processes of Water-Cure Explained. 
25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. 
The True Healing Art; or, Hy- 
gienic vs. Drug Medication. 25c.; cloth, 50c. 
Hygeian Home Cook-Book; 
or, Healthful and Palatable Food without 
Condiments. 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. 
The Alcoholic Controversy. A 
Review of the Westminster Review on the 
Physiological Errors of Teetotalism. 50c. 
Diseases of Throat and 
Lungs. Including Diphtheria and Proper 
Treatment. 25 cents. 
Tlie Bath. Its History and Uses in 
Health and Disease. 25 cts.;' cloth, 50 cts. 
Accidents and Emergencies, 
A Guide for the Treatment in Sprains, 
Dislocations, Burns and Scalds, Bites, Sun- 
stroke, Drowning, etc. New Edition. 26c. 
A Health Catechism. Questions 
and Answers. 10 cents. 
SIJICW (JOKL, M. D.) The 
Family Physician. A Ready Prescriber 
and Hygienic Adviser, with Reference to 
the Nature, Causes, Prevention, and Treat- 
ment of Diseases, Accidents, ai d Casual- 
ties of every kind. $3.00. 
Letter* to Women on Mid- 
WIFEHY AND THE DISEASES OF WOMEN, 
with General Management. $1 50. 
Children. Their Management in 
Health and Disease. $1.50. 
——Pregnancy and Childbirth, 
showing the Remarkable Effects of Water 
Treatment. 50 cents. 
COMBE, (ANDREW, Itl.D.) 
Principles of Physiology applied to the 
Preservation of Health. $1.50. 
Management of Infancy, Phys- 
iological and Moral Treatment. $1.25. 
——Physiology of Digestion, with 
Relation to the Principles of Dietetics. 50c. 
DKAHAM (SILVESTER), Sci- 
ence of Human Life. $3.00. 
WHITE (WM. M.D.) Medical 
Electricity. Showing the most Scientific 
Application to Diseases, Electricity, Gal- 
vanism, and Human Magnetism. $2.00. 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
Food and Diet, With Observations 
on the Dietctical Regimen. By Pereira. 
$1.50. 
Water-Cure in Chronic Dis- 
eases. $1.50. 
Physiology, Animal and Men- 
tal. Applied to the Preservation and Res- 
toration ol Health of Body and Mind. $1.25 
Sober and Temperate Life. 50c. 
Movement-Cure. An Exposition of 
the Swedish Movement-Cure. $1.50. 
The Parent*’ tiuide; or, Human 
Development through Inherited Tenden- 
cies. By Mrs. Hester Pendleton. $1.25. 
The Human Feet. Their Shape, 
Dress, and Care. $1.00. 
Philosophy of the Water-Cure. 
The Principles of Health. 50 cents. 
Transmission ; or, Variations of 
Character through the Mother. ByGEORoi- 
ana B. Kirby. 12mo. Paper, 25 cents; 
cloth, 50 cents. 
Tea and Coffee, Their Physical, In- 
tellectual, and Moral Effects. 15 cents. 
Tobacco; Its Physical, Intellectual, 
and Moral Effects. 15 cents. 
Notes on Beauty, Vigor, and 
Development. 10 cents. 
Heredity. Besponsibility in 
Parentage. 10 cents. 
Special List. We have in addition to 
the above, Private Medical Works and 
Treatises. This Special List will he sent on 
receipt of stamp. 
Address S. R. WELLS & CO., Publishers, 737 Broadway, N. Y. 
Copies sent by mall, post-paid, on receipt of price. Agents Wantkd. WORKS FOR HOME IMPROVEMENT. 
The Indispensable Hand-Book 
for Home Improvement. Comprising 
“How to Write,” “How to Talk,” 
“ How to Behave,” aud “ How to Do 
Business.” One large vol., $2.00. 
How to Write, a Manual of Compo- 
sition and Letter-Writing. Musliir, 75c. 
How to Talk, a Manual of Conversa- 
tion and Debate, with Mistakes in Speak- 
ing Corrected. 75 cents. 
How to Behave. Manual of Etiquette 
and Guide to Personal Habits. 75 cents. 
How to Bo Business, a Pocket 
Manual of Practical Affairs. 75 cents. 
How to Bead. Hints in Choosing the 
Best Books, with Classified List of Best 
Works in Biography, Criticism, Fine 
Arts, History, Novels, Poetry, Science, 
Religion, etc. By Amelie V. Petit. $1 
How to Sing; or, The Voice and IIow 
to Use It. 50c.; clo. 75c. 
How to Conduct a Public Meet- 
ing; or, The Chairman’s Guide. 15 cts. 
W eaver’s Works. Comprising 
“ Hopes and Helps,” “ Aims and Aids.” 
One vol. $2.50. 
Hopes and Helps for the Young 
of Both SKxea. character, Avocation, 
Health, Amusement, Marriage. $1.25. 
Aims and AidN for Girls and 
Young Women on Duties of Life. $1.25. 
Wavs of Life, showing the Right Way 
and the Wrong Way. How to Ri-c. $1. 
Life at Home; or, The Family and Its 
Members. By Rev. Wm. Airman, D.D. 
New Edition. $1.50 ; gilt. $2.00. 
Wedlock. The Right Relation of the 
Sexes. Who May and Who May Not 
Murry. By S. R. Wells. $1.50; gilt, $2. 
Oratory—sacred and Secular; or, 
The Extemporaneous Speaker. $1.25. 
Bight Word in the Right Place. 
A Pocket Dictionary of Synonyms, Tech- 
nical Terms, Foreign Phrases, etc. 75 cts. 
The Temperance Reformation. 
From the First T. Soc. to the Maine 
Liquor Law. $1. 5. 
How to Paint. Designed for Trades- 
men, Mechanics, Farmers, and the Pro- 
fessional Painter. $1.00. 
The Carriage Painter’s Illus- 
trated Manual. A Treatise on the Art 
of Coach, Carriage, and Car Painting. $1. 
Ulan in Genesis and in Geology; 
or, The Biblical Account of Man’s Crea- 
tion tested by Scientific Theories. $1.00. 
Heart Echoes, a Book of Poems. By 
Helen A. Manville. Extra cloth, $1.00. 
The Conversion of St. Paul. By 
Geo. Jarvis Geer, D.D. $1.00. 
The Emphatic IMuglott; or, The 
New Testament in Greek and English. 
Containing the Original Greek Text oi 
the New Testament, with an Iuterlincary 
Word-for-Word English Translation. By 
Bknj. J. Wilson. $4.00; extra. $5.00. 
The Temperaments ; or, The Varie- 
ties of Physical Constitution in Man, 
Considered in their Relation to Mental 
Character and the Practical Affairs of 
Life. By D. II. Jacques, M.D. $1.50. 
The On I tu re ot'the 11 lima n Voice. 
Containing its Anatomy, Physiology, Pa- 
thology, and Training. 50 cents. 
jExop’m Fables Illustrated, The 
People’s Pictorial Edition. With Seventy 
Splendid Illustrations, ill .00. 
(»ems of Goldsmith. The Traveler, 
The Deserted Village, and The Hermit. 
With Notes and Illustrations. SI.00. 
Pope’s Essay on Ala.ii. With Notes. 
Beautifully illustrated. Cloth, gilt, $1.00. 
The (time of the Am lent Aiai« 
iner. In Seven Parts. By Samuel T. 
Coleridge. With new Illustrations. $1. 
Library of Mesmerism and Psy- 
ouology. Comprising the Philosophy of 
Mesmerism, Fascination, The Macro- 
cosm, Electrical Psychology, and The 
Science of the Soul. One vol. $3.50. 
Practical Inslruction in Animal 
Magnetism. By J. R. Deleuze. Trans- 
lated by Thomas C. Hartshorn $2.00. 
Salem Witchcraft, with Planchettc 
Mystery and Modern Spiritualism, and 
Dr. Doddridge’s Dream. One vol. $1.00. 
Fascination ; or, The Power of Charm- 
ing. By J. B. Newman. Muslin, $1.00. 
Electrical Psychology. In Twelve 
Lectures. By J. B. Dods. $1.25. 
Man and Woman Considered in 
their Relation to Each Other. $1. 
Philosophy of Mesmerism and 
C lairvoyance. Six Lectures. 50 cents. 
How to Magnetize. Containing 
Rules for Selecting Subjects, and a Full 
Explanation of the Processes. 25 cents. 
Hoiv to Raise Fruits. Cultivation 
aud Management of Fruit Trees, and of 
Grapes ana Small Fruits. $1.00. 
Model Potato, and its Proper Cultiva- 
tion. Paper, 50 cents. 
Saving and Wasting; or, Domestic 
Economy illustrated in a Tale. $L25. 
Footprints of Life; or, Faith and 
Nature Reconciled. A Poem. $1.25. 
A Self-Made Woman; or, Mary Idyl’s 
Trials and Triumphs. $1.50. 
Homo for All; or, The Gravel Wall. 
Showing the Superiority of Concrete over 
Brick, Stone, or Frame nouses. $1 25. 
Thoughts for the Voung Men 
and Young Women op America. 75c. 
The Christian Household. Em- 
bracing the Husband, Wife, Father, 
Mother, Brother, and Sister. 75 cents. 
Temperance In Congress. Ten 
Minutes’ Speeches by Members. 15 cts. 
Capital Punishment. 10c. Father 
Mathew. 10c. Good Man’s Legacy. By 
Rev. Dr. Osgood. 10c. The Planchettc 
Mystery—how to work it. 20c. 
Address s. R. WELLS $c CO., Publishers, 737 Broadway, N. Y. 
Copies of above sent by mail to any address. Agents Wanted. “ Know 
Thyself.” 
THE 
PHRENOLOGICAL JOURNAL 
AND 
SCIENCE OF HEALTH, 
A FIRST CLASS MONTHLY. 
Specially Devoted to the “Science of Man.” Contains Phrenology 
and Physiognomy, with all the Signs of Character, and how to road 
themEthnology, or the Natural History of Man in all his relations 
to Life; Practical Articles on Physiology, Diet, Exercise and the 
Laws of Life and Health. Portraits, Sketches and Biographies of the 
loading Men and Women of the World, are important features. 
Much general and useful information on the leading topics of the day is 
given. It is intended to be the most interesting and instructive Pictorial 
Family Magazine Published. Subscriptions may commence now. 
Few works will better repay perusal In the family than this rich storehouse of Instruc- 
tion and entertainment.—AT. Y. Tribune. It grows In Variety and Value. Bve Past. 
Terms.—A Now Volume, the 69th commences with the July Number. l*ub- 
llsliod Monthly, in octavo form, at $2 a year, in advance. Sample numbers sent by first 
post, 20cts. Clubs of ten or more, $1.60 each per copy, and an extra copy to agent. 
We are now offering the most liberal premiumn ever given for clubs, for 1819 Inclose 
stamps for list. Address, S. R. WELLS & CO., 737 Broadway, New York.